ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT FOR THE ENBRIDGE PIPELINES INC. NORTH SOUTH CONNECTION PROJECT
October 2014 10429
Prepared for: Prepared by:
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. CH2M HILL Energy Canada, Ltd. 10130 - 103rd Street Edmonton, Alberta T5J 3N9 Suite 1100, 815 - 8th Avenue S.W. Calgary, Alberta T2P 3P2 Ph: 403-265-2885
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION ...... 1-1 1.1 Project Overview ...... 1-1 1.2 Scope of the Assessment ...... 1-2 2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 2-1 2.1 Project Components...... 2-1 2.2 Project Location ...... 2-2 2.2.1 Edmonton Terminal ...... 2-2 2.3 Means of Carrying Out the Project ...... 2-2 2.3.1 Environmental Permits/Approvals ...... 2-3 2.4 Project Schedule ...... 2-3 3.0 LANDOWNER, GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORY CONSULTATION ...... 3-1 4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC SETTING ...... 4-1 5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC EFFECTS ASSESSMENT ...... 5-1 5.1 Assessment Methods ...... 5-1 5.2 Spatial and Temporal Boundaries ...... 5-2 5.3 Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements ...... 5-3 5.4 Method of Predicting Potential Effects ...... 5-4 5.5 Mitigation Measures ...... 5-4 5.6 Identification and Analysis of Potential Residual Effects ...... 5-5 5.7 Significance Evaluation of Potential Residual Effects...... 5-14 5.7.1 Soil and Soil Productivity ...... 5-14 5.7.2 Air Emissions ...... 5-14 5.7.3 Greenhouse Gas Emissions ...... 5-14 5.7.4 Acoustic Environment ...... 5-14 5.7.5 Wetlands ...... 5-15 5.7.6 Vegetation ...... 5-16 5.7.7 Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat ...... 5-16 5.7.8 Species at Risk ...... 5-18 5.7.9 Human Occupancy and Resource Use ...... 5-19 5.7.10 Infrastructure and Services ...... 5-19 5.7.11 Accidents and Malfunctions ...... 5-20 5.7.12 Changes to the Project Caused by the Environment ...... 5-20 5.7.13 Significance of Potential Residual Effects ...... 5-21 5.8 Decommissioning and Abandonment ...... 5-21 6.0 CUMULATIVE EFFECTS...... 6-1 6.1 Soil and Soil Productivity ...... 6-2 6.2 Air Emissions ...... 6-2 6.3 Acoustic Environment ...... 6-3 6.4 Wetlands ...... 6-3 6.5 Vegetation ...... 6-4 6.6 Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat ...... 6-4 6.7 Species at Risk ...... 6-4 6.8 Human Occupancy and Resource Use ...... 6-4 6.9 Infrastructure and Services ...... 6-5
Page i
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
6.10 Significance Evaluation of Cumulative Effects ...... 6-6 7.0 INSPECTION AND MONITORING ...... 7-1 8.0 CONCLUSION ...... 8-1 9.0 REFERENCES ...... 9-1 9.1 Personal Communications ...... 9-1 9.2 Literature Cited ...... 9-1 9.3 GIS Data and Mapping References ...... 9-6
LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix 1 Environmental Protection Plan ...... A1-1
LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1 Project Overview ...... 2-4 Figure 2 Known and Reasonably Foreseeable Future Developments ...... 6-7
LIST OF TABLES Table 2.1 Technical Details of the Proposed Project ...... 2-1 Table 2.2 Location of the Proposed Project ...... 2-2 Table 2.3 Environmental Permits/Approvals ...... 2-3 Table 3.1 Summary of Government and Regulatory Consultation for the Project ...... 3-1 Table 4.1 Summary of Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements and Considerations for the Project ...... 4-1 Table 5.1 Characterization of Residual Effects for Evaluation of Significance ...... 5-2 Table 5.2 Element Interaction with Proposed Project Component ...... 5-3 Table 5.3 Evaluation of Identified Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements for the Project ...... 5-6
Page ii
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
ACIMS Alberta Conservation Information Management System AESRD Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development asl above sea level ATBE Alberta Treasury Board and Enterprise ATPR Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation CEA Canadian Environmental Assessment (applies to Act and Agency) COP Code of Practice COSEWIC Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada DUC Ducks Unlimited Canada EGC Environmental Guidelines for Construction Enbridge Enbridge Pipelines Inc. EPP Environmental Protection Plan ESA Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment FEARO Federal Environmental Assessment Review Office Footprint Footprint Study Area FWMIS Fisheries and Wildlife Management Information System GHG greenhouse gas HDD horizontal directional drill HRA Historical Resources Act HRV Historical Resource Value IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature LSA Local Study Area NEB National Energy Board NEB OPR National Energy Board Onshore Pipeline Regulations NPS nominal pipe size NRCan Natural Resources Canada O.D. outside diameter OMM Operations and Maintenance Manual RAP restricted activity period RSA Regional Study Area SARA Species at Risk Act the Project North South Connection Project TOSV triple off-set valve
Page iv
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Project Overview Enbridge Pipelines Inc. (Enbridge) is applying for approval to make modifications and additions to its existing Edmonton Terminal (North and South). The main objective of the North South Connection Project (the Project) is to provide increased flexibility in the movement of products, through additional connectivity between the North and South sections of the terminal.
Since the mid-1960s, lands at the Edmonton Terminal (North) have been used as pipeline facilities. The Edmonton Terminal (South) was built in the mid-2000s. The terminal is situated on lands owned by Enbridge. Due to the industrial setting of the Edmonton Terminal (North) site, it is not considered to be environmentally sensitive. The Edmonton Terminal (South) currently has some environmental sensitivities due to the wetlands occurring there, however, with the construction of the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project in fall 2014, this terminal will become more industrial and less environmentally sensitive. Project activities will take place within previously disturbed portions of the existing Edmonton Terminal (North and South) as well as in the adjacent undeveloped land (NE 32-52-23 W4M) owned by Shell Canada Limited. Subject to receiving regulatory and environmental approvals, construction is proposed to begin in March 2015. Enbridge anticipates a construction completion and in-service timing of November 2015.
This Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment (ESA) for the proposed Project has been conducted in accordance with the National Energy Board (NEB) Filing Manual (NEB 2014a) under Section 58 of the NEB Act and the Online Application System guidance. Pursuant to Guide A.2.4 of the NEB Filing Manual, the level of detail contained within this assessment corresponds to the nature and scale of the Project as well as the anticipated effects of the Project.
The effects assessment methodology includes a description of the environmental and socio-economic setting (see Section 4.0) compared against the Project Description (see Section 2.0) to identify potential effects that might be caused by the Project (see Section 5.0). The environmental and socio-economic effects assessment uses the information provided in the environmental and socio-economic setting to:
• evaluate the environmental and socio-economic elements of importance in the Project area;
• identify changes to the Project caused by the environment;
• develop appropriate site-specific mitigation measures that are technically and economically feasible; and
• identify and evaluate potential Project effects associated with each environmental and socio-economic element of importance.
In addition, the environmental and socio-economic effects assessment has determined the significance of potential residual effects resulting from construction and operations activities after taking into consideration proposed mitigation.
This ESA also provides an assessment of the potential cumulative effects of the Project. Cumulative effects are changes to the environment that are caused by an action in combination with other past, present and future human actions (Hegmann et al. 1999). A cumulative effects assessment is an assessment of those effects. The cumulative effects assessment evaluates the residual environmental and socio-economic effects directly associated with the Project (as identified in Section 5.0) in combination with the likely residual effects arising from other projects and activities that have been or will be carried out in the Local Study Area (LSA) or Regional Study Area (RSA) of the Project.
Page 1-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
1.2 Scope of the Assessment Scoping is the process of identifying the physical works and activities to include within the ESA, and what biophysical and socio-economic elements are likely to be affected. The proposed Project consists of the construction and operation of one new transfer line connecting the Edmonton Terminal (North) to Edmonton Terminal (South), connections to existing transfer lines in the Edmonton Terminal (North) and additional valves at various manifolds. Relevant environmental and socio-economic considerations were identified using the criteria described below.
The environmental assessment considers the potential effects of the Project on the environment in the context of defined spatial and temporal boundaries.
The spatial boundaries for this ESA considered one or more of the following study areas:
• a project’s Footprint Study Area (Footprint) made up of the area directly disturbed by construction and clean-up activities, including associated physical works and activities (i.e., transfer line right-of-way and temporary workspace for construction);
• an LSA extending beyond the Footprint up to 1.5 km measured from the fence line of Edmonton Terminal (North and South);
• an RSA that consists of the area extending beyond the LSA boundary to include the nearest community with services and the air shed (e.g., air quality – 10 km x 10 km area). The communities considered in the RSA for the socio-economic assessment include the City of Edmonton and Sherwood Park; and
• an International Area extending beyond Canada.
The temporal boundaries used in the assessment of the Project included the planning, construction, operations and decommissioning, or abandonment phases. Construction activities are scheduled to begin in March 2015 with an in-service date of November 2015. Final clean-up is scheduled to be completed as soon as technically feasible following completion of construction. The operations phase was considered to commence following completion of construction and extend an estimated 30 years.
Page 1-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION This section describes and identifies the Project location, Project components and Project phases including construction and operations.
2.1 Project Components The new development will include:
• a new 914 mm O.D. (NPS 36) transfer line (203-N2S-2), running between the Edmonton Terminal (North) and Edmonton Terminal (South), to transfer products from Manifolds 203 and 217 to Manifold 223 and Line 67;
• additional valves at Manifolds 201, 203, 223 and 217;
• temporary scraper traps;
• a Batch Detection Building; and
• the technical details of the components of the Project which are summarized in Table 2.1. Construction equipment will access the site via 17th Street and Baseline Road. No new permanent access roads will be constructed within the site. Design, construction and operations of the Project will be in compliance with applicable codes, standards and regulations.
TABLE 2.1
TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Project Component Technical Details Transfer Lines: One new transfer line: • one new 914 mm O.D. (NPS 36) transfer line running between the Edmonton Terminal (North) and Edmonton Terminal (South) to transfer products from Manifolds 203 and 217 to Manifold 223 and Line 67; • one NPS 36 motor-operated triple off-set valves [TOSVs] and one NPS 36 dual plate check valve providing connectivity from the new transfer line to Line 67; and • one NPS 36 motor-operated TOSV and one NPS 36 dual plate check valve to be installed in the jumper connection from Manifold 217 to transfer products from Tanks 300-TK-33/37 to the new transfer line. Manifolds/valves: Additional valves at Manifold 201 (five motor-operated TOSVs): • two NPS 20 motor-operated TOSVs connecting inbound 610 mm O.D. (NPS 24) red transfer line to existing tank lines in Manifold 201 to flow to Tanks 301-TK-18/19; and • three NPS 20 motor-operated TOSVs connecting inbound 610 mm O.D. (NPS 24) orange transfer line to existing tank lines in Manifold 201 to flow to Tanks 301-TK-19/20/26. Additional valves at Manifold 203 (seven motor-operated NPS 36 TOSVs): • five NPS 36 TOSVs connecting Tankage Area 301 Edmonton Terminal (South) via the new transfer line; • one NPS 30 TOSV connecting the new transfer to Manifold 202 in the Edmonton Terminal (South); and • one NPS 24 TOSV connecting the new transfer line to Manifold 202 in the Edmonton Terminal (South). Additional valves at Manifold 223: • five NPS 36 motor-operated TOSVs and 5 NPS 36 dual plate check valves in Manifold 223 providing connectivity to Tanks 304-TK-303/4/5/6/7 via the new transfer line; and • one NPS 36 automated motor-operated TOSV to be installed upstream of Manifold 223 providing isolation between the new transfer line and Manifold 223. Additional valve at Manifold 217: • one NPS 36 motor-operated TOSV and one NPS 36 dual plate check valve to be installed in Manifold 217 in order to flow through the new transfer line. Temporary Scraper Temporary scraper traps at both the Edmonton Terminal (North) and Edmonton Terminal (South) are provided to pig the new transfer line: Trap • one NPS 36 motor-operated full port gate valve; • one NPS 36 hand-operated full port gate valve; and • one NPS 20 hand-operated full port gate valve at both the Edmonton Terminal (North) and Edmonton Terminal (South) boundaries.
Page 2-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 2.1 Cont'd
Project Component Technical Details Batch Detection A batch detection building containing viscometer, densitometer, fast loop pump and coriolis flow meter will be provided for the new transfer System line and will be located at the South Edmonton Terminal. Total Area: The total Footprint for the proposed Project, shown on Figure 1, will be approximately 1.8 ha comprised of: • horizontal directional drill (HDD) entry and exit sites (2 of each measuring approximately 40 m x 35 m); • new 914 mm O.D. (NPS 36) transfer line as well as temporary workspaces including the HDD lay down areas (approximately 25 m x 347 m for north to south workspace (HDD1) and approximately 25 m x 715 m for east to west workspace (HDD2); • vehicle access; and • associated project activities (i.e., additional valves at Manifolds 201, 203, 223 and 217, temporary scraper traps and a batch detection building). Construction March 2015 through November 2015. The proposed transfer line is expected to be in-service in November 2015. Reclamation activities will Schedule: take place immediately following completion of construction activities, if feasible, or in the first growing season following completion of the Project. Expected Useful Life 30 years. of Project:
2.2 Project Location
2.2.1 Edmonton Terminal The Enbridge Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is located on Enbridge-owned property within an industrial/agricultural area in Strathcona County, east of the City of Edmonton (Table 2.2). The Edmonton Terminal (North) is located at SE 5-53-23 W4M while the Edmonton Terminal (South) is located at NW 32-52-23 W4M (Figure 1). Edmonton Terminal (North) and Edmonton Terminal (South) are separated by Baseline Road and are bordered by Highway 216 to the east. The Edmonton Terminal (North) is bordered by Kinder Morgan Canada Inc.’s Edmonton Terminal to the west while the Edmonton Terminal (South) is bordered by 17th Street to the west and Shell Canada Limited property to the east (NE 32-53-23 W4M). The nearest residences to the Project are located in Sherwood Park, approximately 1.3 km southeast of the Edmonton Terminal (North). Communities located in the RSA of the Project include the City of Edmonton and Sherwood Park. The Stony Plain Indian Reserve No. 135 is located approximately 30 km west of the Project.
TABLE 2.2
LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Legal Description Registered Landowner Associated Infrastructure NW 32-52-23 W4M Enbridge Edmonton Terminal (South) SE 5-53-23 W4M Enbridge Edmonton Terminal (North) NE 32-52-23 W4M Shell Canada Limited Transfer line
2.3 Means of Carrying Out the Project All construction work related to the Project will occur within the existing Enbridge Edmonton Terminal (North and South) and at NE 32-52-23 W4M.
Activities associated with construction of the Project include the use of a HDD to install the transfer line. The transfer line will be installed in two parts: the north to south section, which is approximately 330 m in length; and the east to west section, which is approximately 310 m in length. The use of HDD will minimize ground disturbance and provides the most efficient way to install a buried pipeline beneath Baseline Road. Excavation (6 m wide by 30 m long and 3 m deep) will be required to tie the north-south and east-west lines together using induction bends. Excavation of bellholes and exploratory work around existing underground pipes will require hydrovac if existing infrastructure is in place. Machinery will be used for excavation in other cases, and any topsoil removed will be salvaged. Excavation will also take place at Manifold 201, Manifold 203 tie-ins at the Edmonton Terminal (North) and Manifold 223, and the Line 67 Mini-Manifold at the Edmonton Terminal (South).
Page 2-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Existing fire water ponds located on both sections of the terminal (North and South) will be the source of the water for hydrostatic tests. The ponds will also be used as the release locations after the tests have been completed. Water quality will be tested before and after the hydrostatic tests have occurred. All appropriate notifications will be completed prior to hydrostatic testing.
The types of equipment anticipated to be used during Project activities include cranes, compressor, zoom boom, trucks, back hoes, rock truck, vac truck, piling rig, drilling rigs and graders.
The Project is expected to require a crew of approximately 100 people. Enbridge expects Project activities to be carried out by local contractors and does not anticipate that any permanent jobs will be created as a result of the Project.
2.3.1 Environmental Permits/Approvals The key Project permits and authorizations for the Project related to the environment are identified in Table 2.3.
TABLE 2.3
ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS/APPROVALS
Agency Permit, Approval, Authorization and/or Notification FEDERAL NEB Order pursuant to Section 58 of the NEB Act and Leave to Open (Section 47) PROVINCIAL Alberta Environment and Sustainable Notification or registration under the Codes of Practice (COPs) for withdrawal of water for hydrostatic testing and Resource Development (AESRD) release of water following hydrostatic testing Notification under the Code of Practice for Release of Hydrostatic Test Water from Hydrostatic Testing of Petroleum Liquid and Gas Pipelines (under the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act) License to temporarily divert large volumes of water under the Water Act Notification under the Code of Practice for Pipelines and Telecommunication Lines Crossing a Water Body and Code of Practice for Watercourse Crossings for wetlands at NE 32-52-23 W4M Approval under Alberta’s Water Act (required if waterbodies/open water wetlands are to be filled, drained or otherwise modified during construction activities) Alberta Transportation Road Crossing Permit Alberta Culture and Tourism Historical Resources Act (HRA) clearance MUNICIPAL Strathcona County Herbicide Permits, Burning Permits (if applicable) and Excavation Permits
2.4 Project Schedule Subject to receiving regulatory and environmental approvals, construction activities are scheduled to commence in March 2015 and continue through November 2015. Final clean-up is scheduled to be completed as soon as technically feasible following completion of construction activities. The operations phase of the Project is scheduled to commence following completion in November 2015 and extend for a term estimated to last 30 years.
Page 2-3
5 4 53-23W4M 53-23W4M ¯
105 Avenue 8 5 6 7 8 5 6
102 Avenue Edmonton Terminal 21 Street North
1 4 3 2 1 4 3
101A Avenue
HDD2 Entry Pad 12N 344080E 5935023N Baseline Road 216
HDD1 UV Class IV Wetland
17 17 Street 16 13 14 15 HDD2 Exit Pad 13 14 12N 344069E 5934714N Kaska Road
HDD2 Railway Street Edmonton HDD1 Exit Pad HDD1 Entry Pad Terminal 12N 344055E 5934675N 12N 343728E 5934686N South Sioux Road
9 12 11 10 12 11 Class III Wetland
32 33 52-23W4M 52-23W4M
Proposed Connection Associated Project Activities Waterbody FIGURE 1 Wetland ALBERTA Proposed Access Road UV216 Highway Temporary Workspace Road Class III PROJECT OVERVIEW BC UV63 SK Class IV Temporary Construction Pad Access Road SCALE: 1:12,000 Project Area Permanently Disturbed During South ENBRIDGE PIPELINES INC. Edmonton Edmonton Terminal North Railway Edmonton Terminal Expansion Project m 0 50 100 150 200 250 NORTH SOUTH CONNECTION UV16 Edmonton Terminal South Watercourse Proposed Temporary Disturbance (All Locations Approximate) PROJECT Calgary UTM Zone 12N October 2014 10429 UV1 Satellite Imagery: 2013 SPOT6 ©2014 CNES, Licensed by BlackBridge Geomatics Corp, www.blackbridge.com; Alberta Township System: AltaLIS 2009; Roads: IHS Inc. 2014; Railways: Natural Resources Canada 2012; Hydrography: NRCan 2007-2011. UV2 Mapped By: LA Checked By: WL Although there is no reason to believe that there are any errors associated with the data used to generate this product or in the product itself, users of these data are advised that errors in the data may be present. \\ch2mhill\common\Shares\CNR\GIS_Proj2\10K\10400_to_10499\10429\MAP_FILES\Overview\t10429_Fig1_ProjOverview_Rev0_140827.mxd Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
3.0 LANDOWNER, GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORY CONSULTATION Database searches were carried out utilizing the Alberta Conservation Information Management System (ACIMS) (Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation [ATPR] 2013) and AESRD Fisheries and Wildlife Management Information System (FWMIS) (AESRD 2013a) to provide known occurrences of fish, wildlife and plant species at risk or species of special concern.
Enbridge provided notification of the proposed Project to AESRD on September 16, 2014. Notification packages were also mailed out to affected and adjacent stakeholders on October 7, 2014. Consultation is intended to build awareness and understanding, gather and incorporate input, where feasible, and answer any questions regarding the Project. Project information has also been made available on the Enbridge website at www.enbridge.com/edmontonterminal.
Table 3.1 provides a summary of the consultation carried out for the Project by Enbridge.
TABLE 3.1
SUMMARY OF GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORY CONSULTATION FOR THE PROJECT
Stakeholder Group/Agency Name Contact Method of Contact Date of Consultation Activity Comments Federal AESRD Kathryn Stacey Email September 16, 2014 No concerns raised to date Her Majesty the Queen (Alberta) - Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Infrastructure Her Majesty the Queen Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date in Right of Alberta Environment Canada Paul Gregoire Email and Mail Various dates between Consultation for Edmonton Terminal August 15 and (South) Expansion Project - December 12, 2012. Discussed a known peregrine falcon nest on adjacent property (no concerns). Municipal Strathcona County Lori Mills Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Other Stakeholders Petro-Canada Inc. Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Keyera Energy Ltd. Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Kinder Morgan Edmonton Terminals Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date ULC Interprovincial Pipeline Limited Trent Burgart Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Shell Canada Limited Vince Stastny Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Dome Petroleum Limited Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Jackson Homesteader Farms Ltd. Richard Jackson Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Interprovincial Pipeline Co. Trent Burgart Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date 383029 Alberta Ltd. Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Jackson Homesteaders Farms Ltd. Colin Andrew Jackson Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Triple H Holstein Holdings Ltd. Murray James Hipkin Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Pembina Pipeline Corporation Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date Imperial Oil Limited Surface Land Department Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date AltaLink Management Ltd. Justin Wylie Mail October 7, 2014 No concerns raised to date
Page 3-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
4.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC SETTING The environmental and socio-economic elements relevant to the Project at the existing Edmonton Terminal (North and South) are summarized in the following subsections. The description of the environmental and socio-economic setting includes baseline information within the LSA and RSA that conforms to subject headings suggested in the NEB Filing Manual. Information collected for the setting was obtained from existing literature and internet searches, all of which are cited in Section 9.0.
The level of detail provided within the ESA was determined based on the scope of the proposed Project activities. The scope of the activities was also used to determine which of the biophysical and socio-economic elements outlined in Tables A-2 and A-3 of the NEB Filing Manual required detailed information.
Table 4.1 provides a summary of the environmental and socio-economic elements and considerations for the Project Footprint (Edmonton Terminal [North and South] and NE 52-32-23 W4M) pursuant to Guide A.2.4 as well as Tables A-2 and A-3 of the NEB Filing Manual.
TABLE 4.1
SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ELEMENTS AND CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE PROJECT
Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements Summary of Considerations Physical and Meteorological • Project lies within the Lake Edmonton Plain District of the Eastern Alberta Plains Physiographic Region (Pettapiece 1986). Environment • The Upper Cretaceous Horseshoe Canyon Formation underlies the Edmonton Terminal (North and South). The marginal marine to non-marine formation is characterized by pale grey, feldspathic sandstone interbedded with siltstone, bentonitic mudstone, concretionary sideritic layers and laterally continuous coal seams; includes white pedogenically altered sandstone and mudstone interval at top (Prior et al. 2013). • No areas of permafrost are located within the LSA of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) (Natural Resources Canada [NRCan] 2009a). • No major earthquakes, landslides or avalanches have been documented in the LSA (NRCan 2009b,c,d). • The topography in the LSA of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is level, with an elevation of approximately 685 m above sea level (asl). • Surficial deposits underlying the site are described as stagnation moraine with till of even thickness forming strongly developed hummocky topography, well-defined knobs, dimpled knobs, doughnut-shaped hills and kettles as well as local water-sorted material with relief of 5-20 m (Shetsen 1990). • The proposed Project is located within the Central Parkland Natural Subregion of the Central Parkland Natural Region (Natural Regions Committee 2006). The topography in the area is level, with an elevation of approximately 675-690 m asl. • The Project is located within the Aspen Parkland Ecoregion of the Prairie Ecozone with the climate characterized by short, warm summers and long, cold winters with continuous snow cover (Environment Canada 2012). • Mean annual daily temperature is 2.6°C with mean annual precipitation of 446.1 mm, based on climate data recorded from 1981 to 2010 at Environment Canada’s Edmonton International Airport weather station. Temperature variations range from 35.6 °C to -48.3°C (Environment Canada 2014a). Soil and Soil Productivity • The proposed Project activities will connect the Edmonton Terminal (North) SE 5-53-23 W4M, to the Edmonton Terminal (South) (NW 32-52-23 W4M) via a pipeline crossing an undeveloped section (NE 32-52-23 W4M). The Edmonton Terminal (North) is a fenced industrial site lacking topsoil while the Edmonton Terminal (South), following the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project, will result in disturbance and removal of topsoil, therefore, detailed soil information in these quarter-sections is not deemed warranted as per Table A-1 of the NEB Filing Manual. • Previous soil assessments indicate soils at NE 32-52-23 W4M predominantly consist of Haight and Angus Ridge soils, which are well to moderately-drained Orthic Black Chernozems with 10-60 cm of topsoil and developed on slightly to moderately stony, loam to clay loam textured till. Gleyed Angus Ridge soils occur in some of the low-lying areas. Topsoil thickness in gleyed Angus Ridge soils varies from 24-46 cm (Mentiga Pedology Consultants Ltd. 2006). • Moderately well-drained Orthic Black Chernozems developed on stone-free to slightly stony, clay-textured glaciolacustrine material (Malmo soils) occur in the northern portion of the site. Topsoil thickness in Malmo soils varies from 27-30 cm deep. Poorly-drained depressional areas are characterized by Orthic or Rego Humic Gleysols developed on loam to clay textured till or glaciolacustrine material (Haight soils). Topsoil thickness in Haight soils ranges from 30-50 cm deep. Malmo and Haight soils are susceptible to soil compaction and rutting. Colour differentiation between topsoils and subsoils is excellent in soils encountered at the Project site (Mentiga Pedology Consultants Ltd. 2006). • As of November 2012, clubroot disease had been identified in more than 45 fields in Strathcona County (Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development 2012). • A search of the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory revealed no listed contamination in the Project area (Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat 2014).
Page 4-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 4.1 Cont'd
Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements Summary of Considerations Soil and Soil Productivity • A search of the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory revealed no listed contamination in the Project area (Treasury (cont’d) Board of Canada Secretariat 2014). • Possible soil contamination sources include spot spills and leaks that may have occurred during on-site operations activities. • The potential contaminants of concern associated with the activities of the proposed Project that may affect soil quality, if spilled or leaked, include crude oil, lubricants, fuel, anti-freeze and hydraulic fluids, fusion bond epoxy, liquid epoxy pipe coating, paint and other hydrocarbons. Water Quality and Quantity • The surface waters in the LSA of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) form part of the North Saskatchewan River sub-basin of the Saskatchewan River drainage basin (AESRD 2014a). • An unnamed tributary to the North Saskatchewan River (Class C watercourse) crosses the Edmonton Terminal (North) at 7-5 and 8-5-53-23 W4M and some activities of the proposed Project may be conducted within 30 m of this watercourse. The watercourse is confined in a buried culvert through most of the Edmonton Terminal (North). • There are no springs in the LSA of the proposed Project (Borneuf 1983). • No water wells will be directly affected by the proposed Project. However, there are a total of 10 water wells equal to or less than 1 km from the centre points of NW 32-52-23 W4M (Edmonton Terminal [South]), SE 5-53-23 W4M (Edmonton Terminal [North]) and NE 32-52-23 W4M (AESRD 2013). • Contaminants of concern associated with Project activities that may affect water quality, if spilled or leaked, include crude oil, lubricants, fuel, anti-freeze and hydraulic fluids. • Hydrostatic test water will be withdrawn from and released back into the existing fire water ponds located at the Edmonton Terminal (North and South). Air Emissions and Greenhouse • Air quality in the RSA surrounding the proposed Project is primarily a function of anthropogenic sources of emissions such Gas (GHG) Emissions as those arising from vehicle and rail traffic on adjacent roads and railways, agricultural activity and the surrounding industrial facilities. Existing regional emission sources include several manufacturing plants, tank facilities, two refineries and a wastewater treatment plant. • Operations and maintenance activities for the proposed Project will not contribute a measurable amount of airborne emissions, therefore, detailed air quality information is not warranted as per Table A-1 of the NEB Filing Manual. • Since the Project is not anticipated to generate high or medium volumes of GHG emissions during construction or operation, and no public concerns associated with an increase in GHG emissions have been raised to date, detailed information of GHG is not warranted as per Table A-2 of the NEB Filing Manual. • Participation in provincial or federal reporting programs is not considered necessary since the Project is not expected to produce substantial amounts of GHGs during construction or operations phases. • The nearest residences are located approximately 1.3 km to the southeast of the Edmonton Terminal (North) southeast fence line. Acoustic Environment • Current sources of noise emissions in the LSA of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) are from vehicle and rail traffic on adjacent roads, railways and the surrounding industrial facilities (i.e., several manufacturing plants, two refineries and a wastewater treatment plant). • No public concerns associated with an increase in noise levels during construction have been raised to date. In addition, the Project will not result in an increase in noise emissions during operations or maintenance. Consequently, a noise impact assessment or detailed quantitative information of the acoustic environment is not warranted for the Project as per Table A-2 of the NEB Filing Manual. • The nearest residences are located approximately 1.3 km to the southeast of the Edmonton Terminal (North) southeast fence line. Fish and Fish Habitat • An unnamed tributary to the North Saskatchewan River (Class C watercourse) crosses through the Edmonton Terminal (North) at 7-5 and 8-5-53-23 W4M and some activities of the proposed Project may be conducted within 30 m of this watercourse. The watercourse is confined in a buried culvert through most of the Edmonton Terminal (North) with the exception of two short segments that are open. Where unconfined, the tributary is channelized and more closely resembles a drainage ditch than a naturally defined channel. Within the terminal, the unnamed tributary has been substantially altered and several barriers exist that appear to prevent the upstream passage of fish from the North Saskatchewan River to the tributary (TERA Environmental Consultants 2010). • Project activities may be conducted within 30 m of the watercourse. However, since the proposed activities will be above ground and the watercourse is confined in a buried culvert, the work is not expected to affect the watercourse. • The fish community in the North Saskatchewan River in the RSA of the proposed Project is a mixed assemblage, containing both coldwater (e.g., salmonids) and cool water (e.g., esocids) species. • An aquatic assessment was conducted on July 12, 2012 on a wetland complex at NW and NE 32-52-23 W4M by a Qualified Aquatic Environment Specialist (TERA Environmental Consultants 2012a). Based on the current assessment, previous assessments and relevant literature reviewed, it was determined that the wetland complex is nonfish-bearing, does not have fish and fish habitat, lacks defined bed and banks and is not connected to any potential downstream fish and fish habitat (TERA Environmental Consultants 2013a). Therefore, the wetland complex does not meet the definition of a watercourse and has no restricted activity period (RAP) as per the Code of Practice for Pipelines and Telecommunication Lines Crossing a Water Body (Alberta Environment 2000a) and Code of Practice for Watercourse Crossings (Alberta Environment 2000b).
Page 4-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 4.1 Cont'd
Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements Summary of Considerations Fish and Fish Habitat (cont’d) • Hydrostatic test water will be withdrawn from and released back into the existing fire water ponds located at both sections of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South). Wetlands • The Project is located within the Continental Mid-boreal Wetland Region, a component of the Boreal Wetland Region. Wetlands present in this region are primarily bogs and fens. Marsh wetlands may be found along gently sloping lakeshores. The average peat depth within the Continental Mid-boreal Wetland Region is 4 m (Government of Canada 1986). • The Project is located in the Central Parkland Natural Subregion of the Parkland Natural Region. Wetlands comprise approximately 5-10% of the total area of the Central Parkland Natural Subregion, with many small waterbodies scattered throughout the area. The typical wetland types include marshes, willow scrublands and seasonal ponds in the southern part of the subregion. Treed fens with shallow, organic soils occur in the northwest. The topography of this area is steeply undulating with wetland basins occurring within the low areas between hills (Natural Regions Committee 2006). • Wetlands provide habitat for native plants and wildlife species, including nesting and foraging habitat for a variety of bird species, forage and cover for ungulates and fur-bearers, and breeding habitat for amphibians. Wetlands provide water storage, groundwater recharge and natural filtering of sediments. • Alberta represents approximately 7% of Canada’s land mass. Wetlands in Alberta cover approximately 20% of the province, over 90% of which are peatlands in the boreal region, while the remaining 5-10% are mineral wetlands (i.e., marshes, swamps and shallow open water wetlands) in the parkland and prairie regions (National Wetlands Working Group 1986, Tarnocai 1984, Vitt et al. 1996). • No Ramsar Wetlands of International Importance are located within the RSA of the proposed Project (Bureau of the Convention on Wetlands 2014). The RSA does not correspond with any Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserves (Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network 2012) or Migratory Bird Sanctuaries (Environment Canada 2013). • Ducks Unlimited Canada (DUC) has identified three levels of priority for wetland conservation in Canada. Priority areas are threatened landscapes identified for conservation in order to provide a healthier environment for waterfowl. The proposed pipeline route transfer line is located within the DUC Level 1 Priority Area, the Prairie Pothole Region and Western Boreal Forest. This region serves as one of two primary breeding areas for waterfowl in North America (DUC 2014). • Both sections of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) are sited entirely on disturbed industrial land owned by Enbridge and the proposed activities in these quarter-sections will not affect any wetlands. However, the undeveloped quarter-section that will be crossed by the proposed transfer lines (NE 32-52-23 W4M) contains two marsh wetlands. A semi-permanent marsh (Class IV) wetland complex in the northwest corner is encountered by the transfer line route (15-32-52-23 W4M) (TERA Environmental Consultants 2013b,c) and a seasonal marsh (Class III) wetland is located on the west side of the southernmost workspace (10-32-52-23 W4M) (TERA Environmental Consultants 2013c). These wetlands have been previously disturbed and will be temporarily disturbed again during expansion of the Edmonton Terminal (South) projected to occur from September 2014 to June 30, 2015. Vegetation • The proposed Project is located within the Central Parkland Subregion of the Parkland Natural Region (Natural Regions Committee 2006) and the Aspen Parkland Ecoregion of the Prairie Ecozone, where characteristic native vegetation includes aspen, mixed tall shrubs and intermittent fescue grassland (Environment Canada 2012). • The Project Footprint in all of SE 5-53-23 W4M and a portion of NW 32-52-23 W4M is disturbed industrial land. Undeveloped land at NE 32-52-23 W4M contains gently undulating, poorly-drained agricultural land with several isolated wetlands and treed areas prior to temporary disturbance during expansion of the Edmonton Terminal (South) (TERA Environmental Consultants 2013b). • A search of the ACIMS database indicated that there is one rare plant occurrence (Rhodobryum moss) within 5 km of the proposed Project (ACIMS 2014). Due to the industrial land use and the largely modified vegetation in the LSA of the proposed Project, the potential habitat for rare species is generally very limited except in remnant treed areas and wetlands where potential habitat for rare plants does exist. • According to a vegetation survey conducted on July 10, 2012 for the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project, no species designated under the Alberta Wildlife Act, ACIMS-listed rare plant species or rare ecological communities were observed at NE 32-52-23 W4M and the surrounding lands. No rare plants or rare ecological communities were observed within the Footprint during the 2012 survey. • The City of Edmonton identifies 13 Noxious weeds of particular concern for control within municipal boundaries including bighead knapweed, common mullein, creeping bellflower, Canada thistle, dame’s rocket, great burdock, Himalayan balsam, leafy spurge, oxeye daisy, perennial sow thistle and scentless chamomile, white cockle and yellow toadflax (City of Edmonton 2014a). • Five Noxious weeds (bladder campion, common tansy, common toadflax, creeping thistle and scentless chamomile) were observed within the Edmonton Terminal (South) and NE 32-52-23 W4M. A number of non-listed, non-native species were also observed at this site during the 2012 vegetation surveys. • As of November 2012, clubroot disease had been identified in more than 45 fields in Strathcona County (Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development 2012). • The Project site does not contain any merchantable timber. • Disturbance associated with Project activities will be limited to laydown area and temporary workspace at bell holes for entry and exit points of HDD. Construction activities for the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) expansion will already be underway, or will have taken place and no new clearing of native vegetation is anticipated for the Project.
Page 4-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 4.1 Cont'd
Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements Summary of Considerations Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat • The Project is located within the Central Parkland Subregion of the Parkland Natural Region of Alberta (Natural Regions Committee 2006). • The Project is located within a provincially identified Sensitive Raptor Range for bald eagle and a provincially identified Sharp-tailed Grouse Range (AESRD 2014c). The Project will not directly impact any potential sharp-tailed grouse habitat (i.e., native prairie, grassland areas). • The proposed Project is not located within or near any Environmentally Sensitive Areas, National Wildlife Areas, Migratory Bird Sanctuaries, Important Bird Areas, Ramsar Wetlands or World Biosphere Reserves (ATPR 2009a, 2014, Bird Studies Canada and Nature Canada 2012, Environment Canada 2013, Ramsar Convention on Wetlands 2014, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization 2013). • A search of the AESRD FWMIS database reported an occurrence of peregrine falcon (Threatened on Schedule 1 of the Species at Risk Act [SARA] and Special Concern by the Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada [COSEWIC]) within 1 km of the Project (AESRD 2012, 2014d, COSEWIC 2014, Environment Canada 2014). • The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is located within an existing large, previously disturbed industrial site, which is not considered to be suitable wildlife habitat. However, the adjacent undeveloped land at NE 32-52-23 W4M is primarily cultivated with several isolated wetlands, a wetland complex and treed areas, which may provide habitat for some wildlife species. Species at Risk or Species of • The proposed Project is located within a highly developed area, dominated by land previously disturbed by cultivation and Special Status oil and gas activities, which is not considered suitable habitat for wildlife species at risk. Both sections of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) have been previously disturbed. Nevertheless, the proposed construction activities could affect potential horned grebe habitat (Special Concern by COSEWIC) at the wetlands in NE 32-53-23 W4M. • Based on known species ranges and habitat preference, three federally listed wildlife species have the potential to occur in the vicinity of the Project: barn swallow (Threatened by COSEWIC); horned grebe (Special Concern by COSEWIC); and peregrine falcon (Threatened on Schedule 1 of the SARA and Special Concern by COSEWIC) (COSEWIC 2014, Environment Canada 2014b). • A search of the AESRD FWMIS database reported an occurrence of peregrine falcon within 1 km of the Project (AESRD 2012, 2014d, COSEWIC 2014, Environment Canada 2014). A peregrine falcon nest was recorded approximately 200 m south of the proposed Project on a building within the fenced boundaries of an adjacent facility site in 2010 and 2011 (AESRD 2012, TERA Environmental Consultants 2013d). • Previous surveys of wildlife and vegetation were conducted by TERA in May 2010 and July 2012, and in July 2012 for vegetation and aquatic species. No COSEWIC or SARA-listed species at risk were recorded during any of these surveys (TERA Environmental Consultants 2010, 2013d, COSEWIC 2014). • A search of the ACIMS database did not indicate any plant species of concern in the vicinity of the Project (ATPR 2013). Human Occupancy and • Since the mid-1960s, lands at the Edmonton Terminal (North) have been used as a pipeline facility while the Edmonton Resource Use Terminal (South) was constructed in the mid-2000s. • The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is situated on lands owned by Enbridge. The area is zoned for Heavy Industrial land use at NW 32-52-23 W4M, NE 32-52-23 W4M and SE 5-53-23 W4M. Adjacent land is privately-owned by various industrial companies, all of which are zoned for industrial (heavy or medium) land use (Strathcona County 2014a). The Project is compatible with zoning at this site and with the county’s municipal development plan (Strathcona County 2014b). • The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) does not encounter: rural or urban residential areas; agricultural areas; Indian Reserves or Aboriginal communities; recreation and park areas; lands under Parks Canada jurisdiction or conservation areas; controlled or managed forest areas; water reserves and licences or water intakes; or land-based transportation. The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is not adjacent to any Environmentally Significant Areas, proposed or existing provincial parks, Ecological Reserves, Provincial Recreation Areas, designated Wilderness Areas or Natural Areas (ATPR 2009a,b, 2014, Parks Canada 2008). • NE 32-52-23 W4M is undeveloped land owned by Shell Canada Limited. This area is gently undulating, poorly-drained agricultural land with several isolated wetlands and treed areas. The northwest corner of the quarter-section is a marsh wetland complex. This wetland has previously been disturbed and will temporarily be disturbed again during expansion of the Edmonton Terminal (South) projected to occur from September 2014 to June 2015. • Residences with the closest proximity to the proposed Project are located in the northwest corner of 7-33-52-23 W4M, approximately 1.3 km southeast from the Edmonton Terminal (North) southeast fence line. • No hunting, trapping, guiding, recreation or other public use is permitted within the Project site. Heritage Resources • Edmonton Terminal (North) (SE 5-53-23 W4M) is located within a highly disturbed industrial and previously cultivated site where all available topsoil has been salvaged, the potential for historical resources here is considered negligible. • The lands in the Edmonton Terminal (South) (NW 32-52-23 W4M) and NE 32-52-23 W4M have no assigned Historical Resource Value (HRV), and consist of cultivated fields and small sloughs at the upper prairie level and recent (temporary) industrial disturbances, with low potential for intact archaeological sites. • HRA clearance has been requested for the entire Project Footprint and will be obtained prior to the beginning of construction.
Page 4-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 4.1 Cont'd
Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements Summary of Considerations Traditional Land and Resource • No Indian Reserves or Métis Settlement lands will be affected by the Project. The Stony Plain Indian Reserve No. 135 is Use the nearest reserve and is located approximately 30 km west of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) (Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada 2014). • Given that the Project will be conducted in an industrial area on privately-owned lands, traditional use of the lands in the vicinity of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is not anticipated to be affected by the Project. Social and Cultural Well-Being • The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is located in an industrial area within the urban area of Sherwood Park, east of the City of Edmonton. In 2011, the total population of the Edmonton metropolitan area, which includes Sherwood Park, was reported to be 812,201. In 2011, 8.4% of the Edmonton population was 25 to 44 years old, which represents the largest age demographic. The median age of the population was 36 years (Statistics Canada 2012). • The metropolitan area of Edmonton had a labour force of 770,300 people in April 2014. Edmonton has a diverse and strong economy, with access to natural resources, established industrial and research and development sectors and a highly skilled workforce (Statistics Canada 2014). • The industries employing the highest number of workers in Edmonton include retail trade, health care and social assistance, as well as construction (Statistics Canada 2013). • The Project will entail a workforce of 100 people over approximately 4 months. Human Health • There will be nuisance air and noise emissions during Project activities which have been discussed in this table under air emissions and acoustic environment elements, respectively. Infrastructure and Services • Access to the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is via 17th Street. Major highways near the site include Highways 14, 216 and 16. The Canadian Pacific Railway line is located approximately 500 m northwest of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South). Power utilities currently service the site and waste management facilities are available within both Sherwood Park and Edmonton. • Various services are provided in Sherwood Park and Edmonton including accommodation, restaurants, recreational facilities and emergency services (i.e., police, ambulance, fire). Hospitals are located in Edmonton. • The nearest solid waste facility in the vicinity of the Project is the Waste Management Centre in the City of Edmonton, which accepts solid, non-hazardous waste for direct landfill disposal as well as materials suitable for recycling and composting (City of Edmonton 2014b,c). Waste management services are also available for hazardous waste in Sherwood Park (Strathcona County 2014c). Navigation and Navigation • Project activities at the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) or at NE 32-52-23 W4M will not be located in, on, over, Safety under, through or across a navigable waterway and, therefore, detailed information on navigation and navigable safety is not warranted as per Table A-1 of the NEB Filing Manual. Employment and Economy • The Edmonton metropolitan area had a 73% participation rate in the labour force in 2014 (3 month moving average) with an employment rate of 70% and an unemployment rate of 5% (Statistics Canada 2014). • The Project will entail a workforce of 100 people over approximately 4 months. • Given the scope of the Project, a detailed economic analysis was not deemed warranted for the Project.
Page 4-5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC EFFECTS ASSESSMENT The description of the environmental and socio-economic setting (current state of the environment) (Section 4.0) is compared in this section of this ESA against the Project Description (Section 2.0) to assess potential environmental and socio-economic effects that might be caused by the Project. The environmental and socio-economic effects assessment uses the information provided in the environmental and socio-economic setting and Project description to:
• evaluate the environmental and socio-economic elements of importance in the Project area; • identify changes to the Project caused by the environment; • develop appropriate site-specific mitigation measures that are technically and economically feasible; and • identify and evaluate potential Project effects associated with each environmental and socio-economic element of importance. In addition, the environmental and socio-economic effects assessment has determined the significance of potential residual effects resulting from construction and operations activities after taking into consideration proposed mitigation.
5.1 Assessment Methods The assessment evaluated the environmental and socio-economic effects of the construction, operations, decommissioning or abandonment phases of the Project. The assessment method included the following components:
• determination of spatial and temporal boundaries for the assessment; • identification of environmental and socio-economic elements; • identification of potential environmental and socio-economic effects; • development of technically and economically feasible mitigation measures; • identification of anticipated residual effects; and • determination of the significance of residual effects. This environmental and socio-economic effects assessment methodology has been developed based on the following:
• The Responsible Authority's Guide to the Canadian Environmental Assessment (CEA) Act: Part II The Practitioner’s Guide (Federal Environmental Assessment Review Office [FEARO] 1994a); • FEARO’s A Reference Guide for the CEA Act: Addressing Cumulative Environmental Effects (FEARO 1994b); • FEARO’s A Reference Guide for the CEA Act: Determining Whether a Project is Likely to Cause Significant Environmental Effects (FEARO 1994c); • CEA Agency’s Cumulative Effects Assessment Practitioners Guide (Hegmann et al. 1999); • CEA Agency’s Incorporating Climate Change Considerations in Environmental Assessment (CEA Agency 2003); • CEA Agency’s Addressing Cumulative Environmental Effects under the CEA Act, 2012 (CEA Agency 2013); and • the NEB Filing Manual (NEB 2014a).
Page 5-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
5.2 Spatial and Temporal Boundaries The spatial and temporal boundaries of the Project have been described in Sections 1.2 and 2.4, respectively.
Table 5.1 outlines the spatial and temporal criteria used to evaluate the significance of effects caused by the Project.
TABLE 5.1
CHARACTERIZATION OF RESIDUAL EFFECTS FOR EVALUATION OF SIGNIFICANCE1
Assessment Criteria Definition IMPACT BALANCE – of the Residual Effect Positive Residual effect has a net benefit to the environment or socio-economic conditions. Neutral Residual effect has no net benefit or loss to the environment or socio-economic conditions. Negative Residual effect has a net loss or is a detriment to the environment or socio-economic conditions. SPATIAL BOUNDARY - Location of Residual Effect Footprint The land area directly disturbed by Project construction and clean-up activities, including associated physical works and activities (see Figure 1). LSA The area extending beyond the Footprint from the boundary of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) up to 1.5 km (see Figure 2). RSA The LSA plus the area extending beyond the LSA boundary to include the nearest community with services and an air shed (see Figure 2). International The area extending beyond Canada. TEMPORAL CONTEXT Duration – Immediate Event is limited to less than or equal to 2 days during either the construction phase or operations phase. (period of the event causing Short-term Event occurs during the construction phase or is completed within any 1 year during the operations phase. the effect) Long-term Ongoing event that is initiated during the construction phase and extends beyond the first year of the operations phase or is initiated during the operations phase and extends for the life of the Project. Frequency2 Accidental Occurs rarely over assessment period. (how often would the event Isolated Confined to specified phase of the assessment period. that caused the effect Occasional Occurs intermittently and sporadically over assessment period. occur) Periodic Occurs intermittently but repeatedly over the assessment period. Continuous Occurs continually over the assessment period. Reversibility - Immediate Residual effect is alleviated in less than or equal to 2 days. Environmental Short-term Greater than 2 days and less than or equal to 1 year to reverse residual effect. (period of time over which Medium-term Greater than 1 year and less than or equal to 10 years to reverse residual effect. the residual effect extends) Long-term Greater than 10 years to reverse residual effects. Permanent Residual effects are irreversible. Reversibility – Short-term Residual effect limited to the construction phase or to less than 1 year during operations phase. Socio-economic Medium-term Residual effect extends into the first 2 years of the operations phase. (period of time over which Long-term Residual effect extends beyond the first 2 years of the operations phase. the residual effect extends) Permanent Residual effects are irreversible. MAGNITUDE3 - of the Residual Environmental Effect Negligible Residual effects are not detectable. Low Residual effects are detectable, but well within environmental and/or regulatory standards. Medium Residual effects are detectable and may approach, but are still within the environmental and/or regulatory standards. High Residual effects are beyond environmental and/or regulatory standards. MAGNITUDE3 - of the Residual Socio-economic Effect Negligible No detectable change from existing (baseline) conditions. Low Change is detectable, but has no effect on the socio-economic environment beyond that of an inconvenience or nuisance value. Medium Change is detectable and results in moderate modification in the socio-economic environment. High Change is detectable and is large enough to result in a severe modification in the socio-economic environment. PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE - Likelihood of Residual Effect High Likely Low Unlikely
Page 5-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.1 Cont'd
Assessment Criteria Definition LEVEL OF CONFIDENCE4 - Degree of Certainty Related to Significance Evaluation Low Determination of significance based on incomplete understanding of cause-effect relationships and incomplete data pertinent to the Project area. Moderate Determination of significance based on good understanding of cause-effect relationships using data from outside the Project area or incompletely understood cause-effect relationships using data pertinent to the Project area. High Determination of significance based on good understanding of cause-effect relationships and data pertinent to the Project area. Notes: 1 Significant Residual Environmental Effect: A high probability of occurrence of a permanent or long-term residual effect of high magnitude that cannot be technically or economically mitigated. Significant Residual Socio-Economic Effect: A residual socio-economic effect is considered significant if the effect is predicted to be: - high magnitude, high probability, short to medium-term reversibility and regional, provincial or national in extent that cannot be technically or economically mitigated; or - high magnitude, high probability, long-term or permanent reversibility and any spatial boundary that cannot be technically or economically mitigated. 2 The assessment period for the effects assessment includes construction and operations phases for the Project while the assessment period for the cumulative effects assessment includes the above interval as well as the construction and operations phases of activities or projects that have previously occurred and those that are planned (publicly disclosed). 3 In consideration of magnitude, there is no environmental standard, threshold, guideline or objective for many of the construction issues under evaluation. Therefore, the determination of magnitude of the residual effect often entailed a historical consideration of the assessment of magnitude made by regulators, land authorities, lessees, other stakeholders and the assessment team to adverse effects. The assessment team was also aware of the increasingly stringent societal norms related to environmental effect. 4 Level of confidence was affected by availability of data, precedent, degree of scientific uncertainty or other factors beyond the control of the assessment team.
5.3 Environmental and Socio-Economic Elements Based on the Project description and the environmental and socio-economic setting, the environmental and socio-economic elements potentially interacting with the Project are presented in Table 5.2 and include the following: • physical elements such as soil and soil productivity, water quality and quantity, air emissions, GHG emissions and acoustic environment; • biological elements such as fish and fish habitat, wetlands, vegetation and wildlife; • socio-economic elements such as human occupancy and resource use, and infrastructure and services; and • effects arising from accidents and malfunctions may also potentially interact with the Project. TABLE 5.2
ELEMENT INTERACTION WITH PROPOSED PROJECT COMPONENT
Interaction with Project Phase Element Construction Operations Physical and Meteorological No – The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) and NE 32-52-23 W4M are located on level and stable lands. Environment Furthermore, both sections of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) are previously disturbed areas and NE 32-52-23 W4M will be disturbed during construction of the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project. Therefore, no interaction with the physical and meteorological environment is anticipated during construction or operations. Soil and Soil Productivity Yes Yes Water Quality and Quantity Yes No – Project activities will not affect groundwater or surface water in the vicinity of the terminal. Therefore, no interaction is anticipated during operations of the terminal as a result of the Project. Air Emissions Yes No - Air emissions are not expected to increase during operations of the terminal as a result of the Project. GHG Emissions Yes No - GHG emissions are not expected to increase during operations of the terminal as a result of the Project. Acoustic Environment Yes No - Noise emissions are not expected to increase during operations of the terminal as a result of the Project.
Page 5-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.2 Cont'd
Interaction with Project Phase Element Construction Operations Fish and Fish Habitat Yes No – Project activities during operations are not expected to interact with the unnamed Class C watercourse. Wetlands Yes Yes Vegetation Yes Yes Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat Yes Yes Species at Risk Yes Yes Human Occupancy and Yes No – The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is located on Enbridge-owned Resource Use property, therefore, human and occupancy and resource use will not be affected during operations of the Project. Furthermore, maintenance activities are not anticipated to affect farming activities in NE 32-52-23 W4M during the operations phase. Heritage Resources No – All Project activities will be conducted within an existing industrial setting and in lands with a low HRV Therefore, no interaction is anticipated during construction or operations of the Project. Traditional Land and No – The Edmonton Terminal (North and South) and NE 32-52-23 W4M are located on privately-owned lands and do not Resource Use include any lands currently used by Aboriginal groups for traditional land use. Therefore, Project activities will not affect any traditional use of the lands at this site during construction or operations. Social and Cultural No – The Project will require a small workforce using the existing services in the region over a short period of time. The Well-Being following potential social and cultural well-being impacts noted on Table A-3 of the NEB Filing Manual do not apply to this Project: • stresses on community, family and household cohesion; • alcohol and substance abuse; or • illegal or other potentially disruptive activities. Consequently, no interaction with social and cultural well-being is anticipated during construction or operations of the Project. Human Health No - An assessment of nuisance air emissions, GHG emissions and noise during construction is not unlike those previously identified and is provided in the summary of environmental and socio-economic elements table for the terminal. Air, GHG and noise emissions are not expected to increase during operations. Therefore, no human health effects are anticipated as a result of the Project. The Project activities within the existing industrial site are not predicted to result in an aesthetic effect. Therefore, no interaction with human health is anticipated during construction or operations. Infrastructure and Services Yes No - Maintenance activities will require a small workforce using existing services over a short period of time. Therefore, no interaction is anticipated during operations of the Project. Navigation and Navigation No - Project activities at the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) or at NE 32-52-23 W4M will not be located in, on, over, Safety under, through or across a navigable waterway. Therefore, no interaction is anticipated during construction or operations of the Project. Employment and Economy No - The Project will require a temporary workforce of 100 people using the existing services in the City of Edmonton or Sherwood Park over a short period of time. No new permanent jobs will be created as a result of the Project, therefore, a detailed economic analysis was not deemed necessary for the Project.
5.4 Method of Predicting Potential Effects The potential adverse environmental and socio-economic effects resulting from the Project were identified through the experience gained conducting previous projects with similar conditions/potential issues, and the professional judgment of the assessment team. The potential environmental and socio-economic effects arising from the construction and operations of the Project are identified in Section 5.6 of this ESA.
5.5 Mitigation Measures Mitigation, as defined under the CEA Act, 2012, is considered to be the elimination, reduction or control of a project’s adverse environmental effects, including restitution for any damage to the environment caused by such effects through replacement, restoration, compensation or any other means.
Page 5-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
The mitigation measures identified in Table 5.3 are proposed to handle potential soil contamination, as well as reduce:
• surface gravel/topsoil and subsoil mixing, compaction and rutting, flooding and erosion, and introduction and spread of clubroot disease;
• effects on water quality;
• nuisance air emissions during Project activities;
• GHG emissions during Project activities;
• nuisance noise during Project activities;
• sedimentation of watercourse;
• alteration of wetland function;
• weed introduction and disturbance of vegetation;
• effects on wildlife and wildlife habitat;
• effects on species at risk;
• effects on human occupancy and resource use;
• effects on infrastructure and services; and
• effects of an accidental spill or fire.
In addition, Enbridge will, in constructing the Project, comply with its standard practices and procedures and the requirements outlined in the National Energy Board Onshore Pipeline Regulations (NEB OPR) including the requirement to have on-site Operations and Maintenance Manuals (OMMs), copies of which are filed with the NEB. Enbridge will reduce any potential negative environmental effects from the Project by implementing the procedures outlined in the Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction (EGC) (Enbridge 2012) filed with the NEB. An Enbridge representative will be available when warranted during Project activities.
5.6 Identification and Analysis of Potential Residual Effects The residual effects are the environmental and socio-economic effects remaining following the implementation of mitigation measures. The potential residual effects associated with environmental and socio-economic elements arising from Project activities are identified in Table 5.3 and presented in this subsection.
The NEB Filing Manual indicates that a quantitative method should be used where possible to assess potential effects, otherwise, a qualitative method can be used. Some elements can be assessed quantitatively using regulatory standards and guidelines. Where there are no standards, guidelines, objectives or other established and accepted thresholds to define quantitative rating criteria or where quantitative thresholds are not appropriate, the qualitative method that is based on available literature is considered to be the appropriate method for determining the significance of most of the potential residual effects.
A qualitative assessment was deemed to be the most appropriate approach to evaluate the significance of potential residual environmental and socio-economic effects given the limited scope of the Project. Consequently, the evaluation of significance of each of the potential residual effects relied on the professional judgment of the assessment team.
Page 5-5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3
EVALUATION OF IDENTIFIED ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ELEMENTS FOR THE PROJECT
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect SOIL AND SOIL PRODUCTIVITY Surface Footprint • Salvage all available topsoil from the work area N/A No residual effect gravel/topsoil and [Section 8.2]. identified. subsoil mixing • Keep surface gravels/topsoil separate from spoil material to prevent mixing [Section 8.2]. • Replace topsoil as evenly as possible over disturbed areas where topsoil salvage was conducted [Section 8.5]. Previous site Footprint • Identify hydrocarbon-impacted soils by odour or visual • EGC Section 6.4 (8) No residual effect contamination inspection. • Enbridge OMM, identified. • Separate topsoil and subsoil suspected of contamination Book 3: Pipeline from productive topsoil and subsoil. Maintain separate Facilities, storage piles of each soil (i.e., storage may require four Sections 02-02.12 piles: contaminated topsoil; contaminated subsoil; clean and 02-02-06 topsoil; and clean subsoil). Store soils suspected of • Enbridge OMM, contamination within a bermed and lined containment cell. Book 8: 01-02-06, All liners must be high density polyethylene sheeting or Contaminated Soil equivalent. Locate contaminated soil storage piles a Identification, minimum of 100 m from any permanent waterbody and in Temporary Storage an area that does not have an excessive slope. Label and Disposal, and/or install signs at the contaminated stockpiles so the Section 01-02-07, contents (subsoil or topsoil) of each pile can be readily Waterwashed Soil identified. Storage, Disposal • If contaminated material is encountered, it will be and Reuse removed and managed in accordance with Enbridge’s policies and procedures or as otherwise agreed to by NEB staff. • If unknown contaminants are encountered, the Environmental Inspector will immediately notify the Enbridge Construction Manager and the Enbridge Environmental Project Lead. The Enbridge Construction Manager will contact the lands representative who will then notify the landowner of the suspected contamination. • If previously unidentified contaminants are revealed during hydrovac activities, the Environmental Inspector will notify the Enbridge construction manager and the Enbridge project lead prior to disposal of slurry. The Enbridge construction manager will contact the landowner of the suspected contamination. Soil contamination Footprint • See Accidents and Malfunctions for mitigation regarding • EGC Section 6.12 No residual effect due to spot spills spills. identified. during construction • Implement the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan [Appendix C] and/or the Contaminated Soils Management Procedures [Appendix G] as appropriate. These plans include measures to be conducted in the event of a spill on land and in water. Compaction and Footprint • Restrict all vehicular traffic to the approved and staked • EGC Section 6.18 No residual effect rutting during construction sites, transfer line rights-of-way, workspace identified. construction and access roads [Section 7.0]. • Postpone construction, suspend equipment travel or utilize construction alternatives in event of wet/thawed soils in order to reduce terrain disturbance and soil structure damage [Section 7.0]. • Regrade areas with vehicle ruts or erosion gullies [Section 8.5]. • Rip compacted subsoils, temporary access trails and soils damaged during wet weather to a depth of 30 cm prior to topsoil replacement [Section 8.5].
Page 5-6
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3 Cont'd
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect Flooding, erosion or LSA • Prior to discharge of hydrostatic test water, ensure that • EGC Section 4.8 No residual effect contamination of soil the appropriate testing and treatment measures are • EGC identified. as a result of release implemented in accordance with the Code of Practice for Section 6.12(5) of hydrostatic test the Release of Hydrostatic Test Water from Hydrostatic • EGC water on land Testing of Petroleum Liquid and Gas Pipelines. Section 6.12(13) • The location of all discharge areas shall be approved by the Environmental Representative [Section 8.1]. • Do not allow sediment-laden water from pumping activities to directly enter a waterbody or wetland without proper filtration (e.g., geotextile filter bag, sump, silt fence, straw bales, etc.). See Drawings 2, 3 and 11 (Appendix K) [Section 8.3]. • Maintain low velocities, dissipate water energy and utilize protective rip rap, sheeting, tarpaulins or equivalent to prevent washouts, flooding or erosion during dewatering or circulating (if heated water is used). Rate of discharge must be reduced if these measures are ineffective. Introduction and LSA • Ensure all construction equipment and vehicles arrive at, N/A Clubroot introduction spread of clubroot and leave, the construction site or right-of-way in a clean and spread. disease condition to reduce the risk of introducing or spreading clubroot disease or other crop disease(s) [Section 7.0] • Do not allow equipment which arrives in a dirty condition to work until it has been cleaned off at a suitable location. • Review and adhere to measures outlined in the Weed and Clubroot Management Plan in Appendix H of the EPP to reduce the risk of introducing or spreading clubroot disease. WATER QUALITY AND QUANTITY Contamination of LSA • Wash equipment or machinery at least 30 m away from a • EGC No residual effect surface water waterbody. Section 4.5 (11) identified. • Store fuel and conduct refuelling at least 100 m from a • Enbridge OMM, waterbody except where secondary containment is Book 8: 01-02-07, provided. Waterwashed Soil Storage, Disposal and Reuse Alteration or LSA • Hydrostatic test water will be withdrawn from and • EGC Section 4.8 (6) No residual effect contamination of released back into existing fire water ponds located at • EGC Section 4.8 identified. aquatic environment both sections of the Edmonton Terminal (North and (18) as a result of South). withdrawal and • Hydrostatic testing will be conducted in accordance with release of hydrostatic Enbridge procedures, NEB regulations and, where test water applicable, provincial requirements and municipal agreements. Accidental spill near Footprint • See Accidents and Malfunctions for spills mitigation. • EGC Section 6.12 No residual effect watercourse (10 and 11) identified. • Enbridge OMM, Book 7: Emergency Response • Enbridge OMM, Book 8: Waste Storage and Waste Transportation, sections 01-02.11 and 01-02.12 AIR EMISSIONS Nuisance air LSA • Follow proper equipment maintenance schedules. • EGC Section 6.2 (1) Release of exhaust emissions during • Reduce unnecessary idling of equipment to the extent • EGC Section 6.2 (2) during Project Project activities activities. feasible. • EGC Section 6.2 (3) • Use multi-passenger vehicles (e.g., crew trucks) to transport crews to the site to the extent practical and limit the amount of traffic and accompanying emissions.
Page 5-7 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3 Cont'd
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect GHG EMISSIONS Nuisance GHG International • Follow proper equipment maintenance schedules. • EGC Section 6.2 (1) Release of exhaust emissions during • Reduce unnecessary idling of equipment to the extent • EGC Section 6.2 (2) during Project Project activities activities. feasible. • EGC Section 6.2 (3) • Use multi-passenger vehicles (e.g., crew trucks) to transport crews to the site to the extent practical and limit the amount of traffic and accompanying emissions. ACOUSTIC ENVIRONMENT Nuisance noise LSA • Take reasonable measures to control construction • EGC Section 6.9 (2) Increase in nuisance during Project related noise near residential areas. Alter equipment, • EGC Section 6.9 (3) noise during Project activities erect noise barriers or change the work schedule if activities. • EGC Section 6.9 (5) excessive noise becomes a nuisance to nearby residents. • Schedule hours of work from 7:00 AM to 10:00 PM. • In the event of after-hours noise during construction (e.g., potential use of generators), Enbridge will ensure affected landowners are notified and consulted in advance. • Ensure that noise abatement equipment (e.g., mufflers) on machinery is in good working order to control noise levels. • Ensure only the size and power of tools necessary will be used to limit noise from power tool operations. • Equipment will be turned off when not in use. FISH AND FISH HABITAT Sedimentation of LSA • Implement appropriate erosion control prior to • EGC Section 4.6 No residual effect watercourse disturbance activities, if warranted. identified. • Install silt fencing where ground disturbance occurs within 30 m of the two open water sections of the unnamed Class C watercourse. • See the Appendix 1 of this ESA regarding watercourse siltation prevention. WETLANDS Alteration of wetland LSA • Abide by all applicable provincial notifications/approvals. • EGC Section 3.1.7 Alteration of wetland habitat function • Review and adhere to measures pertaining to weed • EGC Section 3.3 habitat function (e.g., habitat for introduction and spread. during and following wildlife, amphibians, construction and • waterfowl and Construct all wetland crossings as per COP notifications maintenance vegetation) submitted to the Alberta Energy Regulator (AER). For any activities until HDD crossings, follow the drilling mud frac-out monitoring vegetation is and other measures provided in the Directional Drilling re-established. Procedures and Drilling Mud Release Contingency Plan [Appendix I]. Utilize an Enbridge approved drilling mud that does not contain harmful additives. • Stake/flag the boundaries of the wetland and place signs to direct construction traffic to use a shoo-fly, if practical [Section 8.1]. • Limit vegetation removal adjacent to a wetland to that which is absolutely necessary [Section 8.1]. Fell trees away from wetlands to reduce damage to beds and adjacent trees. • Protect and maintain shallow shoreline areas that contain emergent vegetation (i.e., graminoids) by establishing buffer zones. Generally, a 10 m buffer zone is to be established at all wetlands. [Section 8.1]. • Salvage live, flagged or fenced willows and other shrubs and trees from the banks of wetlands. • Install swamp mats or wooden matting to create a travel/work pad for wetland construction. If warranted, cover the mats/matting with geotextile or a biodegradable equivalent and subsoil [Section 8.1].
Page 5-8
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3 Cont'd
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect Alteration of wetland See above • Salvage the upper surface material on all wetlands to a • See above See above habitat function maximum depth of 40 cm to maintain root stocks for (e.g., habitat for replacement [Section 8.2]. wildlife, amphibians, • Do not seed wetlands (i.e., allow for natural revegetation) waterfowl and [Section 8.5]. vegetation) (cont’d) Alteration of wetland LSA • Wetland crossing will be by HDD which will reduce impact • EGC Section 3.3 Alteration of wetland hydrological function to wetlands. hydrologic function • Recontour the wetland and restore surface hydrology as a result of Project patterns to as close to their pre-construction profile as activities. practical during reclamation [Section 8.5]. Alteration of wetland LSA • Implement the Wet/Thawed Soils Contingency • EGC Section 3.3 An alteration of biogeochemical Measures during wet/thawed conditions. biogeochemical function • Install swamp mats or wooden matting to create a function in wetlands travel/work pad for wetland construction. If warranted, during and following cover the mats/matting with geotextile or a construction and biodegradable equivalent and subsoil. Ensure maintenance deleterious materials are not allowed to spill from the activities until ramp into the wetland [Section 8.1]. sedimentation is controlled and • Use wide-track equipment, low-ground-pressure vegetation is equipment or conventional equipment operated from the re-established. recommended vehicle crossing when working on saturated soils during non-frozen conditions [Section 7.0]. • Follow the drilling mud frac-out monitoring and other measures provided in the Directional Drilling Procedures and Drilling Mud Release Contingency Plan [Appendix I]. Utilize an Enbridge-approved drilling mud that does not contain harmful additives. • Replace salvaged topsoil and upper soil material over the salvaged area. Ensure that wetland contours and drainage channels are restored [Section 8.5]. Contamination of LSA • Maintain equipment in good working condition and ensure • EGC Section 6.12 Reduction of wetland wetlands from spills equipment and vehicles are free of leaks [Section 7.0]. • EGC Section 4.11 habitat function in during construction • Ensure that no fuel, lubricating fluids, hydraulic fluids, the event of spill or or product release methanol, antifreeze, herbicides, biocides or other product release during operations chemicals are released on the ground or into any wetland. during construction In the event of a spill, implement the Fuels and or operations. Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan [Section 7.0, Reduction of wetland Appendix C]. hydrological and • Prohibit fuel storage, refuelling or servicing of equipment biogeochemical within the normal high water mark of wetlands, except function in the event where secondary containment is provided [Section 7.0]. of a spill (depending on the volume and • Transport, handle, use and dispose of hazardous type of substance materials in accordance with provincial and federal spilled). regulatory requirements, and as identified in Enbridge’s Waste Management Plan (2012) and the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan [Section 7.0, Appendix C]. • Do not wash equipment or machinery in watercourses or wetlands. Control wastewater from construction activities, such as equipment washing or concrete mixing, to avoid discharge directly into any body of water [Section 7.0]. • Review and adhere to the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan included to avoid contaminant introduction during construction [Appendix C].
Page 5-9
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3 Cont'd
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect VEGETATION Weed introduction LSA • Ensure all equipment (e.g., vehicles, materials, swamp • EGC Section 6.17 Weed introduction and spread mats, etc.) arrives for work in a clean condition to reduce (5) and spread. the risk of weed introduction. Prohibit any equipment which arrives in a dirty condition to work until it has been cleaned off at a suitable location [Appendix G]. • Monitor topsoil windrows for weed growth during the course of construction where warranted [Appendix H]. Corrective measures may include hand pulling, mowing, using selective, non-persistent herbicides (if necessary) or seeding with a cover crop [Appendix H]. • Monitor the Footprint for weed infestations as a part of the post-construction environmental monitoring program (see Section 8.0 of this ESA) and during operations and maintenance activities. Implement additional measures to control weeds, where necessary, as per the Enbridge Vegetation Management Guide. • Implement applicable mitigation measures as listed above and in Appendix H of the EPP during maintenance activities. Disturbance of LSA • See Accidents and Malfunctions for mitigation regarding N/A Depending on the vegetation due to a spills. location and volume, spill or product • Implement measures to restore any locations where disturbance of release, and from vegetation is disturbed as a result of a spill, product vegetation due to a associated clean-up release or from associated clean-up and reclamation spill or product and reclamation activities. release and from activities associated clean-up and reclamation activities. WILDLIFE Changes to wildlife LSA • Avoid site preparation (i.e., upland and wetland mowing • EGC 4.3.1 (20) Changes to wildlife habitat and brushing), construction and/or reclamation activities • EGC Section 4.9.1 habitat in sensitive habitats during the migratory bird RAP of (2) May 1 to August 10 to avoid adverse effects on nesting migratory birds, where feasible [Section 7.0]. • In the event that the construction schedule changes and site preparation or construction activities are planned during the migratory bird RAP, pre-mow or brush the construction site in areas of native vegetation prior to the start of the migratory bird RAP to discourage nesting within the construction site [Section 7.0]. • If right of way preparation has not been completed prior to May 1, a nest sweep will be conducted by Enbridge a maximum of 7 days prior to construction activity to identify active nests. Active nests will be subject to an appropriate buffer until the nest is no longer active [Section 7.0]. • Limit vegetation removal adjacent to a wetland to that which is absolutely necessary [Section 8.1]. • Do not seed wetlands (i.e., allow for natural revegetation) [Section 8.2]. • Complete clean-up of disturbed areas immediately following completion of construction activities [Section 8.5]. • Monitor for weed establishment and/or growth within the Project Footprint during operations. Implement additional measures to control weeds, where necessary [Section 7.0].
Page 5-10 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3 Cont'd
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect Changes to wildlife LSA • Personnel are prohibited from harming, harassing or • EGC Section 6.19 Changes to wildlife movement feeding wildlife [Section 7.0]. (10) movement. • Avoid site preparation (i.e., upland and wetland mowing • EGC Section 6.9 (2), and brushing), construction and/or reclamation activities (5) in sensitive habitats during the migratory bird RAP of May 1 to August 10 to avoid adverse effects on nesting migratory birds, where feasible [Section 7.0]. • Ensure noise abatement equipment (i.e., mufflers) on machinery and vehicles is in good working order [Section 7.0]. • Report any incidents or collisions with wildlife to the Environmental Representative and Enbridge Environment Project Lead who will notify local wildlife authorities and the police as appropriate [Section 7.0, Appendix E]. Changes to wildlife LSA • Avoid site preparation (i.e., upland and wetland mowing • EGC Section 6.19 • Changes to mortality risk and brushing), construction and/or reclamation activities (10) wildlife mortality in sensitive habitats during the migratory bird RAP of • EGC Section 6.2 (3) risk. May 1 to August 10 to avoid adverse effects on nesting • EGC Section 6.1 (9) migratory birds, where feasible [Section 7.0]. • In the event that the construction schedule changes and site preparation or construction activities are planned during the migratory bird RAP, pre-mow or brush the construction site in areas of native vegetation prior to the start of the migratory bird RAP to discourage nesting within the construction site [Section 7.0]. • If right of way preparation has not been completed prior to May 1, a nest sweep will be conducted by Enbridge a maximum of 7 days prior to construction activity to identify active nests. Active nests will be subject to an appropriate buffer until the nest is no longer active [Section 7.0]. • Should nesting or migratory birds be discovered on-site, report immediately to the Environment Representative. The Enbridge Environment Lead will work with the appropriate regulator and Wildlife Biologists to determine a species-appropriate buffer to protect the nest and young until they have fledged [Section 7.0]. • Implement the Wildlife Encounter Contingency Plan [Appendix E] in the event that an encounter with wildlife occurs during construction, either at the site or on the commute to and from the construction site. • Use multi-passenger vehicles for the transport of crews to and from the job sites, where practical [Section 7.0]. • Report any incidents or collisions with wildlife to the Environmental Representative and Enbridge Environment Project Lead who will notify local wildlife authorities and the police as appropriate [Section 7.0, Appendix E]. • Restrict all vehicular traffic to the approved and staked construction site, workspace and access roads. Advise all Project construction-related vehicles to follow applicable traffic, road use and safety laws [Section 7.0]. Effects of Accidents LSA • See Accidents and Malfunctions in this table for mitigation N/A Effects of accidents and Malfunctions on regarding spills. and malfunctions on Wildlife • Implement the Fuels and Hazardous Materials wildlife. Contingency Plan [Appendix C] and/or the Contaminated Soils Management Procedures [Appendix G] as appropriate. These plans include measures to be conducted in the event of a spill on land and in water.
Page 5-11 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3 Cont'd
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect SPECIES AT RISK Changes in habitat, LSA • Avoid site preparation (i.e., upland and wetland mowing • EGC Section 6.19 Changes to habitat, movement and and brushing), construction and/or reclamation activities (10) movement and mortality risk for in sensitive habitats during the migratory bird RAP of mortality risk for horned grebe May 1 to August 10 to avoid adverse effects on nesting horned grebe. migratory birds, where feasible [Section 7.0]. • In the event that the construction schedule changes and site preparation or construction activities are planned during the migratory bird RAP, pre-mow or brush the construction site in areas of native vegetation prior to the start of the migratory bird RAP to discourage nesting within the construction site [Section 7.0]. • If right of way preparation has not been completed prior to May 1, a nest sweep will be conducted by Enbridge a maximum of 7 days prior to construction activity to identify active nests. Active nests will be subject to an appropriate buffer until the nest is no longer active [Section 7.0]. • If listed or sensitive species are identified during construction of the Project, implement the Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Contingency Plan (Appendix F of the Project-specific EPP) [Section 7.0]. • Implement the measures to reduce changes to wildlife habitat, movement and mortality risk in the Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat section. HUMAN OCCUPANCY AND RESOURCE USE Disruption of farming Footprint • Notify occupant and the affected landowner prior to N/A Disturbances to activities commencement of construction activities. Attempt to farming activities avoid peak activity periods where feasible. during construction. • Delay final staking until immediately prior to construction. • Confine construction equipment and vehicles to the designated proposed construction site, temporary workspace, existing public roads and approved access roads. • Complete clean-up as soon as practical to minimize disturbance to farming operations. INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES Transportation of RSA • Inform contractor that construction traffic is to obey all • EGC Increased traffic on workers, supplies local traffic laws and road use agreements. Section 6.2(3) local roads used to and equipment • Use multi-passenger vehicles to transport workers to and • EGC Section access the proposed from the work site whenever feasible. 6.1(9) Project site will occur during construction. Disruption of RSA • Locate and flag utility lines prior to the commencement of • EGC Section 4.2 See Accidents and transmission lines ground disturbance activities. Malfunctions. and pipelines • Expose all underground utility lines and cables to be traversed by the pipeline in accordance with prescribed methods as detailed in the construction specifications. • Use flagging and signage at overhead line crossings to alert Equipment Operators of hazards. Demand on waste RSA • Ensure work site is kept in a clean state and waste is • Enbridge OMM, Temporary increase management during collected in appropriate receptacles. Book 8: Waste in waste flow to construction • Locate temporary toilets at convenient locations on the Storage and Waste regional landfill sites construction site. Transportation, will occur during Sections construction. • Transport and dispose of all wastes in accordance with provincial and federal regulatory requirements. 01-02.11 and 01-02.12 • Follow the measures outlined in Enbridge’s Waste Management Plan.
Page 5-12 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE 5.3 Cont'd
Environmental or Socio-Economic Spatial Recommendations/Mitigation for Activity Phase EGC/Enbridge Manual Potential Residual Element/Issue Boundaries [Environmental Protection Plan {EPP} Reference]1 Reference2 Effect Provision of Provincial • Adhere to all safety standards during the construction and • Enbridge OMM Despite best emergency services operations of the proposed new transfer line. Book 7: Emergency intentions and work • Ensure that a trained medic is on-site during construction Response practices, incidents activities. arising during construction • Ensure injured persons have received appropriate may warrant the use medical attention. of emergency • Contractors are to follow the fire prevention measures services. outlined in the Enbridge Contractor Safety Manual [Canada]. ACCIDENTS AND MALFUNCTIONS Spills of hazardous Footprint • Report spills immediately to the Enbridge Construction • EGC Section 6.12 No residual effect materials during Manager or designate and the Environmental Inspector (10 and 11) identified. Project activities and, if warranted, appropriate government agencies. • Enbridge OMM, • Implement the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Book 7: Emergency Contingency Plan [Appendix C]. Response, Section • In the unlikely event of a large scale release, follow 03-02-01 Enbridge's OMM Book 7: Emergency Response currently • Enbridge OMM, on file with the NEB. Book 8: Waste • For any HDD crossings, follow the drilling mud frac-out Storage and Waste monitoring and other measures provided in the Transportation, Directional Drilling Procedures and Drilling Mud Release Sections Contingency Plan [Appendix I]. Utilize an Enbridge- 01-02.11 and approved drilling mud that does not contain harmful 01-02.12 additives. • Follow remediation procedures outlined in the NEB Remediation Process Guide (NEB 2011) in the event of a spill. • Maintain equipment in good working condition and ensure equipment and vehicles are free of leaks [Section 7.0]. • Follow equipment refuelling measures outlined in the EPP [Section 7.0]. Fire during Project LSA • Ensure that exhaust and engine systems of equipment • EGC Section 6.5 Despite vigilance, activities are in good working condition and inspect undercarriages (14) fires may adversely periodically to ensure that grasses do not accumulate. Do • EGC Section 6.5 affect adjacent not leave vehicles idling for extended periods of time (18) infrastructure and in when the fire hazard is high. very rare situations, • Enbridge OMM, • Ensure that personnel are made aware of proper disposal affect adjacent Book 7: Emergency property. methods for welding rods, cigarette butts and other hot or Response, Section burning material. 03-02-04 • Implement Enbridge’s Emergency Response Plan in the event of a fire. Damage to foreign RSA • Locate and flag all known foreign lines and cables by • EGC Section 4.2 Rupture of utility utility lines using “one call” services. lines could lead to • Carefully expose all known locations of underground interruption of facilities in accordance with prescribed, safe methods. services and fires in the case of gas. • Use flagging and signage at overhead line crossings to alert Equipment Operators of hazards. • Conduct construction activities in the vicinity of adjacent pipelines in compliance with all requirements of the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Z662-11 and the NEB OPRs for work close to an operating pipeline. • Prior to any equipment working on, or crossing over an adjacent pipeline, first obtain a crossing permit from the operator for each specific location, detailing the conditions and limitations for each crossing. Notes: 1 Detailed mitigation measures are outlined in the Project-specific EPP (Appendix 1 of this ESA). 2 Enbridge EGC (June 2012).
Page 5-13 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
5.7 Significance Evaluation of Potential Residual Effects
5.7.1 Soil and Soil Productivity
Introduction and Spread of Clubroot Disease Clubroot is a soil-borne pathogen that affects canola, mustard and other crops in the cabbage family. It is considered a pest under the Alberta Agricultural Pests Act. Clubroot disease is spread through resting spores in the soil, which can survive for up to 20 years. Mitigation measures outlined in Table 5.3 of this ESA and the EPP (Appendix 1 of this ESA) are consistent with recommended industry standard measures to reduce the likelihood of the introduction and spread of clubroot. This residual effect is reversible in the long-term, of medium magnitude and of low probability. Consequently, the potential residual environmental effect on soil and soil productivity is considered to be not significant.
5.7.2 Air Emissions
Nuisance Air Emissions (i.e., Exhaust) during Project Activities The primary sources of air emissions during Project activities will be from fuel combustion at the work site due to the operation of heavy equipment required for construction. The amount of air emissions associated with construction will be reduced by using well-maintained equipment, using multi-passenger vehicles and reduced idling time. Although air emissions from vehicle and equipment exhaust will occur during Project activities, the duration is short-term. The residual environmental effect on air quality is of low magnitude and reversible in the short-term and, consequently, is considered to be not significant.
5.7.3 Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Nuisance Air Emissions (i.e., Exhaust) during Project Activities The primary sources of GHG emissions during Project activities will be from fuel combustion while the workforce commutes to and from the work site, as well as from the operation of heavy equipment required for the Project. The amount of GHG emissions associated Project activities will be reduced by utilizing well-maintained equipment, using multi-passenger vehicles and reducing idling time. Based on the scope of the Project, short-term duration of construction and extent of operational activities, the GHG emissions associated with the proposed Project will be low and are unlikely to result in a measurable change to national, provincial or international GHG totals. This residual effect of increased GHG emissions during construction is of low magnitude. Consequently, it is concluded that the residual environmental effects of the Project on GHG emissions will be not significant.
5.7.4 Acoustic Environment
Nuisance Noise during Project Activities The Project is located adjacent to high volume roads in an area that is zoned industrial. Nevertheless, noise arising from HDD and other construction activities will occur at the Project site and this residual effect is considered to have a negative impact balance. Equipment and vehicles used during construction will be equipped with noise abatement equipment (e.g., mufflers), to the extent possible, to reduce the noise levels. Given that the nearest residence to the Project site is located about 1.3 km southeast of the existing Enbridge Terminal (North) fence line, nuisance noise emissions arising from the Project are not anticipated to affect local residents. The residual effect of nuisance noise is of low magnitude and reversible in the short-term. Ambient noise levels at the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) are not anticipated to increase as a result of the Project during operations. Consequently, it is concluded that the residual environmental effects of Project on the acoustic environment will be not significant.
Page 5-14
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
5.7.5 Wetlands The construction of the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) expansion projected to be under construction in fall 2014 will permanently disturb wetland ecosystem function at the Edmonton Terminal (South) site and temporarily disturb the wetlands at NE 32-52-23 W4M. The wetland loss resulting from this development has already been compensated for appropriately in accordance with provincial regulations (i.e., Water Act). Therefore, the proposed March 2015 construction of the Project will be conducted on previously disturbed land. The contribution of the Project to the further disturbance of wetlands at NE 32-52-23 W4M is considered to have a negative impact balance.
Alteration of Wetland Habitat Function Given the low quality of wetland habitat resulting from the existing high level of anthropogenic disturbance in the area and with the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures (Table 5.3 and Appendix 1 of this ESA) as well as the use of HDD, which will reduce the amount of disturbed area, the potential alteration of wetland habitat function is considered to be reversible in the medium-term for the affected wetlands.
Alteration of Wetland Hydrological Function The potential changes to hydrologic flow (i.e., surface or groundwater flow) of the wetland as a result of the transfer line construction or maintenance activities may include wetland drainage, water diversion and natural flow impedance. Each of these alterations is an interruption to the natural hydrologic regime and is considered to have a negative impact balance. The vertical and horizontal water movements in wetlands are readily disrupted by any berm-like structure. For example, the effects of roads are especially detrimental to wetland hydrology by impounding water on the upstream side of a wetland resulting in drying downstream and flooding upstream. Among the most important considerations for limiting disturbances to hydrologic function are assuring that the restoration of pre-construction elevations and contours are achieved (Gartman 1991), and that there will be no unnatural impedance to flow. Short-term disturbances to wetlands are expected during HDD construction of the transfer line. Standard pipeline construction and operational activities are designed to avoid circumstances that result in drainage, diversion and/or natural flow impedance of water in wetlands. No issues related to wetland drainage, diversion or unnatural retention of water on the right-of-way were noted during the two-year wetland post-construction monitoring program for Enbridge’s Line 4 Extension Project, Alberta Clipper Project and Southern Lights Project (TERA Environmental Consultants 2011a,b,c, 2012b,c,d). Similar mitigation measures implemented for these projects are planned for the construction of the proposed transfer lines.
Alteration of Wetland Biogeochemical Function Changes in wetland hydrologic regime can directly and indirectly impact wetland biogeochemical function. Directly, hydrologic regime can impact soil processes, nutrient availability and water chemistry. Impounding water flow due to linear disturbance can also directly impact wetland biogeochemistry. By impeding water flow, nutrient delivery to downstream parts of the wetland is limited. Activity in or near wetlands during pipeline construction may result in an increased sediment supply and turbidity of surface waters (particularly in mineral wetlands), thereby affecting biogeochemical function of the wetland. However, given the application of sedimentation control mitigation measures (i.e., leaving buffers around wetlands), the likelihood of alteration in this manner is reduced. Mitigation measures will be employed during construction and maintenance activities to ensure that the potential effects on wetland function are reduced. Mitigation measures are discussed in Table 5.3. With the implementation of these measures, the residual effects of pipeline construction on wetland function are considered to be of low magnitude and reversible in the medium to long-term depending on the growth time of wetland species found during pre-construction assessments, until grade and natural flow patterns have been restored, and depending on the time needed for biogeochemical processes to be reclaimed. The residual effect is consequently considered to be not significant.
Page 5-15
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Effects on Wetlands from Spills In the unlikely event of a fuel spill from equipment or a fuel truck near a waterbody, or a product release, infiltration into surficial deposits and surface water is possible and the effects would be considered to have a negative impact balance. The implementation of prevention measures (Table 5.3 and the EPP) is expected to mitigate spot spills and product releases in wetlands. However, depending on the volume and type of contaminant spilled, it may not be possible to entirely clean up the spill. Spill clean-up and reclamation is expected to result in some loss or disturbance of soil and vegetation. With mitigation efforts (e.g., avoiding refuelling near wetlands), the residual effect of spills and product releases on wetland habitat function is considered to be of low to high magnitude and reversible in the short to long-term (depending on the volume and area affected by the spill). This effect is considered to be not significant due to a low probability of occurring. 5.7.6 Vegetation
Weed Introduction and Spread In general, invasive species tend to inhabit areas where the seed bank has been disturbed by anthropogenic activity. Mitigation measures outlined in the EPP are proven and effective industry standard measures to minimize the introduction and spread of weeds. These measures will be implemented during both construction and maintenance activities. The potential introduction or spread of Noxious weeds and non-listed, non-native species may vary in the period required to reverse the effect depending on the species. The residual environmental effect is considered to be reversible in the short to medium-term and of low magnitude and, consequently, is considered to be not significant.
Accidental Spills or Product Release Depending on the location and volume, disturbance of vegetation could occur as a result of an inadvertent spill, product release, drilling mud release, or from associated clean-up and reclamation activities. The magnitude of this effect would vary depending on the severity of the spill or release and the location of the event. Since no rare plants or rare plant communities have been identified in the Project Footprint, the magnitude of this effect is considered to be low to medium and the probability of such an event occurring in a vegetated area is low. This residual environmental effect is considered to be not significant.
5.7.7 Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat
Changes in Wildlife Habitat The area surrounding the Project is comprised of highly developed petrochemical infrastructure and cultivated lands, and as a result, is considered low quality wildlife habitat. The construction of the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) expansion is projected to be under construction in fall 2014 and will permanently disturb wetland habitat at the Edmonton Terminal (South) and temporarily disturb the wetlands at NE 32-52-23 W4M. Therefore, the construction of the Project will occur on previously disturbed land at this site. The contribution of the Project to the further disturbance of the wetlands at NE 32-52-23 W4M is considered to have a negative impact balance.
The use of HDDs for the transfer lines will reduce the amount of potential wildlife habitat disturbed, however, medium-term disturbances to wildlife habitat associated with wetlands are expected during HDD construction of the transfer line. Santillo (1993) found that post-pipeline construction wetland vegetation and bird community composition within wetland habitats were comparable to observation prior to construction. Post-construction monitoring indicated a similar vegetation composition and structure of wetlands, and determined that no new bird species were introduced as a result of change in habitat in the vicinity of the construction activities. The area of disturbance will be reduced and the proposed mitigation in Table 5.3 will be applied (e.g., avoiding construction during the migratory bird nesting period, allowing for natural revegetation at the wetland traversed by the proposed transfer lines, recontouring wetlands and restoring hydrology patterns to as close to their pre-construction profile and controlling weeds).
Page 5-16
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Habitat effectiveness can be affected by sensory disturbance, which may cause avoidance or reduced use, increased energy expenditure, changes in normal behaviours (e.g., feeding) and impaired communication between individuals. Ambient noise levels, light and human activity will increase as a result of construction and operations of the Project. Different wildlife species and even individuals within a species are expected to respond differently to sensory disturbances. The residual effects from sensory impacts (i.e., reduced habitat effectiveness) are expected to occur as a result of construction and operations activities from the Project and are considered to have a negative impact balance of low magnitude. Given that Project activities will occur adjacent to an existing industrial site and high traffic roads, any wildlife that may be present in the vicinity of the site will likely have acclimatized to noise, light and human activity. The events causing a change in wildlife habitat availability and effectiveness are construction and operations of the Project, since habitat effectiveness in the LSA may be affected by noise, light and activity (i.e., sensory disturbance) over the life of the Project. Given the low quality of wildlife habitat resulting from the existing high level of anthropogenic disturbance in the area that will be disturbed by the Project, the probability and magnitude of the residual effect of changes to wildlife habitat is considered low. This residual effect is reversible in the medium-term because habitat will be reclaimed after completion of construction activities. This residual environmental effect is considered to be not significant.
Changes to Wildlife Movement Some wildlife species may alter their movement at and in the LSA of the Project due to noise, light and human activity, but may become accustomed to the level of disturbance over time. Other species may be habituated to the existing high level of anthropogenic disturbance and may be less affected by the slight increase in disturbance. The events causing changes in wildlife movement in the LSA are the construction and operations activities of the Project. Given the existing level of disturbance and industrial activities within the LSA, the residual effect of the Project on changes in wildlife movement is of low probability, low magnitude, and is reversible in the short-term after upon completion of construction activities. This residual environmental effect is considered to be not significant.
Increased Wildlife Mortality Risk The level of mortality risk that will occur due to Project construction activities can be mitigated in part by scheduling. Constructing outside the migratory bird breeding season will prevent mortality of nesting birds. In the event an active nest is discovered during construction activities, it will be subject to site-specific mitigation measures (i.e., protective buffer around the nest and monitoring). Topsoil salvage and grading activities could result in mortality of small mammals (e.g., rodents), amphibians and reptiles that inhabit woody debris, litter and soil. There is potential during construction activities for direct mortality of amphibians and small mammal species within the Footprint. There is also potential for disturbance of unidentified ground hibernacula. In less frequent situations, collisions with construction vehicles may result in wildlife mortality. Although multi-passenger vehicles will be used to transport crews and vehicle speed will be limited on the roads accessing the Project as well as on the Footprint, a slight increase in potential for vehicle/wildlife collisions will occur during the construction period. The mitigation measures summarized in Table 5.3 (e.g., scheduling construction activities outside the migratory bird breeding period or conducting a nest sweep prior to the commencement of activities if scheduled during the RAP, use of multi-passenger vehicles) are expected to reduce the potential for wildlife mortality resulting from Project construction. Although there is a potential for an increase in wildlife mortality rates during the construction period, the probability and magnitude of this residual effect is low and reversible in the short-term once construction activities are completed. This residual environmental effect is considered to be not significant.
Effects of Accidents and Malfunctions on Wildlife Potential wildlife mortality or injury and reduced habitat quality (i.e., water quality and vegetation alteration) could occur in the event of a spill during construction or operations and the impact balance of this residual effect is considered negative. Toxic substances that are accidentally released or are not properly contained can be exposed to wildlife, wetlands and vegetation. The scale of the effect is dependent on the wildlife exposure pathway (e.g., ingestion from contaminated vegetation, mineral soil or water, inhalation of contaminated air) as well as the size and type and location of the spill.
Page 5-17
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Several contingency plans and emergency response plans will be in place in the event there is a spill (Section 5.7.10 Accidents and Malfunctions). Depending on the spill severity and location as well as the wildlife species affected, the magnitude of the impact of a spill on wildlife either directly or through environmental pathways (e.g., contaminated water) could be high. However, the probability of wildlife mortality or injury and reduced habitat quality due to a spill is low. This residual environmental effect is considered to be not significant.
5.7.8 Species at Risk
Ecological Context No plant species at risk listed by SARA or COSEWIC were identified as potentially occurring in the Central Parkland Natural Subregion, are known to occur within the LSA of the proposed Project (ATPR 2013) or were found during previous field work conducted in 2010 and 2012 (TERA Environmental Consultants 2010, 2013d). Consequently, further assessment of plant species at risk is not necessary.
Federally-listed wildlife species (i.e., COSEWIC or SARA Schedule 1 designation) identified as having the potential to occur in the LSA of the Project (based on known ranges and preferred habitat availability) include barn swallow, horned grebe and peregrine falcon (COSEWIC 2014, Environment Canada 2014). According to the AESRD FWMIS database, peregrine falcon has been reported within 1 km of the Project (AESRD 2012, 2014d). No federally-listed wildlife species were observed during previous field studies conducted at the Project Footprint in 2010 and 2012 (TERA Environmental Consultants 2010, 2013d).
A peregrine falcon nest was recorded approximately 200 m south of the proposed Project on a building within the fenced boundaries of an adjacent facility in 2010 (AESRD 2012, TERA Environmental Consultants 2013d). During consultation with Environment Canada in 2012 regarding the peregrine falcon nest, Environment Canada had no concerns with construction of approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project and waived the recommended setback distance of 1,000 m. It was concluded that construction activities for the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project may commence given the existing level of industrial disturbance (i.e., noise, traffic, human activity and emissions) in the vicinity of the peregrine falcon nest (Gregoire pers. comm. in TERA Environmental Consultants 2013d). Since construction of the Project will not affect potential peregrine falcon nesting habitat, movement or mortality risk, there is no clear interaction between the Project and peregrine falcons. Therefore, this species was not included in the wildlife species at risk assessment.
Suitable foraging habitat for barn swallows may occur within the Project Footprint and potential nesting habitat is present at buildings in adjacent areas. However, the Project will not impact the nesting habitat of barn swallows as construction is scheduled to start in March 2015, which is outside of the breeding period for barn swallows (May 1 to August 31) (Gregoire pers. comm.). Given the above, as well as the existing level of disturbance and industrial activities within the LSA, there is not expected to be an interaction between the Project and barn swallows with respect to changes in wildlife habitat, movement and mortality risk. As a result, this species was not included in the species at risk assessment.
Horned Grebes Horned grebes (Special Concern by COSEWIC) forage by diving in shallow waters, often near emergent vegetation, and also forage on surface prey and snatch insects from the air or overhanging plants (Johnsgard 1987). Their diet mainly consists of small fishes, crustaceans and aquatic insects, and also includes amphibians and leeches (Semenchuk 1992). Horned grebes nest in wetlands located in both open and forested areas, preferring ponds, sloughs and lakes with extensive marshy vegetation. Emergent vegetation provides nest materials, concealment and anchorage, and protection for young (COSEWIC 2009). Nests are a floating mass of decayed and fresh aquatic vegetation built up in shallow waters and anchored to reeds (Semenchuk 1992).
Open water and emergent vegetation is present in the wetlands in the LSA. These habitat characteristics comprise potential nesting habitat for wetland birds such as horned grebe. However, given that the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) and NE 32-52-23 W4M are situated in a highly developed industrial area, dominated by land previously disturbed by cultivation and oil and gas activities, and
Page 5-18
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
surrounded by high volume traffic roads, the wetland habitat at NE 32-52-23 W4M is considered low quality for horned grebe. A search of the FWMIS database has not reported any horned grebes within 1 km of the Project (AESRD 2014d), and horned grebes have not been observed during previous field studies in 2010 and 2012 (TERA Environmental Consultants 2010, 2013d). The likelihood of nesting horned grebes occurring at this location is low.
The construction of the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) expansion, projected to be under construction in fall 2014, will permanently disturb wetland habitat at the Edmonton Terminal (South) and temporarily disturb the wetland at NE 32-52-23 W4M. Therefore, the construction of the Project will occur on previously disturbed land. The contribution of the Project to the further disturbance of the wetland at NE 32-52-23 W4M is considered to have a negative impact balance. The use of HDDs for the transfer lines will reduce the amount of potential habitat disturbed, however, medium-term disturbances to habitat associated with wetlands are expected during HDD construction of the transfer line.
Given that construction is scheduled to start in March 2015, which is outside of the breeding period for horned grebes (April 1 to August 31) (Gregoire pers. comm.) and the existing level of disturbance and industrial activities within the LSA, the Project is not expected to affect horned grebe movement or mortality risk. In the event that the construction schedule changes, a nest sweep will be conducted prior to construction activities.
Given the low value of wetland habitat resulting from the existing high level of anthropogenic disturbance in the LSA and given the construction is scheduled outside of the breeding period for horned grebes, there is low probability that the habitat, movement and mortality risk of horned grebes will be affected by the Project. By implementing the proposed mitigation in Table 5.3 (e.g., scheduling construction activities outside the migratory bird breeding period or conducting a nest sweep prior to the commencement of activities if scheduled during the migratory bird RAP, prohibiting construction activities and vehicular traffic beyond the staked and/or flagged facility site boundaries, weed control, recontouring wetlands and restoring hydrology patterns to as close to their pre-construction profile and allowing for natural revegetation at the wetlands traversed by the proposed transfer lines, and ensuring noise abatement), the magnitude of the residual effect of the Project on horned grebes is low. Consequently, it is concluded that the residual environmental effect of Project construction and operations on horned grebes will be not significant.
5.7.9 Human Occupancy and Resource Use
Disruption of Farming Activities Construction of the transfer lines portion of the Project may disrupt local farming activities at NE 32-52-23 W4M since Project activities will take place from March to November 2015. The residual effect of the construction of the transfer line on local farming activities is considered to be negative. Appropriate notification will minimize this effect. It is not anticipated that the construction and operations of the Project will affect agricultural activities or the livelihood of the local farmer in the long-term. The residual effect of disruption to farming activities is reversible in the short-term and of low magnitude. The residual socio-economic effect of disruption to farming activities is considered to be not significant.
5.7.10 Infrastructure and Services
Increased Traffic on Highways and Local Roads Alteration of traffic patterns, movements and volumes during construction along local roads are unavoidable negative residual effects. Increasing economic activity in the area has likely contributed to annual increases in traffic volumes along major corridors used for the Project (Baseline Road, 17th Street, Highway 216, Primary Highways 14 and 16). Mitigation measures such as using multi-passenger vehicles as well as directing construction traffic to obey traffic laws and road use agreements will be implemented during Project construction activities. The residual effect of construction activities on traffic movements is considered to be reversible in the short-term and of low magnitude, and therefore, is considered to be not significant.
Page 5-19
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Temporary Increase in Waste Flow Enbridge will reduce waste quantities to the lowest levels practical through Project design. All waste generated Project activities will be hauled to the appropriate landfill sites in the region, depending on the type of waste. The impact balance of this potential residual effect is considered to be negative due to increased levels of waste at landfill sites and associated traffic. The residual effect of a temporary increase in waste flow is considered to be reversible in the short-term and of low magnitude and, consequently, is considered to be not significant.
Increased Demand on Existing Emergency Services Despite safety measures and best intentions, incidents during the construction phase may arise in which emergency services are required (e.g., ambulance, fire, police and hospital). The impact balance of this potential residual effect is considered to be negative. If an incident does occur, given the proximity of the Project to emergency services in Edmonton and Sherwood Park, it is expected to be localized or of low relative intensity. The residual effect of potentially using emergency services during the construction period is of low magnitude and low probability and, therefore, is considered to be not significant.
5.7.11 Accidents and Malfunctions
Spills of Hazardous Materials An accidental spill arising from Project activities could result in potential effects on the environment, depending on the location and volume of the spill. However, the likelihood of an accidental spill during Project activities is low. Accidental spills from pipeline ruptures or vehicular accidents will be handled using best management practices. Project activities will follow standard Enbridge safety protocols designed to minimize accidents and reduce effects should an accident occur.
Fire during Project Activities The significance of a fire will depend to a large extent on the location, size and what it consumes. Small fires within the Footprint and off the Footprint are of minor and moderate concern respectively, and can be extinguished quickly. They are not likely to cause a significant adverse residual effect. Large fires that spread off the Footprint and result in loss of resources and property are likely to be considered a significant adverse effect unless properly mitigated. With the implementation of existing protocols in Enbridge OMM, Book 7: Emergency Response and Contractor Safety Manual (Canada), the probability of large fires developing during Project activities is low.
Damage to Foreign Utility Lines A rupture of a water line, buried cable or telephone line may be inconvenient, however, the adverse residual effects would likely be of low magnitude and reversible in the immediate to short-term since repair would be relatively easy.
The rupture of a foreign pipeline during construction of the Project resulting in contamination to air or water, or loss of property (in the event of explosion or fire) could be considered to be of high magnitude. Since Enbridge will be adhering to industry standards, regulations and company protocols, the probability of a significant adverse effect resulting from working in the vicinity of foreign pipelines is low.
5.7.12 Changes to the Project Caused by the Environment The Project has been designed to withstand severe weather events including high wind speeds (e.g., from tornadoes), heavy/persistent precipitation (e.g., from storms, tornadoes) and extreme temperatures, lightning and temperature inversions. It is not expected that the environment will have any negative significant effects on the Project. Appendix 1 of this ESA and Enbridge’s Emergency Response Plans (Enbridge OMM, Book 7, Emergency Response) address floods and other environmental emergencies that may affect the Project.
Page 5-20
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
5.7.13 Significance of Potential Residual Effects As a result of the mitigation measures to be used by Enbridge in relation to the Project, as described in Table 5.3, there are no instances of a significant residual environmental effect or a significant residual socio-economic effect as they are defined in Table 5.1. Consequently, it is concluded that the residual environmental and socio-economic effects of construction and operations of the Project will be not significant.
5.8 Decommissioning and Abandonment The NEB defines decommissioning as permanent cessation of operations without discontinuance of service, abandonment as the permanent cessation of operations which results in the discontinuance of service and deactivation as to remove temporarily from service.
The methods of abandonment that will ultimately be implemented for the Project will be determined at the time that the transfer line, valves, scraper traps and batch detection system are removed from operation, however, those determinations will be based on the most current, sound, scientific studies and accepted industry practice at that time. The physical activities associated with decommissioning or abandonment would include: removal of above ground facilities; purging and cleaning the transfer line with pigs pushed by inert gas (e.g., nitrogen, air); physically separating the transfer line from any in-service piping and segmenting; and reclaiming any land disturbance as a result of physical activities. An assessment would be conducted to determine if there is any contamination of the associated land, and if warranted, special soil handling and remediation procedures would be implemented. Any lands disturbed by physical activities would be reclaimed to the appropriate land use at that time. The reclamation objectives or principles to be applied to abandonment of the Project will be in accordance with all legislative and regulatory requirements in place at that time.
Any decommissioning or abandonment activities will require prior approval by the NEB and other applicable agencies. Accordingly, decommissioning or abandonment were not considered further in this assessment.
Page 5-21
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
6.0 CUMULATIVE EFFECTS A qualitative assessment was deemed to be the most appropriate approach to evaluate the significance of potential cumulative environmental and socio-economic effects given the limited scope of the Project. Consequently, the evaluation of significance of each of the potential cumulative effects relied on the professional judgment of the assessment team. As per Guides A.2.6 and A.2.7 of the NEB Filing Manual, if an environmental and socio-economic element evaluated in the environmental and socio-economic effects assessment had no residual effects predicted, then no further analysis of that element is required in the cumulative effects assessment. Therefore, the cumulative effects assessment is limited to elements with residual effects that could act cumulatively with residual effects from other projects or activities. In addition, Table A-2 of the NEB Filing Manual does not require that residual effects that are likely to occur under the physical and meteorological environment, GHG emissions or navigation and navigation safety elements be subject to a cumulative effects assessment. Furthermore, potential residual environmental and socio-economic effects that were not considered to be likely (i.e., low probability) of this ESA did not form a part of the cumulative effects assessment. Database sources and websites searched for foreseeable future developments that could have cumulative interactions with the Project include the AER Applications and Notices and Integrated Application Registry, the Alberta Forest Management Area, Alberta Transportation, Alberta Treasury Board and Enterprise (ATBE) Inventory of Major Alberta Projects, AltaLink Management Ltd., ATCO Gas, ATCO Pipelines, ATCO Power, Infrastructure Canada, the Major Projects Management Office, NEB Regulatory Document Index, CEA Agency Registry, Canada’s Economic Action Plan and the Northeast Anthony Henday Drive websites (AER 2014a,b, AESRD 2014b, Alberta Transportation 2013, ATBE 2014, AltaLink Management Ltd. 2014, ATCO Gas 2014, ATCO Pipelines 2014, ATCO Power 2014, CEA Agency Registry 2014, Canada’s Economic Action Plan 2014, Infrastructure Canada 2014, Major Projects Management Office 2014, NEB 2014b, Northeast Anthony Henday Drive 2014). ATBE Inventory of Major Projects lists several oil and gas projects shown in Figure 2. These include: the ENN Canada Corporation/Ferus Natural Gas Fuels LNG Liquification Plant to be constructed from 2014 to 2016; the Grand Rapids Pipeline Limited Grand Rapids Dual Pipeline to be constructed from 2014 to 2017; the Inter Pipeline Fund Polaris Expansion Edmonton Extension currently under construction (with construction ending in 2016); the Gibson Energy Inc. Terminal expansion (construction dates unavailable); and Kinder Morgan Canada Inc.’s Trans Mountain Pipeline Expansion Project and Edmonton Terminal Storage Expansion Part 2, to be constructed from 2015 to 2018 (ATBE 2014). ATBE also lists construction of a number of apartment and condo complexes to be constructed from 2012 to 2016. These include the Emerald Hills apartment buildings, the Corners I’ Condo Tower, the Artists Quarters Residence, the Ultima Tower Luxury Condo Development, the Fox Condo apartment buildings and Mayfair Village North Tower. Other developments listed in this inventory include the River Valley Trail extensions, construction of the Emerald Hills Aquatic and Wellness Centre and a natural swimming pool in Borden Park which will be constructed from 2014 to 2016 (ATBE 2014). The ATCO Pipelines website lists the ongoing Urban Pipeline Replacement Project, which is a modern, high-pressure natural gas pipeline network consisting of 10 projects, to be constructed over a period of 5 years, in order to provide additional capacity to service the natural gas needs of the communities and industrial customers within Edmonton’s Transportation/Utility Corridor. The application for approval was submitted by the Alberta Utilities Commission (ATCO Pipelines 2014). The Northeast Anthony Henday Drive website lists the Northeast Anthony Henday Drive development project, by Alberta Transportation, which forms the last part of the Edmonton ring road. The total project involves construction of up to 18 km of multi-lane roadways, interchanges, flyovers and bridges. The Northeast Anthony Henday Drive development project is divided into five segments which are all within the 10 km RSA of the Project. Road Segment 4 occurs is closest in proximity to the Project and includes construction of interchanges at Baseline Road (Site 28), Sherwood Park Freeway (Site 29) and Sherwood Park Freeway/17th Street (Site 30) (Northeast Anthony Henday Drive 2014). These sites are located within one to three kilometres of the Project Footprint. The construction schedule of the Northeast Anthony Henday Drive project is August 2012 to September 2016, and as such, it is anticipated that some construction activities may be carried out simultaneously with the Project.
Page 6-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Canada’s Economic Action Plan website lists 12 developments projects to take place within the 10 km of the Project RSA. These include plans to construct the Royal Alberta Museum, the North Saskatchewan Bridge and to expand Edmonton North Light Rail Transit system. In addition, renovation of three community league centres is planned, as well as upgrades to McCauley multi-purpose building in Edmonton, Pedway Mini Park in Edmonton, Gilmore Park in Sherwood Park, the Greenfield outdoor community rink boards and the HVAC system of the Mill Woods recreation centre swimming pool. The Canada’s Economic Action Plan website also includes development of innovative wastewater treatment technologies. Funding has been committed to these developments through Canada’s Economic Action Plan, however, construction schedules are unavailable. For the purpose of the cumulative effects assessment, it was assumed that these developments would be constructed during the same construction period as the Project (Canada’s Economic Action Plan 2014).
Data provided by Information Handling Services Inc. for May 2014 identified 32 pipelines and 9 oil and gas facilities within the Project RSA. These files (i.e., pipeline, facility, well and road data) are updated on a monthly basis (Information Handling Services [IHS] 2014a,b,c).
Enbridge has other construction projects planned at the Edmonton Terminal including the approved Enbridge South Edmonton Terminal Expansion Project as well as a new initiating pump station and associated infrastructure at the Edmonton Terminal as part of the approved Edmonton to Hardisty Pipeline Project.
Additional activities within the area surrounding the locations where the work is to be conducted that have been or will likely be carried out include industrial activities (i.e., normal operations of other terminals and refineries) and transportation activities (i.e., commercial and private vehicle traffic). Those residual effects identified for the Project that have the potential to act cumulatively with the residual effects of other projects or activities are discussed below.
6.1 Soil and Soil Productivity As identified in Section 5.7.1 of this ESA, there are no potential and likely residual environmental effects of high probability associated with the construction and operations of the Project on soil and soil productivity. Consequently, a cumulative effects assessment for soil and soil productivity was not conducted.
6.2 Air Emissions Existing sources of increased air emissions in the RSA include vehicle emissions arising from agricultural activities involving equipment use (e.g., cultivation), oil and gas development (including ongoing pipeline and facility maintenance activities), utility activities (e.g., maintenance on transmission lines), and transportation activities. Project construction and operations activities will act cumulatively with these existing sources of air emissions. Although the ambient air emissions in the RSA would increase during construction of these projects, the emissions are considered to be local in extent and transient in nature, and will not add substantially to any existing potential air emission sources during Project activities.
Although construction schedules for some of the other future developments and those shown on Figure 2 are unknown, for the purposes of the cumulative effects assessment for air emissions, it was assumed they would also be constructed during the same construction period as the Project. The proposed mitigation to reduce air emissions during construction of the Project outlined in Table 5.3 and Section 5.7.2 of this ESA is in compliance with measures recommended by the regulatory standards, and will reduce cumulative effects of air emissions. Although it cannot be guaranteed, it is anticipated that the identified known future developments would also carry out similar mitigation during construction.
The mitigation measures in Section 5.7.2 of this ESA will reduce the severity of Project-related cumulative air emissions. No mitigation measures beyond the Project-specific mitigation already proposed in Table 5.3 and Section 5.7.2 of this ESA are deemed to be warranted. The cumulative effect of nuisance air emissions is considered to be reversible in the short-term and of low magnitude. Consequently, the cumulative effect on air emissions is not significant.
Page 6-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
6.3 Acoustic Environment Dominant noise sources occur from local and industrial vehicle traffic, existing industrial facilities, industrial maintenance activities, and agricultural activities. Ambient noise in the LSA will increase during construction of the Project and during site-specific maintenance. It is anticipated that some of the known and reasonably foreseeable future developments identified in the LSA and shown on Figure 2 will also contribute to an increase in ambient noise levels. The cumulative effect on the acoustic environment during construction within the LSA is considered to have a negative impact balance.
Although construction schedules for some of the other future developments are unknown, for the purposes of the cumulative effects assessment for acoustic environment, it was assumed they would also be constructed during the same construction period as the Project. The proposed mitigation to reduce nuisance noise during construction of the Project outlined in Table 5.3 and Section 5.7.4 of this ESA is in compliance with measures recommended by regulatory standards and will reduce cumulative effects on the acoustic environment. Although it cannot be guaranteed, it is anticipated that the identified known future developments would also carry out similar mitigation during construction. No mitigation measures beyond the Project-specific mitigation already proposed in Table 5.3 and Section 5.7.4 of this ESA are deemed to be warranted.
The cumulative effect on the acoustic environment is considered to be reversible in the short-term and of low magnitude. Consequently, the cumulative effect on the acoustic environment is not significant.
6.4 Wetlands The Project is situated in an area of increased pressures from agricultural land uses and development (e.g., industrial, residential, commercial, transportation). In addition to agricultural areas, municipal development associated with the City of Edmonton and Strathcona County contribute to most of the incremental change to wetland function in the RSA. Other existing activities that have resulted in a loss or alteration of wetland function in the RSA include the development of oil and gas resources as well as the construction and operation of utility transmission and transportation corridors. Consequently, unaltered wetland function is considered to be of limited extent within the RSA.
Alteration of wetland function may result during the Project activities, however, best practices and mitigation measures will be employed to assist with the goal that no long-term or permanent loss of wetland function will occur. Since surface disturbances affect wetland function, existing activities, reasonably foreseeable developments and the Project (i.e., the Project’s contribution to cumulative increase in wetland disturbance) will act cumulatively to increase the disturbance of wetland function and potentially change the distribution of wetlands in the RSA. However, the recommended standard and effective mitigation measures to be implemented during wetland crossing construction and the Project’s intent for no long-term or permanent loss of wetland function will reduce the potential cumulative effects arising from the Project in combination with other reasonably foreseeable developments. For any reasonably foreseeable developments that will also affect wetlands, it is anticipated that mitigation measures that are in accordance with industry standards as well as provincial and federal wetland policies and guidelines will be implemented by proponents. In those instances where permanent disturbance of wetland function may be a result of these developments, it is anticipated that compensation would be conducted and will comply with provincial (i.e., Alberta Water Act) and federal (i.e., Federal Policy on Wetland Conservation) regulations. Removal of wetland function for the purpose of agricultural activities and municipal development has been incorporated into land use planning for Strathcona County and the City of Edmonton and, therefore, the magnitude of disturbance is considered within social and regulatory standards (Strathcona County 2007, City of Edmonton 2010). The Project is predicted to have a limited incremental contribution to cumulative changes to wetland function in the RSA. However, given the level of wetland loss and alteration that has and continues to occur around the City of Edmonton and Strathcona County, even limited incremental contributions cannot be considered in isolation from all other wetland loss or alteration in the RSA. Consequently, the
Page 6-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
cumulative effect of an incremental change to wetland function in the RSA is considered to be of medium magnitude. This cumulative effect is considered reversible in the medium to long-term, provided construction of compensatory wetlands to offset permanent wetland loss and, for temporary wetland disturbances, implementation of successful mitigation measures as well as the time required for vegetation to be re-established, grade and natural flow patterns to be restored and sedimentation to be controlled. Consequently, the cumulative effect on wetlands is not significant.
6.5 Vegetation Weeds typically establish in areas that have been previously disturbed. Existing activities resulting in ground disturbance as well as potential introduction and spread of weeds include agricultural activities, development of oil and gas resources, urban development, and construction and operation of utility transmission and transportation corridors. Since construction activities for the Project as well as known and reasonably foreseeable future developments will require ground disturbance, existing activities, the Project and known future developments will act cumulatively to result in the introduction and spread of weeds within the RSA. Given the proven effectiveness of the proposed weed-related mitigation outlined in Table 5.3, Section 5.7.6 of this ESA and the EPP (Appendix 1 of this ESA), no additional mitigation measures for the prevention of weed introduction and spread are warranted. Other operators and land users (including farms) within the RSA are expected to implement similar industry standard mitigation to control weeds. The overall cumulative effect on weeds in the RSA as a result of existing activities, the Project and reasonably foreseeable developments is considered to be of low to medium magnitude. With the implementation of the above mitigation measures, it is anticipated that the Project’s contribution to cumulative effects on weed introduction and spread will be reversible in the short to medium-term and of low to medium magnitude. Consequently, the cumulative effect on vegetation is not significant.
6.6 Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat As identified in Section 5.7.7 of this ESA, there are no potential and likely residual environmental effects of high probability associated with the construction and operations of the Project on wildlife and wildlife habitat. Consequently, a cumulative effects assessment for wildlife and wildlife habitat was not conducted.
6.7 Species at Risk As identified in Section 5.7.8 of this ESA, there are no potential and likely residual environmental effects of high probability associated with the construction and operations of the Project on species at risk. Consequently, a cumulative effects assessment for species at risk was not conducted.
6.8 Human Occupancy and Resource Use The Project will act cumulatively with existing oil and gas activities (e.g., pipeline rights-of-way and facilities), agricultural activities, urban development, transportation activities (e.g., roads), and utility activities in the area to cause a disruption to farming activities within the RSA, which is considered to have a negative impact balance. The Project may also act cumulatively with the known and reasonably foreseeable future developments identified on Figure 2. In general, the Project will not affect normal farming activities during operations. However, maintenance activities associated with the Project as well as the existing adjacent pipelines and facilities may disrupt farming activities at various times over the operations phase (not necessarily concurrently). Early notification to the affected landowner prior to commencement of construction activities will reduce the disruption of the Project and related cumulative effects on farming activities. No mitigation measures beyond the Project-specific mitigation already proposed in Table 5.3, Section 5.7.9 of this ESA and the EPP (Appendix 1 of this ESA) are deemed to be warranted. The cumulative effect on disruption to farming activities is considered to be reversible in the short-term and of low magnitude. Consequently, the cumulative effect on human occupancy and resource use is considered to be not significant.
Page 6-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
6.9 Infrastructure and Services
Increased Traffic Travel associated with the Project will increase traffic levels. It is anticipated that the construction of some of the known and reasonably foreseeable future developments within the RSA listed on Figure 2 will increase traffic on local roads during construction of the Project. Without knowing the anticipated traffic volume for each known or reasonably foreseeable future development, it is difficult to predict the Project’s contribution to the increase in traffic on local roads. However, considering there are several known and reasonably foreseeable future developments in the RSA with the potential to be constructed during the construction period for the Project, it is expected that the Project will contribute less to increases in traffic when compared to known and reasonably foreseeable future developments.
The mitigation measures outlined in Table 5.3 and Section 5.7.10 of this ESA as well as in the EPP (Appendix 1 of this ESA), particularly the use of multi-passenger vehicles, will reduce vehicle and equipment traffic on local roads and, in turn, will reduce cumulative effects on traffic in the RSA. Although it cannot be guaranteed, it is anticipated that operators constructing known and reasonably foreseeable future developments during the same period would also have measures in place to reduce traffic volumes on highways and roads.
The cumulative effect on local road traffic within the RSA is considered to have a negative impact balance and is expected to be reversible in the short-term since it will be limited to the Project construction phase. Given the urban setting, alternative transportation routes and traffic volumes of the RSA, the magnitude of the cumulative effect is considered to be low.
Increased Waste Flow Existing activities within the RSA which contribute to waste flow at local and regional landfills include oil and gas exploration and development, agriculture, urban development, and utility and transportation activities. Landfills and waste management services are available in Sherwood Park as well as in the City of Edmonton. It is anticipated that the construction of some of the known and reasonably foreseeable future developments within the RSA (shown on Figure 2) will generate waste requiring disposal during construction of the Project. Without knowing the timelines associated with some of the future developments, those developments were assumed to be occurring concurrently with the Project and, consequently, have the potential to act cumulatively with the Project to increase waste flow to regional landfills. Without knowing the amount of waste generated by each future development, it is difficult to predict the Project’s contribution to the increased waste flow.
The mitigation measures outlined in Table 5.3, Section 5.7.10 of this ESA and in the EPP (Appendix 1 of this ESA) will reduce waste flow to regional landfills, which will reduce cumulative effects on waste flow in the Project RSA. All waste generated from the Project during construction will be hauled to the appropriate landfill sites in the region depending on the type of waste.
Although it cannot be guaranteed, it is anticipated that operators of known and reasonably foreseeable future development activities will follow similar recycling and disposal practices as those implemented by Enbridge to reduce waste flow. No mitigation measures beyond the Project-specific mitigation already proposed in Table 5.3 and Section 5.7.10 of this ESA are deemed to be warranted.
The impact balance of the cumulative effect on waste facilities is considered to be negative due to increasing levels of waste at landfill sites and associated traffic. This cumulative effect is considered to be reversible in the short-term and of low magnitude.
Increased Demand on Existing Emergency Services As identified in Section 5.7.10 of this ESA, the effect of increased demand on existing emergency services associated with the construction and operations of the Project is of low probability. Consequently, a cumulative effects assessment for increased demand on existing emergency services was not conducted.
Page 6-5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
6.10 Significance Evaluation of Cumulative Effects There are no situations that would result in a significant cumulative environmental or socio-economic effect. Through the implementation of the mitigation measures developed for the Project, the cumulative effects on the environmental and socio-economic elements were considered to be not significant.
Page 6-6
R 25 W4M R 24 W4M R 23 W4M R 22 W4M R 21 W4M
825 T T 55 UV Fort T 55 37 Saskatchewan UV October 2014 10429 28A ¯ UV 15 UV FIGURE 2 UV28 STURGEON KNOWN AND REASONABLY FORESEEABLE FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS COUNTY
CFB ENBRIDGE PIPELINES INC. T T 54 EDMONTON T 54 NORTH SOUTH CONNECTION PROJECT OP1 Highway Edmonton Terminal North 633 UV Edmonton Terminal South 12 Road 1.5 km Local Study Area (LSA) St. 19 Ross Railway Cr Albert e 10 km Regional Study Area (RSA) 30 ek Watercourse Minor Proposed Developments Waterbody 03 P o " Proposed Facility 04 i n City / Town / Village te-a 19 08 u 830 Proposed Pipeline 13 x UV -pi ns Cr Park / Protected Area 31 e Proposed Transmission Line ek Military Boundary 20 21 Major Proposed Developments 36 Indian Reserve/Métis Settlement "/ Oil and Gas 11
T T 53 09 32 T 53 Transportation Utility Corridor (TUC) !( Transportation and Infrastructure "" UV16 27 "/ 35 AIR LIQUIDE CANADA INC. 23 25 Proposed Oil and Gas Developments 27 34 MISCELLANEOUS GASES PIPELINE 16 03 GRAND RAPIDS PIPELINE PROJECT ALBERTA PRODUCTS PIPE LINE LTD. 14 28 " 37 LVP PRODUCTS PIPELINE 06 28 17 PIPELINE MANAGEMENT INC. " ""/!("/ 04 ATCO GAS AND PIPELINES LTD. (SOUTH) " 15 - EDMONTON / FORT SASKATCHEWAN AREA 29 "/ 27 " NATURAL GAS PIPELINE 22 06 LNG LIQUIFICATION PLANT ENBRIDGE PIPELINES (WOODLAND) INC. 16A 30 UV 26 10 CRUDE OIL PIPELINE 18 07 CRUDE OIL PIPELINE EDMONTON TO HARDISTY 216 " IMPERIAL OIL RESOURCES LIMITED UV 31 CRUDE OIL PIPELINE 05 02 08 GRAND RAPIDS DUAL PIPELINE 33 KEYERA ENERGY LTD. 32 630 09 POLARIS EXPANSION EDMONTON EXTENSION HVP PRODUCTS PIPELINE F UV u 24 l 29 KM CANADA TERMINALS ULC 19 to 10 ENBRIDGE EDMONTON TERMINAL (SOUTH) EXPANSION 33 n C CRUDE OIL PIPELINE T T 52 r e T 52 ek NOVA CHEMICALS CORPORATION 17 01 824 11 ALBERTA CRUDE OIL DISTRIBUTION TERMINAL 34 38 UV HVP PRODUCTS PIPELINE Stony Edmonton Plain 628 13 WOODLAND PIPELINE EXTENSION PEMBINA MARKETING LTD. 28 UV 35 I.R. 135 LVP PRODUCTS PIPELINE 07 14 TERMINAL EXPANSION PEMBINA PIPELINE CORPORATION r 36 e LVP PRODUCTS PIPELINE iv 16 EDMONTON TERMINAL STORAGE EXPANSION PART 2 R 184 21 PLAINS MIDSTREAM CANADA ULC UV n UV 37 a 17 TRANS MOUNTAIN PIPELINE EXPANSION HVP PRODUCTS PIPELINE 627 w e 629 UV k UV h c e t e 19 URBAN PIPELINE REPLACEMENT PROJECT Proposed Transportation and a M r k ill C s Infrastructure Developments a S STRATHCONA 20 ECO-INDUSTRIAL BUSINESS PARK INC. WASTE PLANT
th 01 HIGHWAY 628
r COUNTY
o 21 ECO-INDUSTRIAL BUSINESS PARK INC. INJECTION PLANT N Cooking 02 HIGHWAY 630 22 KEYERA ENERGY LTD. TERMINAL Lake LRT VALLEY LINE MILL WOODS / DOWNTOWN /
T T 51 05 T T 51 23 PIPELINE MANAGEMENT INC. PUMP STATION LEWIS FARMS UV2 PARKLAND CANCEN OIL PROCESSORS CORP. 12 WATER PIPELINE 14 24 COUNTY UV CENTRAL TREATING PLANTS
k LEDUC 15 WATER MAIN UPGRADE
e GIBSON ENERGY ULC
e COUNTY 25 B
r eek CENTRAL TREATING PLANTS C 18 RIVER VALLEY TRAIL EXTENSIONS l Ir r a vine C
d c IMPERIAL OIL RESOURCES LIMITED 26
u k INJECTION PLANT 38 NORTH EAST ANTHONY HENDAY DRIVE
m
m u te NAD 1983 UTM Zone 12N i d Routing: Baseline TMPL provided by KMC, 2012; Proposed Replacement Pipeline: Provided by KMC, 2013; Hillshade: TERA Environmental Consultants 2008; Alberta Township
h System: AltaLIS 2009; Roads: NRCan 2013; Railways: NRCan 2012; Hydrography: NRCan 2007-2011; Rural Municipality Boundaries, City/Town/Villages: AltaLIS 2014; Indian C Reserves: Government of Canada 2014; Métis Settlements: IHS Inc. 2011; Parks/Protected Areas: ATPR 2012; Minor Proposed Well, Facility, Pipeline: IHS Inc. 2014; Minor T T 50 W r T 50 Proposed Transmission Line: NRCan 2012; Major Proposed Developments: TERA Environmental Consultants 2014, IHS Inc. 2014; TUC: Alberta Infrastructure 2014; Indian e Reserve/Metis Settlement: Government of Canada 2014. Devon e k Beaumont Although there is no reason to believe that there are any errors associated with the data used to generate this product or in the product itself, users of these data are advised that errors in the data may be present. km SCALE: 1:175,000 Mapped By: RWG Checked By: LA R 26 W4M R 25 W4M R 24 W4M R 23 W4M R 22 W4M R 21 W4M (All Locations Approximate) 0 1 2 3 4 \\ch2mhill\common\Shares\CNR\GIS_Proj2\10K\10400_to_10499\10429\MAP_FILES\CEA\FutureDevelopments\t10429_Fig2_CEA_FutDevelopments_R2.mxd Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
7.0 INSPECTION AND MONITORING Enbridge will be responsible for ensuring that mitigation measures identified in Table 5.3 are followed during Project-related work activities.
Page 7-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
8.0 CONCLUSION This ESA concludes that the construction and operations of the North South Connection Project will not result in significant adverse residual environmental or socio-economic effects. The environmental concerns identified are not extraordinary and potential effects can be readily mitigated by standard environmental protection measures.
There are no situations that would result in a significant residual environmental effect or a significant residual socio-economic effect, as defined in this ESA. Similarly, there are no situations that would result in a significant cumulative environmental effect or a significant cumulative socio-economic effect, as defined in this ESA.
Page 8-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
9.0 REFERENCES
9.1 Personal Communications TERA wishes to acknowledge those people identified in the Personal Communications for their assistance in supplying information and comments incorporated into this report.
Gregoire, P. Senior Environmental Assessment Officer, Environment Canada. Edmonton, AB.
9.2 Literature Cited Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada. 2014. First Nations Profiles Interactive Map. Website: http://fnpim-cippn.inac-ainc.gc.ca/index-eng.asp. Accessed: September 2014.
Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development. 2012. Clubroot Infested Areas in Alberta, Cumulative to November, 2012. Website: http://www1.agric.gov.ab.ca/$department/deptdocs.nsf/all/prm14255. Accessed: August 2014.
Alberta Conservation Information Management System. 2014. ACIMS Data File Download – Non Sensitive Element Occurrences and Sensitive Element Occurrences. May 2014. Government of Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation. Edmonton, AB. Website: http://www.albertaparks.ca/acims-data#. Accessed: August 2014.
Alberta Energy Regulator. 2014a. Applications and Notices. Website: http://www.aer.ca/applications-and- notices.htm. Accessed: May 2014.
Alberta Energy Regulator. 2014b. Integrated Application Registry. Website: https://www3.eub.gov.ab.ca/eub/dds/iar_query/FindApplications.aspx. Accessed: September 2014.
Alberta Environment. 2000a. Code of Practice for Pipelines and Telecommunication Lines Crossing a Water Body. Includes Amendments to February 2007. 26 pp. Website: http://www.qp.alberta.ca/documents/codes/PIPELINE.pdf. Accessed: August 2014.
Alberta Environment. 2000b. Code of Practice for Watercourse Crossings. Includes Amendments to February 2007. 26 pp. Website: http://www.qp.alberta.ca/documents/codes/CROSSING.pdf. Accessed: August 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2012. Fisheries and Wildlife Management Information System Records. Received from AESRD Edmonton (Delaney Anderson) Office, July 11, 2012.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2013. Alberta Water Well Information Database. Website: http:// groundwater.alberta.ca/WaterWells/d/. Accessed: September 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2014a. North Saskatchewan River Basin River Flows and Levels. Website: http://www.environment.alberta.ca/apps/basins/Map.aspx?Basin=4&DataType=1. Accessed: September 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2014b. Forest Management Agreement Holders. Website: http://esrd.alberta.ca/lands-forests/forest-management/forest-management- agreements/fma-holders.aspx. Accessed: April 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2014c. Wildlife Sensitivity Data Sets (digital files). Edmonton, AB. Available: http://esrd.alberta.ca/forms-maps-services/maps/wildlife- sensitivity-maps/default.aspx. Acquired: April 2013-March 2014. Last Update Check: September 15, 2014.
Page 9-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2014d. FWMIS – Fish and Wildlife Internet Mapping Tool. Website: https://maps.srd.alberta.ca/FWIMT_Pub/default.aspx?Viewer=FWIMT_Pub. Accessed: October 2014.
Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation. 2009a. Parks and Protected Areas (Including Crown Reservations). 1:1,000,000 map.
Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation. 2013. Search ACIMS data. Website: http://www.tpr.alberta.ca/parks/heritageinfocentre/datarequests/searchdata.aspx. Accessed: May 2014.
Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation. 2014. Environmentally Significant Areas in Alberta - 2014 Update (digital file). Edmonton, AB. Available: http://albertaparks.ca/albertaparksca/library/environmentally-significant-areas-report.aspx. Acquired: October 2014. Last Update Check: October 8, 2014.
Alberta Transportation. 2013. Alberta Provincial Highway Projects. Website: http://www.transportation.alberta.ca/projects/index.html. Accessed: September 2013.
Alberta Treasury Board and Enterprise. 2014. Inventory of Major Alberta Projects. Website: http://www.albertacanada.com/business/statistics/inventory-of-major-projects.aspx. Accessed: September 2014.
AltaLink Management Ltd. 2014. All Current Projects. Website: http://www.altalink.ca/projects/alberta- map.cfm. Accessed: May 2014.
ATCO Gas. 2014. About Us. Website: http://www.atcogas.com/. Accessed: May 2014.
ATCO Pipelines. 2014. Project. Website: http://www.atcopipelines.com/upr/Project/. Accessed: May 2014.
ATCO Power. 2014. Projects. Website: http://www.atcopower.com/Projects/. Accessed: May 2014.
Bird Studies Canada and Nature Canada. 2012. Important Bird Areas. Website: http://www.ibacanada.ca/. Accessed: May 2014.
Borneuf, D. 1983. Springs of Alberta. Alberta Research Council. Earth Sciences Report 82-3. 95 pp.
Bureau of the Convention on Wetlands. 2014. The Ramsar List: The List of Wetlands of International Importance. Website: http://www.ramsar.org/pdf/sitelist.pdf. Accessed: August 2014.
Canada's Economic Action Plan. 2014. Projects Map. Website: http://actionplan.gc.ca/en/page/projects- map. Accessed: May 2014.
Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency. 2003. Incorporating Climate Change Considerations in Environmental Assessment: General Guidance for Practitioners. Website: http://www.ceaa.gc.ca/default.asp?lang=En&n=A41F45C5-1. Accessed: May 2014.
Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency. 2013. Operational Policy Statement: Addressing Cumulative Environmental Effects Under the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act, 2012. Website: http://www.ceaa-acee.gc.ca/default.asp?lang=En&n=1DA9E048-1. Accessed: May 2014.
Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency Registry. 2014. Browse Projects. Website: http://www.ceaa-acee.gc.ca/050/navigation-eng.cfm. Accessed: May 2014.
City of Edmonton. 2010. The Municipal Development Plan: The Way We Grow. Edmonton, Alberta. Website: http://www.edmonton.ca/city_government/documents/MDP_Bylaw_15100.pdf. Accessed: August 2014.
Page 9-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
City of Edmonton. 2014a. Weeds. Website: http://www.edmonton.ca/for_residents/pest_management/weeds.aspx. Accessed: August 2014.
City of Edmonton. 2012b. Edmonton Waste Management Centre. Website: http://www.edmonton.ca/for_residents/garbage_recycling/edmonton-waste-managementcentre. aspx. Accessed: August 2014.
City of Edmonton. 2012c. Eco Stations. Website: http://www.edmonton.ca/for_residents/services/serviceeco-stations.aspx. Accessed: August 2014.
Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada. 2009. COSEWIC Assessment and Status Report on the Horned Grebe Podecips auritus, Western population and Magdalen Islands population, in Canada. Ottawa. vii + 42 pp.
Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada. 2014. Canadian Species at Risk. Website: http://www.cosewic.gc.ca/eng/sct5/index_e.cfm. Accessed: October 2014.
Ducks Unlimited Canada. 2014. International Conservation Plan Canadian Conservation Priority Regions. Website: http://www.ducks.ca/what-we-do/where-work/. Accessed: August 2014.
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. 2012. Environmental Guidelines for Construction. June 2012 Edition. Includes amendments to April 2013. Prepared by Enbridge Liquid Pipelines and Major Projects in cooperation with TERA Environmental Consultants.
Environment Canada. 2012. The Ecological Framework of Canada. Courtesy of the Canadian Council on Ecological Areas. Website: http://ecozones.ca/english/zone/index.html. Accessed: September 2014.
Environment Canada. 2013. Map of Environment Canada’s Protected Areas in Alberta. Website: http://ec.gc.ca/ap-pa/default.asp?lang=En&n=E6CF894E-1. Accessed: April 2014.
Environment Canada. 2014a. Canadian Climate Normals 1981-2010 Station Data. Website: http://climate.weather.gc.ca/climate_normals/results_1981_2010_e.html?stnID=1865&lan. Accessed: September 2014.
Environment Canada. 2014b. Species at Risk Public Registry. Website: http://www.sararegistry.gc.ca/species/default_e.cfm. Accessed: October 2014.
Federal Environmental Assessment Review Office. 1994a. The Responsible Authority's Guide to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act. Part II: The Practitioner’s Guide. November 1994. Hull, QC. 23 pp.
Federal Environmental Assessment Review Office. 1994b. A Reference Guide for the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act: Addressing Cumulative Environmental Effects. Prepared by the Federal Environmental Assessment and Review Office. Hull, QC. 23 pp.
Federal Environmental Assessment Review Office. 1994c. A Reference Guide for the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act: Determining Whether a Project is Likely to Cause Significant Environmental Effects. Prepared by the Federal Environmental Assessment and Review Office. Hull, QC. 23 pp.
Gartman, D.K. 1991. Pipeline Construction Techniques to Minimize Wetland Impacts in Wetlands and Pipelines: Proceedings of the INGAA Foundation First Annual National Environmental Symposium. October. Chadds Ford, Pennsylvania, USA. p. 1-24.
Government of Canada. 1986. Canada: Wetland Regions. National Atlas of Canada 5th Edition. Map. http://atlas.nrcan.gc.ca/site/english/maps/water.html. Accessed: August 2014.
Page 9-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Government of Alberta. 2013. Integrated Standards and Guidelines – Enhanced Approval Process. December 1, 2013. 84 pp.
Hegmann, G., C. Cocklin, R. Creasey, S. Dupuis, A. Kennedy, L. Kingsley, W. Ross, H. Spaling and D. Stalker. 1999. Cumulative effects assessment practitioners guide. Prepared by AXYS Environmental Consulting Ltd. and the CEA Working Group for the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency. Hull, QC. 71 pp.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014a. IHS Road Segments (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.com for more info. Acquired: June 23, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014b. IHS Enhanced Pipeline Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: June 23, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014c. IHS Facility Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.com for more info. Acquired: May 15, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Infrastructure Canada. 2014. Infrastructure in my Province-Territory. Website: http://www.infrastructure.gc.ca/regions/regions-eng.html. Accessed: September 2014.
Johnsgard, P.A. 1987. Diving Birds of North America. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, NB.
McLatchey, G.P. and K.R. Reddy. 1998. Regulation of organic matter decomposition and nutrient release in a wetland soil. Journal of Environmental Quality 27:1268-1274.
Major Projects Management Office. 2014. MPMO Tracker Projects List. Website: http://www2.mpmo- bggp.gc.ca/MPTracker/search_chercherRes.aspx. Accessed: May 2014.
Mentiga Pedology Consultants Ltd. 2006. Pre-Disturbance Site Assessment and Soil Handling Recommendations for the Edmonton Terminal – South Terminal Development.
National Energy Board. 2011. Remediation Process Guide. Calgary, AB. 28pp.
National Energy Board. 2014a. Filing Manual. Inclusive of Release 2014-01 (January 2014). Calgary, AB.
National Energy Board. 2014b. Regulatory Document Index. Website: https://docs.neb-one.gc.ca/ll- eng/llisapi.dll?func=ll&objType=258&objAction=searchprompt&redirect=3. Accessed: May 2014.
National Wetlands Working Group. 1986. Distribution of wetland In Canada’s Wetlands. Map folio. Energy Mines and Resources Canada and Environment Canada. Ottawa. ON.
Natural Regions Committee. 2006. Natural Regions and Subregions of Alberta. Compiled by D.J. Downing and W.W. Pettapiece. Government of Alberta. Pub. No. T/852. 254 pp. 1 map.
Natural Resources Canada. 2009a. Canada-Permafrost. Online Map. 5th Edition. National Atlas of Canada. Website: http://atlas.gc.ca/data/english/maps/geology/permafrost_map.pdf. 1pp
Natural Resources Canada. 2009b. Significant Earthquakes and Seismic Hazard. Online Map. The Atlas of Canada. 6th Edition. Website: http://geogratis.gc.ca/api/en/nrcan-rncan/ess-sst/dd1a400f- 8893-11e0-938b-6cf049291510.html. Accessed: September 2014.
Natural Resources Canada. 2009c. Major Landslides Causing Fatalities. Online Map. The Atlas of Canada. 6th Edition. Website: http://geogratis.gc.ca/api/en/nrcan-rncan/ess-sst/dda14a5e-8893- 11e0-bbc6-6cf049291510.html. Accessed: September 2014.
Natural Resources Canada. 2009d. Major Avalanches in Canada. Online Map. The Atlas of Canada. 6th Edition. Website: http://geogratis.gc.ca/api/en/nrcan-rncan/ess-sst/ddada670-8893-11e0-93e8- 6cf049291510.html. Accessed: September 2014.
Page 9-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Northeast Anthony Henday Drive. 2014. The Project. Website: http://www.northeastanthonyhenday.com/project.php. Accessed September 2014.
Parks Canada. 2008. National Parks of Canada. Website: http://www.pc.gc.ca/progs/np-pn/recherche- search_e.asp?search=&p=1&province=AB&sort=. Accessed: September 2014.
Pettapiece W.W. 1986. Physiographic subdivisions of Alberta. Agriculture Canada. 1:1,500,000 map.
Prior, G.J., Hathaway, B., Glombick, P.M., Pana, D.I., Banks, C.J., Hay, D.C., Schneider, C.L., Grobe, M., Elgr, R and Weiss, J.A. 2013. Bedrock Geology of Alberta: Energy Resource Conservation Board, ERCB/AGS Map 600. Scale 1:100 0000.
Ramsar Convention on Wetlands. 2014. The List of Wetlands of International Importance. 47pp.
Santillo, D.J. 1993. Observations on the effects of construction of a natural gas pipeline right-of-way on wetland vegetation and birds. Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Environmental Concerns in Rights-of-Way Management. September. Montreal, Québec, Canada. (eds) G.J. Doucet, C. Séguin and M. Giguère. pp. 325-329.
Semenchuk, G.P. 1992. The Atlas of Breeding Birds of Alberta. Published by the Federation of Alberta Naturalists. 391 pp.
Shetsen, I. 1990. Quaternary Geology, Central Alberta. Alberta Research Council. 1:50,000 map.
Statistics Canada. 2012. Edmonton, Alberta and Alberta. Census Profile. Website: http://www12.statcan.gc.ca/census-recensement/2011/dp- pd/prof/details/page.cfm?Lang=E&Geo1=CSD&Code1=4811061&Geo2=PR&Code2=48&Data=C ount&SearchText=Edmonton&SearchType=Begins&SearchPR=01&B1=All&GeoLevel=PR&Geo Code=4811061. Accessed: May 2014.
Statistics Canada. 2013. Edmonton, CY, Alberta - National Household Survey (NHS) Profile. 2011 National Household Survey. Website: http://www12.statcan.gc.ca/nhs-enm/2011/dp- pd/prof/index.cfm?Lang=E. Accessed: May 2014.
Statistics Canada. 2014. Labour force statistics. http://www.statcan.gc.ca/tables-tableaux/sum- som/l01/cst01/lfss04k-eng.htm. Accessed: May 2014.
Strathcona County. 2007. Municipal Development Plan Bylaw 1-2007. Chapter 1: Introduction. Website: http://www.strathcona.ca/departments/Planning_and_Development_Services/Zoning_planning_p olicies/municipal-development-plan-bylaw.aspx. Accessed: August 2014.
Strathcona County. 2014a. Sherwood Park Urban Land Use District Map – Land Use Bylaw 8 2001. Edmonton, AB. 1pp.
Strathcona County. 2014b. Industrial. Website: http://www.strathcona.ca/departments/economic- development-and-tourism/business-development/real-estate/industrial/. Accessed: June 2014.
Strathcona County. 2014c. Disposing Items not Collected at Curb. Website: http://www.strathcona.ca/departments/utilities/waste-collection-recycling/what-items-go- where/disposing-items-not-collected-at-curb/. Accessed: August 2014.
Tarnocai, C. 1984. Peat resources of Canada. National Research Council of Canada. Publication No. 24140. Ottawa, ON. 17 pp.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2010. Wildlife Survey Results for the Proposed Enbridge Pipelines Inc. 2012 Edmonton Terminal Expansion Project – Phase II. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2011a. Wetland Function Post-Construction Monitoring Report for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Line 4 Extension – First Year. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc.
Page 9-5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2011b. Wetland Function Post-Construction Monitoring Report for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Alberta Clipper Project – First Year. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2011c. Wetland Function Post-Construction Monitoring Report for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Southern Lights Project – First Year. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2012a. Aquatic Assessment Results for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2012b. Wetland Function Post-Construction Monitoring Report for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Line 4 Extension – Second Year. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2012c. Wetland Function Post-Construction Monitoring Report for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Alberta Clipper Project – Second Year. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2012d. Wetland Function Post-Construction Monitoring Report for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Southern Lights Project – Second Year. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2013a. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2013b. Wetland Evaluation for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2013c. Supplemental Wetland Evaluation for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Line 2 Replacement Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton, Alberta.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2013d. Wildlife Report for the Proposed Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat. 2014. Federal Inventory of Contaminated Sites. Website: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/fcsi-rscf/numbers-numeros-eng.aspx?qid=1108948. Accessed: May 2014.
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. 2013. Network of Biosphere Reserves 2013-2014. Website: www.unesco.org/new/en/media-services/single- view/news/just_published_2013_2014_map_of_the_world_network_of_biosphere_reserves/. Accessed: June 2014.
Vitt, D. H, Halsey, L. A., Thormann, M. N., and Martin, T., 1996. Peatland Inventory of Alberta. National Centers of Excellence in Sustainable Forest Management, University of Alberta, Edmonton, AB.
Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network. 2012. Sites in the Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network. Website: http://www.whsrn.org/sites/map-sites/sites-western-hemisphere- shorebird-reserve-network. Accessed: May 2014.
Wood, J.L. 2010. Peatland communities and environmental parameters in an undisturbed boreal poor fen and comparison with haul road disturbances. MSc. Thesis, Southern Illinois University. Carbondale, IL.
9.3 GIS Data and Mapping References This subsection includes references cited on the figures accompanying this report.
Alberta Infrastructure. 2014. Edmonton Transportation Utility Corridor (digital file). Edmonton, AB. Received via email, visit: http://www.infrastructure.alberta.ca/989.htm. Acquired: May 2014. Last Update Check: May 29, 2014.
Page 9-6
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation. 2012. Protected Areas (pashape_ocsites_10tm) (digital file). Edmonton, AB. Available: http://albertaparks.ca/albertaparksca/library/downloadable-data- sets.aspx. Acquired: February 2013. Last Update Check: May 13, 2014.
AltaLIS. 2009. Alberta Township System version 4.1 (digital file). Calgary, AB. Available: http://www.altalis.com. Acquired: October 2009. Last Update Check: June 5, 2014.
AltaLIS. 2014. Alberta Municipal Boundaries (digital file). Calgary, AB. Available: http://www.altalis.com. Acquired: June 2014. Last Update Check: July 2, 2014.
BlackBridge Geomatics. 2013. SPOT6 1.5m Colour Satellite Imagery (digital file). Lethbridge, AB. Available: www.blackbridge.com. Acquired: May 2014.
Government of Canada. 2014. Aboriginal Lands, Canada (digital file). Edmonton, AB. Available: http://www.geobase.ca. Acquired: July 2014. Last Update Check: July 10, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2004a. IHS Hydro Line Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: June 2011. Last Update Check: April 21, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2004b. IHS Hydro Region Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: June 2011. Last Update Check: April 21, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2013c. IHS First Nations (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: October 2013. Last Update Check: April 21, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014a. IHS Road Segments (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.com for more info. Acquired: June 23, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014b. IHS Enhanced Pipeline Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: June 23, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014c. IHS Facility Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.com for more info. Acquired: May 15, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Natural Resources Canada. 2007-2011. National Hydro Network (digital files). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://www.geobase.ca/geobase/en/data/nhn/index.html. Acquired: April 2012. Last Update Check: May 2012.
Natural Resources Canada. 2012a. CanVec -Transportation - 1020009 Railway (digital file). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://geogratis.cgdi.gc.ca/geogratis/en/download/topographic.html. Acquired: June 2012. Last Update Check: November 2012.
Natural Resources Canada. 2012b. CanVec - Energy - 1120009 Power Transmission Line (digital file). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://geogratis.cgdi.gc.ca/geogratis/en/download/topographic.html. Acquired: June 2012. Last Update Check: November 2012.
Natural Resources Canada. 2013. National Road Network – Alberta (digital file). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://www.geobase.ca/geobase/en/data/nrn/index.html. Acquired: June 2013. Last Update Check: June 13, 2014.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2008. Hillshade. Derived from Natural Resources Canada, Earth Sciences Sector, Centre for Topographic Information. 2000-2008. Canadian Digital Elevation Data 250k (digital files). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://www.geobase.ca/geobase/en/data/cded/index.html. Acquired: 2008. Last Update Check: December 2010.
Page 9-7
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX 1
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN
Page A1-1
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN FOR THE PROPOSED ENBRIDGE PIPELINES INC. NORTH SOUTH CONNECTION PROJECT
October 2014 10429
Prepared for: Prepared by:
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. CH2M HILL Energy Canada, Ltd. 10130 - 103rd Street Edmonton, Alberta T5J 3N9 Suite 1100, 815 - 8th Avenue S.W. Calgary, Alberta T2P 3P2 Ph: 403-265-2885 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...... 1 2.0 PURPOSE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN ...... 3 3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING ...... 4 4.0 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE ...... 6 5.0 NOTIFICATION OF CONCERNED PARTIES ...... 7 6.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ...... 8 7.0 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES ...... 10 8.0 EDMONTON TERMINAL (NORTH AND SOUTH) TRANSFER LINE CONSTRUCTION ...... 19 8.1 Survey, Access and Clearing ...... 19 8.2 Topsoil Salvage and Grading ...... 23 8.3 Stringing, Welding and Trenchless Crossing ...... 26 8.4 Backfilling ...... 29 8.5 Site Clean-Up ...... 30 9.0 HYDROSTATIC TESTING ...... 33 10.0 REFERENCES ...... 35 10.1 Literature Cited ...... 35 10.2 GIS Data and Mapping References ...... 36
LIST OF APPENDICES Appendix A Emergency Contacts ...... A-1 Appendix B Project Contacts ...... B-1 Appendix C Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan ...... C-1 Appendix D Waste Management Additional Measures ...... D-1 Appendix E Wildlife Encounter Contingency Plan ...... E-1 Appendix F Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Contingency Plan ...... F-1 Appendix G Contaminated Soils Management Procedures ...... G-1 Appendix H Weed and Clubroot Management Plan ...... H-1 Appendix I Directional Drilling Procedures and Drilling Mud Release Contingency Plan ...... I-1 Appendix J Enbridge Hydrostatic Test Notification Procedure and Hydrostatic Testing Environmental Screening Form ...... J-1 Appendix K Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction Excerpts ...... K-1 Appendix L Enbridge Operations and Maintenance Manual Excerpts ...... L-1 Appendix M Enbridge Environmental Policy for Major Projects ...... M-1
LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1 Project Overview ...... 2 Figure C-1 Environmental Incident Response Notification Flow Chart ...... C-11
LIST OF TABLES Table 1 Key Permits, Licences, Approvals and Notifications Which May Be Required for the Project ...... 5 Table H-1 Legislated Weeds in Alberta ...... H-2 Table H-2 Cleaning Protocols ...... H-3
Page i
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
1.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION Enbridge Pipelines Inc. (Enbridge) is applying to the National Energy Board (NEB) under Section 58 of the NEB Act for approval to make modifications and additions to its existing Edmonton Terminal (North and South). The main objective of the North South Connection Project (the Project) is to provide increased flexibility in the movement of products, through additional connectivity, between the North and South sections of the terminal. The Project consists of the construction and operation of one new 914 mm O.D. (NPS 36) transfer line (203-N2S-2) connecting the Edmonton Terminal (North) to Edmonton Terminal (South), connections to existing transfer lines in the Edmonton Terminal (North) and additional valves at various manifolds.
The Enbridge Edmonton Terminal (North and South) is located on Enbridge-owned property within an industrial/agricultural area in Strathcona County, east of the City of Edmonton. The Edmonton Terminal (North) is located at SE 5-53-23 W4M, while the Edmonton Terminal (South) is located at NW 32-52-23 W4M (Figure 1). All work associated with the Project will be carried out within the existing Enbridge Edmonton Terminal (North and South) property boundary with the transfer line being installed between the north and south portions of the terminal on the adjacent Shell Canada Inc. property at NE 32-52-23 W4M.
Activities associated with construction of the Project include the use of a horizontal directional drill (HDD) to install the transfer line. The transfer line will be installed in two parts: the north to south section, which is approximately 330 m in length; and the east to west section, which is approximately 310 m in length. The use of HDD will minimize ground disturbance and provides the most efficient way to install a buried pipeline beneath Baseline Road. Excavation (12 m wide x 30 m long x 3 m deep) will be required to tie the north to south and east to west lines together (on the Shell Canada Inc. property) using induction bends. Excavation of bellholes and exploratory work around existing underground pipes will require hydrovac if existing infrastructure is in place. Machinery will be used for excavation in other cases and any topsoil removed will be salvaged. Excavation will also take place at Manifold 201, Manifold 203 tie-ins at the Edmonton Terminal (North) and Manifold 223, and the Line 67 Mini-Manifold at the Edmonton Terminal (South).
Existing fire water ponds located on both sections of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) will be the water source for hydrostatic tests. The ponds will also be used as the release locations after the tests have been completed. Water quality will be tested before and after the hydrostatic tests have occurred. All appropriate notifications will be completed prior to hydrostatic testing.
The types of equipment anticipated to be used during Project activities include cranes, compressor, zoom boom, trucks, back hoes, rock truck, vac truck, piling rig, drilling rigs and graders.
The Project is expected to require a crew of approximately 100 people. Enbridge expects Project activities to be carried out by local contractors and does not anticipate that any permanent jobs will be created as a result of the Project.
Subject to receiving regulatory and environmental approvals, work is proposed to start in March 2015 with a target in-service date of November 2015.
Page 1
5 4 53-23W4M 53-23W4M ¯
105 Avenue 8 5 6 7 8 5 6
102 Avenue Edmonton Terminal 21 Street North
1 4 3 2 1 4 3
101A Avenue
HDD2 Entry Pad 12N 344080E 5935023N Baseline Road 216
HDD1 UV Class IV Wetland
17 17 Street 16 13 14 15 HDD2 Exit Pad 13 14 12N 344069E 5934714N Kaska Road
HDD2 Railway Street Edmonton HDD1 Exit Pad HDD1 Entry Pad Terminal 12N 344055E 5934675N 12N 343728E 5934686N South Sioux Road
9 12 11 10 12 11 Class III Wetland
32 33 52-23W4M 52-23W4M
Proposed Connection Associated Project Activities Waterbody FIGURE 1 Wetland ALBERTA Proposed Access Road UV216 Highway Temporary Workspace Road Class III PROJECT OVERVIEW BC UV63 SK Class IV Temporary Construction Pad Access Road SCALE: 1:12,000 Project Area Permanently Disturbed During South ENBRIDGE PIPELINES INC. Edmonton Edmonton Terminal North Railway Edmonton Terminal Expansion Project m 0 50 100 150 200 250 NORTH SOUTH CONNECTION UV16 Edmonton Terminal South Watercourse Proposed Temporary Disturbance (All Locations Approximate) PROJECT Calgary UTM Zone 12N October 2014 10429 UV1 Satellite Imagery: 2013 SPOT6 ©2014 CNES, Licensed by BlackBridge Geomatics Corp, www.blackbridge.com; Alberta Township System: AltaLIS 2009; Roads: IHS Inc. 2014; Railways: Natural Resources Canada 2012; Hydrography: NRCan 2007-2011. UV2 Mapped By: LA Checked By: WL Although there is no reason to believe that there are any errors associated with the data used to generate this product or in the product itself, users of these data are advised that errors in the data may be present. \\ch2mhill\common\Shares\CNR\GIS_Proj2\10K\10400_to_10499\10429\MAP_FILES\Overview\t10429_Fig1_ProjOverview_Rev0_140827.mxd Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
2.0 PURPOSE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN This facility construction Environmental Protection Plan (EPP) describes the environmental protection measures to be used during construction in order to reduce the potential effects previously identified in Section 5.0 of the Environmental and Socio-Economic Assessment (ESA) Report (TERA 2014).
The EPP is written in construction specification format and has been prepared to address construction during non-frozen or frozen conditions. Section 3.0 of the EPP outlines the environmental setting for the Project activities and addresses key environmental concerns and mitigation, as well as the approvals/permits potentially required. Within Sections 5.0 through 9.0 of the EPP, measures to be addressed by Enbridge are noted, where applicable, as well as mitigation measures to be implemented by the Contractor.
The following appendices are included in the EPP:
• Appendix A – Emergency Contacts;
• Appendix B – Project Contacts;
• Appendix C – Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan;
• Appendix D – Waste Management Additional Measures;
• Appendix E – Wildlife Encounter Contingency Plan;
• Appendix F – Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Contingency Plan;
• Appendix G – Contaminated Soils Management Procedures;
• Appendix H – Weed and Clubroot Management Plan;
• Appendix I - Directional Drilling Procedures and Drilling Mud Release Contingency Plan;
• Appendix J – Enbridge Hydrostatic Test Notification Procedure and Hydrostatic Testing Environmental Screening Form;
• Appendix K – Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction (EGC) Excerpts;
• Appendix L – Enbridge Operations and Maintenance Manual (OMM) Excerpts; and
• Appendix M – Enbridge Environmental Policy for Major Projects.
Where applicable, mitigation from the Enbridge EGC (Enbridge 2012a) has been incorporated into the EPP. Relevant sections of the Enbridge EGC and OMM have been included in Appendices K and L, respectively.
Page 3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
3.0 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING This section provides a brief overview of the environmental concerns associated with the construction activities of the Project and identifies any mitigation measures necessary to address environmental issues that are cause for a diversion from routine construction activities. Construction activities that could affect the environment or require the implementation of non-routine mitigation measures will be more carefully scrutinized by the Enbridge Environmental Representative. Project activities will take place within previously disturbed portions of the existing Edmonton Terminal (North and South) as well as in the adjacent undeveloped land (NE 32-52-23 W4M) owned by Shell Canada Limited. Due to the industrial setting of the Edmonton Terminal (North), it is not considered to be environmentally sensitive. The Edmonton Terminal (South) currently has some environmental sensitivities due to the wetlands occurring there, however, with the construction of the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project in fall 2014, this terminal will become more industrial and less environmentally sensitive. No Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada (COSEWIC) or Species at Risk Act (SARA)-listed species at risk were recorded on the Footprint during surveys of wildlife, vegetation and aquatics species conducted by TERA Environmental Consultants in May 2010 and July 2012 (TERA Environmental Consultants 2010, 2013a, COSEWIC 2014a). A search of the Alberta Conservation Information Management System (ACIMS) database indicated that there is one rare plant occurrence (Rhodobryum moss) within 5 km of the proposed Project (ACIMS 2014). Due to the industrial land use and the largely modified vegetation in the LSA of the proposed Project, the suitability for rare species habitat is generally very limited except in remnant treed areas and wetlands where potential habitat for rare plants does exist. The Project is located within a provincially identified Sensitive Raptor Range for bald eagle and a provincially identified Sharp-tailed Grouse Range (Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development [AESRD] 2014a). The Project will not directly impact any potential sharp-tailed grouse habitat (i.e., grassland areas). Based on known species ranges and habitat preference, three federally listed wildlife species have the potential to occur in the vicinity of the Project: barn swallow (Threatened by COSEWIC); horned grebe (Special Concern by COSEWIC); and peregrine falcon (Threatened on Schedule 1 of the SARA and Special Concern by COSEWIC) (COSEWIC 2014b, Environment Canada 2014). A search of the AESRD Fisheries and Wildlife Management Information System database reported an occurrence of peregrine falcon within 1 km of the Project (AESRD 2012, 2014b, COSEWIC 2014b, Environment Canada 2014). A peregrine falcon nest was recorded approximately 200 m south of the proposed Project on a building within the fenced boundaries of an adjacent facility in 2010 (AESRD 2012, TERA Environmental Consultants 2013a). During consultation with Environment Canada in 2012 regarding the peregrine falcon nest, it was concluded that construction activities for the approved Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project may commence given the existing level of industrial disturbance (i.e., noise, traffic, human activity and emissions) in the vicinity of the peregrine falcon nest (Gregoire pers. comm. in TERA Environmental Consultants 2013a). Barn swallows also use buildings as nesting sites, however, Project activities will not result in the removal of any buildings or other potential nesting features for barn swallows. The surface waters in the LSA of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) form part of the North Saskatchewan River sub-basin of the Saskatchewan River drainage basin (AESRD 2014c). An unnamed tributary to the North Saskatchewan River (Class C watercourse) crosses the Edmonton Terminal (North) at 7-5-53-23 W4M and 8-5-53-23 W4M. The watercourse is confined in a buried culvert through most of the Edmonton Terminal (North) and will not be impacted by the Project. A semi-permanent marsh (Class IV) wetland complex in the northwest corner is encountered by the transfer line route (15-32-52-23 W4M) (TERA Environmental Consultants 2013b,c) and a seasonal marsh (Class III) wetland is located on the west side of the southernmost workspace (10-32-52-23 W4M) (TERA Environmental Consultants 2013c). These wetlands have been disturbed previously and will be temporarily disturbed again during expansion of the Edmonton Terminal (South) projected to occur from September 2014 to June 30, 2015. These wetlands do not have potential fish habitat, lack defined beds and banks and are not classified as a watercourse. Based on the above, the proposed Project will not be located within 30 m of any watercourses.
Page 4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
No Ramsar Wetlands of International Importance are located within the RSA of the proposed Project (Bureau of the Convention on Wetlands 2014) and the RSA does not correspond with any Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserves (Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network 2012) or Migratory Bird Sanctuaries (Environment Canada 2013). The proposed pipeline route transfer line is located within the Ducks Unlimited Canada Inc. (DUC) Level 1 Priority Area, the Prairie Pothole Region and Western Boreal Forest. This region serves as one of two primary breeding areas for waterfowl in North America (DUC 2014).
Edmonton Terminal (North) (SE 5-53-23 W4M) is located within a highly disturbed industrial and previously cultivated site where all available topsoil has been salvaged, the potential for discovering historical resources at this terminal is considered negligible. The lands in the Edmonton Terminal (South) (NW 32-52-23 W4M) and NE 32-52-23 W4M have no assigned Historical Resource Value (HRV) (Alberta Culture 2014), and consist of cultivated fields and small sloughs at the upper prairie level and recent (temporary) industrial disturbances, with low potential for intact archaeological sites. HRA clearance has been requested for the entire Project Footprint and will be obtained prior to the beginning of construction
Table 1 outlines the regulatory requirements for Project activities, including potentially required federal, provincial and municipal approvals and notifications.
TABLE 1
KEY PERMITS, LICENCES, APPROVALS AND NOTIFICATIONS WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT
Agency Permit, Approval, Authorization and/or Notification FEDERAL NEB Order pursuant to Section 58 of the NEB Act and Leave to Open (Section 47) PROVINCIAL Alberta Energy Regulator (AER) Notice under the Code of Practice for Temporary Diversion of Water for Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines (under the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act) Notification under the Code of Practice for the Release of Hydrostatic Test Water from Hydrostatic Testing of Petroleum Liquid and Gas Pipelines (under the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act) Notification under the Code of Practice for Pipelines and Telecommunication Lines Crossing a Water Body and Code of Practice for Watercourse Crossings (for wetlands at NE 32-52-23 W4M) Approval under Alberta’s Water Act (required if waterbodies/open water wetlands are to be filled, drained or otherwise modified during construction activities) Alberta Transportation Road Crossing Permit Alberta Culture An application for clearance under the Alberta Heritage Resource Act (HRA). MUNICIPAL Strathcona County Herbicide Permits, Burning Permits (if applicable) and Excavation Permits
Page 5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
4.0 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE The following personnel will be involved throughout all facility clearing and construction activities.
• Environmental Representative - field personnel who, along with other responsibilities, monitors construction or operational work to ensure environmental compliance with permits, regulatory approvals, applicable Enbridge environmental plans and environmental contract specifications as well as other environmental requirements provided in Section 2.0 of the Enbridge EGC.
• Environment Lead – the Enbridge personnel who communicates directly with the Project and Construction Manager, and has primary functional responsibility for environmental issues and activities.
• Chief Inspector(s) - person contracted to be responsible for monitoring the implementation of the construction program at the field level on behalf of Enbridge.
• Project and Construction Manager - the Enbridge personnel who are responsible for the planning and execution of the overall Project.
• Contractor - responsible for executing the Project and implementing the environmental commitments.
Page 6
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
5.0 NOTIFICATION OF CONCERNED PARTIES Goal To avoid or reduce interference with other land uses and to apprise relevant government personnel of the construction schedule prior to and during construction, where appropriate, and of issues that arise.
Company Measures The following measures are the responsibility of Enbridge.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Federal 3.1.7 [16] 1. Notify the NEB prior to the commencement of construction Authorities activities. 2. Notify the NEB within 30 days of the date that the Project is placed in-service. File with the NEB a confirmation that the Project was completed and constructed in compliance with all applicable conditions in the Order. If compliance with any of the conditions in the Order cannot be confirmed, file details with the NEB as to why compliance cannot be confirmed. Provincial N/A 3. Review the provincial Code of Practice (COP) notification Authorities requirements related to hydrostatic testing and temporary disturbance of wetlands during construction identified in Table 1, Section 3.0. Confirm that notifications have been provided with the appropriate interval prior to the commencement of construction. 4. Notify Alberta Transportation if required by highway crossing agreement(s) conditions. Municipalities 3.1.7 [16] 5. Notify local county and municipal contacts of the construction schedule and Project details. N/A 6. Contact local emergency medical services to coordinate the use of services, if necessary (Appendix A). Regulatory 3.1.7 [16] 7. Maintain regular liaison with NEB field environmental Liaison representatives during construction. This task will be the responsibility of the Environment Lead (Appendix B). Construction 3.1.2 [25] 8. Review the individuals and groups that were initially notified of Schedule Change the construction schedule and notify of any changes in the construction schedule, if warranted.
Page 7
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
6.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES Company Measures The following measures are the responsibility of Enbridge.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures EPP and Contract N/A 1. The EPP shall form part of the contract documents. Should any conflict in contract and EPP requirements arise, the more stringent conditions will apply. Construction 3.1.7 2. The Contractor, the Environmental Representative and other Documents Enbridge site personnel will be provided the EPP and copies of all approvals including the most recent updates and revisions. Copies of all the above documents, as well as copies of the ESA will also be available at the construction site. Approvals, 3.1.7 3. Obtain all necessary approvals, licences and permits prior to Licences and commencement of the applicable activity (see Table 1). All Permits conditions of approvals, licences and permits will be met. Inconsistencies between conditions of different permits will be rectified prior to construction. 4.2 4. Prior to any equipment working on or crossing over an adjacent pipeline, first obtain a crossing permit from the operator for each specific location, detailing the conditions and limitations for each crossing. Pre-Job Meeting 3.1.8 [1] 5. Prior to the commencement of construction, a pre-job meeting will be held with the Enbridge Environment Lead and environmental personnel, inspectors and the Contractor to review environmental approval/permit conditions. The Enbridge Environment Lead or designate will ensure: • conditions on various permits/approvals are reviewed; • the Contractor clearly understands the environmental concerns, regulations and conditions specific to the work; and • applicable permits, approvals and authorizations are filed or posted at the construction site. 6. This meeting is designed to make supervisory construction personnel aware of the key environmental issues, general environmental concerns, contingency plans, rules and regulations applicable to the construction area. Project Training N/A 7. Prior to the start of construction, the Enbridge Environment and Orientation Lead or designate will deliver an Environmental Orientation to Enbridge Construction Inspection staff, senior supervisory staff and general staff. Environmental 2.0 8. An Environmental Representative will be on-site to monitor and Inspection report on the effectiveness of the construction procedures and mitigation measures in minimizing potential impacts. 9. The Environmental Representative will ensure the implementation of the EPP. Weed and N/A 10. Implement any pre-construction measures outlined in the Clubroot Weed and Clubroot Management Plan in Appendix H. Management
Page 8
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Water Monitoring 3.1.4 [53] 11. Enbridge will determine, prior to the commencement of Wells construction activities, whether existing groundwater monitoring wells will be disturbed or damaged as a result of the construction program. Affected wells will be decommissioned prior to commencement of work in those areas and will be re-installed after the Project is completed. Contractor Measures The following measure is to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Project Training N/A 1. Ensure all personnel working on-site or visiting the site receive and Orientation the basic site orientation for workers or the advanced environmental orientation for supervisors and upper management personnel. Construction N/A 2. Maintain a complete set of the EPP, copies of environmental Documents approvals, licences and permits, as well as copies of the ESA, Enbridge OMM Book 7: Emergency Response, Enbridge Contractor Safety Manual [Canada] and Enbridge Waste Management Plan (Enbridge 2012b) at the Contractor’s construction field office. Approvals 3.1.7 3. Ensure that all required approvals, licenses, permits, etc. are in place prior to commencing applicable construction activities
Page 9
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
7.0 GENERAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES This section applies to all phases of construction, and mitigation is to be implemented as necessary.
Company Measures The following measures are the responsibility of Enbridge.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Discipline 1. Those who show careless or wanton neglect of the environment or disregard the EPP shall be subject to disciplinary measures. Modifications to N/A 2. Develop new or alternative mitigation measures if the measures the EPP identified in this EPP are ineffective in avoiding or reducing Measures environmental effects. Develop these measures in consultation with the Construction Manager, Environmental Inspector, Enbridge Environment Lead and, if warranted, the applicable Resource Specialist. N/A 3. Discuss the planned mitigation changes with the appropriate regulatory authority and, if required, obtain the appropriate approval. If the planned change meets the environmental objectives and there is no specific regulatory approval required for the change, no additional discussions with regulatory authorities are necessary. N/A 4. Document and communicate the change to applicable construction personnel. Weed Monitoring N/A 5. Monitor for weed establishment and/or growth within the Project Footprint during operations. Implement additional measures to control weeds, where necessary. Contractor Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Discipline N/A 1. Those who show careless or wanton neglect of the environment or disregard the EPP shall be subject to disciplinary measures. Scheduling 6.9 2. Schedule construction activities, to the extent possible, near residences, during the period from 7:00 AM to 10:00 PM or in accordance with applicable noise bylaws or approval conditions. N/A 3. In the event of after-hours noise during construction (e.g., potential use of generators), Enbridge will ensure affected landowners are notified and consulted in advance. 3.1.2 [20] 4. Complete all construction activities prior to the expiration of applicable permits and approvals. In the event that a permit or approval is likely to expire prior to the completion of the applicable construction activities, notify the Environment Lead well in advance of the expiration date to facilitate timely renewal or extension of the permit/approval.
Page 10
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Contingency 3.1.8 [7] 5. Review the emergency contacts list in Appendix A of the EPP Plans and other Project measures provided in Appendices C through M prior to commencing construction. All key personnel on-site should be aware of these plans. Wet Conditions 6.18 6. Postpone construction, suspend equipment travel or utilize construction alternatives in the event of wet/thawed soils in order to reduce terrain disturbance and soil structure damage. 7. Consider soils to be excessively wet when the planned activity could cause damage to soils either due to rutting by traffic through the topsoil layer into the subsoil, soil structure damage during soil handling, or compaction and associated pulverization of topsoil structure damage due to heavy traffic. 8. Initiate contingency measures once one of the following indicators occurs: rutting of topsoil to the extent that admixing may occur; excessive wheelslip; excessive build-up of mud on tires and cleats; formation of puddles; or tracking of mud as vehicles leave the Edmonton Terminal site or transfer line rights-of-way. 9. Employ the following contingency measures progressively or individually as warranted if the above indicators occur: • work only in nonproblem areas, such as frozen or well-drained soils, until conditions improve; • postpone construction until evening or early morning when the ground is frozen; • prevent rubber-tired traffic from driving on the construction site or construction right-of-way; • install swamp mats, or employ frost inducement measures such as snow packing or plowing to increase the load bearing capacity of wet/thawed ground; • restrict construction traffic, where feasible, to equipment with low ground pressure tires or wide pad tracks; • consider salvaging an additional width of topsoil in problem areas; and • suspend construction until conditions improve. 10. Record the GPS location where geotextile, swamp mats or matting are installed during any phase of construction. This information will be used to assist in ensuring that all of these materials used to improve trafficability on the construction site are removed during clean-up. 11. The wet conditions shut-down decision will be made by the Construction Manager in consultation with the Environmental Inspector. Factors influencing a decision to postpone start-up or shut-down work include the weather forecast, construction schedule and availability of nonproblem areas (i.e., frozen or well-drained).
Page 11
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Weed and 6.17 [5] 12. Ensure all equipment (e.g., vehicles, materials) arrives on-site Clubroot clean and leaves in a clean condition to reduce the risk of Management weed introduction. Prohibit any equipment which arrives in a dirty condition to work until it has been cleaned off at a suitable location. N/A 13. Review and adhere to measures outlined in the Weed and Clubroot Management Plan in Appendix H to reduce the risk of introducing or spreading clubroot disease. Spill Prevention 6.12 [1] 14. Operators and on-site construction foremen must be trained to contain spills or leaks from equipment. Ensure that Contractor equipment operators and foremen are aware of the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan (Appendix C). 6.12 15. Maintain equipment in good working condition and ensure equipment and vehicles are free of leaks. 6.12 [3], [5] 16. Maintain appropriate spill equipment at the work site. Assess the risk potential for site-specific spills to determine the appropriate type of response equipment to be stored on-site and suitable location for storage. Place an impervious tarp when servicing equipment/vehicles with the potential for accidental spills (e.g., oil changes and servicing of hydraulic systems). 6.12 [2] 17. Ensure that no fuel, lubricating fluids, hydraulic fluids, methanol, antifreeze, herbicides, biocides or other chemicals are released on the ground or into any waterbody. 6.12 18. Transport, handle, use and dispose of hazardous materials in accordance with provincial and federal regulatory requirements, and as identified in Enbridge’s Waste Management Plan (Enbridge 2012b) and the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan (Appendix C). 19. Reduce the potential for malfunction of the facilities during operations by adhering to preventative and maintenance measures outlined in Enbridge’s OMM Book 6: Equipment Maintenance currently on file with the NEB. Environmental N/A 20. In the event of an environmental incident (i.e., environmental Incidents/ non-compliance, spill or other environmental effect), stop work Non-Compliances in the vicinity of the incident. Whoever witnesses the incident will report it immediately to the Construction Manager/Chief Inspector. 21. An environmental incident includes, but is not limited to: • any release or leak, on or off site, directly related or attributable to the Project; • any activity conducted that is not in compliance with environmental regulations or permits, company environmental procedures, the EPP, and/or Project environmental commitments (as communicated to an external stakeholder or regulator); and/or • any incident that results or could result in an impact to fish, wildlife or the environment (air, land, or water) that does not include a release or a non-compliance.
Page 12
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Environmental N/A 22. An environmental non-compliance is considered any activity Incidents/ that is not in compliance with environmental regulations or Non-Compliances permits, company environmental procedures, a project-specific (cont’d) EPP, and/or environmental commitments communicated to an external stakeholder or regulator. For internal reporting purposes, environmental non-compliance incidents are classified under three distinct levels. • Level 1 (internal notification): internal notification and resolution of identified potential non-compliance without requirements to notify regulator. • Level 2 (external notification): communications with regulator other than formal regulator notification (field inspection report, notification, follow-up report, emails, telephones calls, etc.). • Level 3: formal regulatory notification): formal warning, enforcement action, summons or charge, notice of violation, stop and control order, etc. (received from regulator). Spills 6.12 23. Immediately implement the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan in the event of a spill (Appendix C). The Enbridge OMM Book 7: Emergency Response, currently on file with the NEB, may be applicable in the event of a spill or leak of hydrocarbons that cannot be addressed by the measures in the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan. 6.12 [10] 24. Report spills immediately to the Enbridge Representative, Enbridge Environment Lead or designate. Ensure that: • action is taken to control danger to human life; • the necessary equipment and personnel are mobilized and measures are being implemented to stop the source of the spill (if safe to do so) and commence clean-up; and • the Enbridge Environment Lead is notified. 25. The Contractor will make all resources available to contain and clean-up the spill. 26. The Environment Representative or designate will submit a Spill Report Form for minor spills (see Appendix C) to the Environment Lead within 48 hours of the incident. The Contractor may use their own spill reporting form for minor spills. 27. For Level 1, 2 or 3 non-compliances, the Environmental Representative or designate must fill out an environment incident reporting form from the Environment Management System (see Appendix C). For further information regarding regulatory reporting of releases/leaks/spills please reference the OMM Book 1: General Compliance Reference (B1_02_02-01) Tables 2A, 2B and 2C, currently on file with the NEB.
Page 13
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Spills (cont’d) 6.12 [11] 28. The Enbridge Environment Lead will determine incident classification and will ensure the appropriate regulatory authorities are notified. The immediate report must include: • the location and time of the release; • a description of the circumstances leading to the release; • the type and quantity of substance released; • the details of any action proposed or immediately taken at the release site; • how the incident was resolved (i.e., long-term corrective actions); and • a description of the immediate surrounding area. 6.12 29. Clean up and document the spill in accordance with the Enbridge EGC and the NEB Remediation Process Guide (NEB 2013a). N/A 30. In the unlikely event of a large scale release, follow Enbridge’s OMM Book 7: Emergency Response currently on file with the NEB. Equipment 6.12 [4], [7] 31. Prohibit fuel storage, refuelling or servicing of equipment within Refuelling and 100 m of a waterbody, except where secondary containment is Servicing provided or unless otherwise approved by the applicable regulator (i.e., AER). 6.12 [3] 32. Equip fuel storage areas and vehicles transporting fuel to facility sites with appropriate spill containment materials sufficient to contain and absorb an accidental release. Procedures for refuelling tanks, equipment and containers are outlined in Enbridge’s OMM Book 8: Environment on file with the NEB and provided in Appendix L. Spill containment supplies may include: • a polyethylene container (bucket, pail or drum) with a lid; • absorbent socks/pads; • disposable hazmat bags; • nitrile gloves; • 50 lbs of granular absorbent; • impervious tarp; and • shovel(s). 6.12 33. Never leave equipment unattended while refuelling. All refuelling will be conducted in an Enbridge-approved designated safe area. 34. Operators and/or on-site construction foremen must be trained to contain spills or leaks from equipment. 35. Wash equipment and machinery greater than 30 m from a waterbody. 6.12 [5] 36. Place drip pans, impervious tarps or other forms of secondary containment underneath equipment/vehicles when servicing equipment/vehicles with the potential for accidental spills (e.g., oil changes and servicing of hydraulic systems). 37. All fuel nozzles will be equipped with automatic shutoffs.
Page 14
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Equipment 6.12 [5] 38. An operator shall be present at both ends of the fueling line Refuelling and during fuelling unless both ends are readily visible by one Servicing (cont’d) operator. 39. Ensure that bulk fuel trucks, service vehicles and pick-up trucks equipped with box-mounted fuel tanks carry spill prevention, containment and clean-up materials that are suitable for the volume of fuels or oils carried. Carry spill contingency material on bulk fuel and service vehicles that is suitable for use on land and water (i.e., sorbent pads, sorbent boom and rope). Carry additional spill prevention and clean-up material as well as equipment such as a tarp, shovel and heavy plastic bags in bulk fuel trucks, service trucks and pick-ups with box-mounted fuel tanks. 40. Employ the following measures to reduce the risk of fuel spills in water. Where equipment servicing/refuelling is necessary within 100 m of the normal high watermark of a watercourse or wetland (e.g., equipment breakdown, water pump fuelling), ensure that: • a plan is prepared and submitted to the Environmental Inspector outlining the contingency measures that are in place; • the Environmental Inspector has approved the plan; • all containers, hoses and nozzles are free of leaks; • all fuel nozzles are equipped with automatic shut-offs; • operators are stationed at both ends of the hose during fuelling, unless the ends are visible and readily accessible by one operator; • fuel remaining in the hose is returned to the storage facility; and • secondary containment exceeds the total volume being transferred in the case of stationary equipment (i.e., pumps and generators). 41. Adequate spill response materials are available at the site of the transfer to control all volumes spilled. 6.12 [9] 42. Do not wash equipment or machinery in watercourses or wetlands. Control wastewater from construction activities, such as equipment washing or concrete mixing, to avoid discharge directly into any body of water. 43. Ensure that no vehicles or equipment containing petroleum, oil or lubricants are parked or stationed in a wetland at any time, except for equipment that is necessary for that particular phase of wetland crossing construction. Air 6.2 [1] 44. Follow proper equipment maintenance schedules. Pollution/Noise 6.2 [2] 45. Reduce unnecessary idling of equipment to the extent feasible. 6.2 [3] 46. Use multi-passenger vehicles (e.g., crew trucks) to transport crews to the site to the extent practical and limit the amount of traffic and accompanying emissions.
Page 15
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Air 6.9 [5] 47. Ensure only the size and power of tools necessary will be used Pollution/Noise to limit noise from power tool operations. (cont’d) 48. Enclose noisy equipment, where warranted, to limit the transmission of noise beyond the construction site, if feasible. Turn off equipment when not in use. 6.9 [3] 49. Schedule construction activities, to the extent possible, near residences, during the period from 7:00 AM to 10:00 PM or in accordance with applicable noise bylaws or approval conditions. 6.9 [2], [5] 50. Ensure that noise abatement equipment (e.g., mufflers) on machinery is in good working order to control noise levels. Take reasonable measures to control construction-related noise near residential areas. 6.9 51. Advise adjacent stakeholders of noise sources, if necessary, and schedule construction appropriately so as to minimize nuisance to stakeholders. 6.9 [2] 52. Alter equipment, erect noise barriers or change the work schedule if excessive noise becomes a nuisance to nearby residents. 6.9 53. In the event of after-hours noise during construction (e.g., potential use of generators), Enbridge will ensure affected landowners are notified and consulted in advance. Waste 6.16 [1] 54. Follow measures identified in the Enbridge Waste Management Management Plan (Enbridge 2012b) on file with the NEB as well as the Waste Management Additional Measures in Appendix D. 6.16 [4] 55. Ensure work site is kept in a clean state and waste is collected in appropriate receptacles. Dispose of waste at an approved facility to avoid the attraction of nuisance animals. 6.16 [5] 56. Transport and dispose of all wastes in accordance with provincial and federal regulatory requirements. 6.16 57. Locate temporary toilets at convenient locations on the construction site, if necessary. Contaminated N/A 58. Implement the Contaminated Soils Discovery Contingency Soils Plan (see Appendix G) in the event that contaminated or potentially contaminated soils are encountered. 59. Follow remediation procedures outlined in the Enbridge EGC and the NEB Remediation Process Guide (NEB 2013a) in the event contaminated sites are encountered during construction. Roads and 6.1 60. Confine construction equipment and vehicles to the Project Access Footprint, existing public roads and approved access roads. 61. Reclaim temporary access roads as part of clean-up. 62. Follow all traffic safety and road closure regulations. Road Crossings N/A 63. Ensure drilling mud from road crossings to be completed by HDD or bore crossings methods is disposed of in accordance with provincial regulations.
Page 16
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Erosion and 4.9.4 [1] 64. Prevent or control soil erosion and water siltation immediately Siltation and proactively to the satisfaction of the Environmental Inspector. Make available sufficient personnel and equipment to control erosion when warranted. Drainage 6.14 65. Control surface drainage near construction sites to prevent clean surface water from entering excavations or areas of disturbed and erodible soils. Wildlife 6.19 [10] 66. Report scavenging or dangerous wildlife along with the location and details to the Enbridge Environment Lead who will contact the regional wildlife authorities and, if appropriate, the local police department. 67. Report any incidents or collisions with wildlife to the Environmental Representative and Enbridge Environment Lead who will notify local wildlife authorities and the police as appropriate. 68. Should nesting or migratory birds be discovered on-site, report immediately to the Environment Representative. The Enbridge Environment Lead will work with the appropriate regulator and Wildlife Biologists to determine a species appropriate buffer to protect the nest and young until they have fledged. 69. Personnel are prohibited from harming, harassing or feeding wildlife. 70. Implement the Wildlife Encounter Contingency Plan (Appendix E) in the event of an encounter with wildlife during the construction phase of the Project, either at the Project site or on the commute to and from the terminal. Species with 6.19 [8] 71. Implement one or more of the mitigative measures identified in Special the Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Contingency Plan Conservation (see Appendix F) in the event that a wildlife species of concern Status or active habitat feature is discovered during or immediately prior to construction. 72. Suspend the work activity, or fence or flag off the area, in the event that a rare plant, active bird nest, or burrow or den is discovered during construction site preparation. Immediately report sightings of vegetation and wildlife species with special conservation status to the Environmental Inspector. Migratory Birds 6.19 73. Avoid site preparation (i.e., upland and wetland mowing and brushing), construction and/or reclamation activities in sensitive habitats during the migratory bird restricted activity period (RAP) of May 1 to August 10 to avoid adverse effects on nesting migratory birds, where feasible. 74. In the event that the construction schedule changes and site preparation or construction activities are planned during the migratory bird RAP, pre-mow or brush the construction site in areas of native vegetation (i.e., native prairie, treed areas, shrub, tame pasture) prior to the start of the migratory bird RAP to discourage nesting within the construction site.
Page 17
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Migratory Birds 6.19 75. If right-of-way preparation has not been completed prior to (cont’d) May 1, a nest sweep will be conducted by Enbridge a maximum of 7 days prior to construction activity to identify active nests. Active nests will be subject to an appropriate buffer until the nest is no longer active. Traffic 6.1 [9] 76. Restrict all vehicular traffic to the approved and staked Management construction site, workspace and access roads. Advise all Project construction-related vehicles to follow applicable traffic, road use and safety laws. 77. Use multi-passenger vehicles for the transport of construction crews to and from the construction site, where practical, to lessen the potential for accidents due to tiredness, excess speed and the volume of traffic on local roads, as well as reduce air emissions and potential for wildlife mortality. 6.1 [11] 78. Obey all local traffic laws and road use agreements. 79. Follow speed limits established by Enbridge. Take extra caution when driving through areas that are frequented by workers. Safety N/A 80. Protect public safety by controlling public access. Safety measures may include the following: • temporarily fence-off all road entrances to the work site to avoid potential interactions with local traffic and public; • post warning signs at approaches to the construction site from both directions; and • implement 24 hour security where warranted. 81. During operations and maintenance, implement a combination of incident prevention measures, safety devices, emergency response planning and procedures to ensure public safety and to prevent environmental damage. Fires 6.5 [19] 82. Ensure that all personnel are aware of smoking areas at the site. 6.5 [18] 83. Ensure that personnel are made aware of proper disposal methods for welding rods, cigarette butts and other hot or burning material. 6.5 [14] 84. Ensure that exhaust and engine systems of equipment are in good working condition. 6.5 [3] 85. Train construction workers on fire prevention. 6.5 [20] 86. In the event of a fire, follow the fire suppression measures as outlined in the following Enbridge OMM Books (on file with the NEB), as appropriate: Book 2: Safety; and Chapter 1 (Emergency Preparedness), Chapter 2 (Emergency Response Actions) and Chapter 3 (Fire Response) of Book 7: Emergency Response. Archaeological or 6.8 87. Suspend work in proximity to archaeological or Palaeontological palaeontological sites discovered during construction and notify Discovery the Environment Lead. Isolate the area with fencing or flagging. No work at that particular location will continue until permission is granted by the Enbridge Environment Lead after consultation with the appropriate authority (i.e., Alberta Culture).
Page 18
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
8.0 EDMONTON TERMINAL (NORTH AND SOUTH) TRANSFER LINE CONSTRUCTION This section addresses environmental concerns specific to the Edmonton Terminal interconnecting transfer line extending from SE 5-53-23 W4M to NW 32-52-23 W4M via NE 32-52-23 W4M (see Figure 1). The mitigation has been developed to address a trenchless pipeline installation method.
8.1 Survey, Access and Clearing Goal To restrict the Project footprint to the approved workspace and limit the disturbance of riparian vegetation and other localized features (e.g., wildlife habitat, wetlands) to the extent practical.
Company Measures The following measures are the responsibility of Enbridge.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Scheduling N/A 1. Review and ensure the Contractor adheres to the wildlife RAPs identified in Section 7.0. Staking, Flagging 4.2 2. Stake the boundaries of the construction site and workspace. and Fencing Clearly flag or stake the boundaries of temporary access roads, if required. 3. Locate and flag all known foreign lines and cables by using “One-Call” services. 4. Use flagging and signage at overhead line crossings to alert equipment operators of hazards. 4.11 [6] 5. Where wetlands are unavoidable, clearly delineate the construction right-of-way boundaries using fencing, staking or flagging. Identify the start and end points of the wetland and limit disturbance or encroachment beyond the fenced, staked or flagged construction site. Narrow Down 4.2 [3] 6. Narrow down the construction footprint where feasible and Construction avoid wetlands adjacent to the construction footprint by using Right-of-Way fencing, stakes or flagging. Clearly identify the wetland boundaries and limit traffic in the vicinity of the fenced, staked or flagged areas. Water Act N/A 7. Obtain an Alberta Water Act approval from AER and submit the Approval applicable notifications prior to initiation of construction. Wetland Riparian 4.11 8. Obtain and mark workspace areas at wetlands to be crossed Buffer using a HDD method in order to allow for monitoring, containment and clean-up of an inadvertent release (frac-out) of drilling mud. 9. Install signage and clearly identify a 10 m (minimum) wide riparian buffer area at wetlands. 10. Prohibit clearing of extra temporary workspace within the riparian buffer. Notification 3.1.7 11. Review notification requirements identified in Section 5.0 and ensure notification(s) have been completed.
Page 19 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Contractor Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Workspace N/A 1. Obtain approval from the Construction Manager or Environmental Inspector prior to taking additional workspace in the field. 2. Note that any deviations required by the Contractor regarding workspace size or location in proximity to wetlands are subject to site-specific review and approval from the Enbridge Environment Lead or the Environmental Inspector. Bar Ditch Ramps N/A 3. Salvage topsoil from the area where upper subsoil horizon will be removed for use as ditch ramping material at road crossings. 4. Construct bar ditch ramps with subsoil unless otherwise approved by Environmental Inspector. 5. Install culverts in bar ditch ramps to maintain drainage, where warranted. Foreign Pipelines N/A 6. Construct ramps on the work side of the right-of-way over existing foreign pipelines as per Crossing Agreements. Hot Line Exposure/ 4.2 [16] 7. Salvage topsoil over the foreign line(s) prior to exposing with a Hydrovac hydrovac. Topsoil salvage is not required prior to exposing hotlines for holes less than 1 m in diameter if soil will be removed using a hydrovac during frozen soil conditions or where the area to be exposed will be subsequently subject to topsoil salvage as part of right-of-way preparation activities. 4.2 [18] 8. Empty the hydrovac truck onto subsoil at approved locations (e.g., at road crossings where the topsoil has been salvaged). Ensure that hydrovac material is contained within the designated release area (i.e., will not migrate to a waterbody or on to topsoil). N/A 9. Implement the appropriate measures presented in the Contaminated Soils Discovery Contingency Plan (Appendix G) if contaminated or potentially contaminated soils are discovered during hydrovac activities. Wetlands N/A 10. Review the migratory bird timing restrictions identified in Section 7.0. N/A 11. Notify the Environmental Inspector 14 days prior to the commencement of construction. 4.11 12. Do not mow within the riparian buffers at wetlands to be crossed using an HDD or bore method except, if necessary, along the travel lane. 3.3.3 [18] 13. Maintain low vegetation or a vegetated ground mat within the wetland riparian buffers to the extent practical by walking, storing material or constructing over the undisturbed areas.
Page 20
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Shoo-flies 3.3.3 [11] 14. Construct a shoo-fly around wetlands, to the extent practical. Ensure that land and, if applicable, other approvals are in place prior to commencing development of the shoo-fly. Align the shoo-fly far enough from the wetland to avoid the riparian buffer of the wetland and inundation during any high water periods that could occur when the shoo-fly is in use. Stake/flag the boundaries of the wetland and place signs to direct construction traffic to use the shoo-fly. 6.1 [15] 15. Install erosion control measures (e.g., coir matting, coir logs, silt fences, temporary berms) following installation of the shoo-fly to reduce the risk of erosion and sedimentation into adjacent wetlands. Pipeline Drag 3.3.3 [9] 16. Install swamp mats or wooden matting to create a travel Section Workspace lane/work pad for the pipeline drag sections if topsoil salvage Areas will not be conducted in these workspace areas. 17. Install erosion control measures to reduce the risk of sedimentation of adjacent wetlands. Ensure deleterious materials are not allowed to spill from the travel land/work pad into adjacent wetlands. Clearing/Grubbing 4.3.1 18. Use equipment which will result in minimal terrain disturbance (e.g., brushcutters, brushhogs or other mobile mulching/chipping equipment) during non-frozen conditions to clear non-salvageable timber and stumps to assist in maintaining an intact ground surface in areas where topsoil salvage (or grading) is not warranted. Use equipment that will avoid or reduce off right-of-way disturbance and deposition of debris off right-of-way. 19. Clear non-salvageable timber during frozen ground conditions in a manner than maintains an intact ground surface where grading is not warranted. 20. Do not pile chips, mulch or mechanically cut woody debris in a wetland, and do not dispose of upland woody debris in a wetland. 21. Postpone root grubbing until immediately prior to grading along segments of the route where clearing occurred. 22. Limit grubbing to areas where soil removal is necessary (e.g., excavations, areas to be graded). Clearing/Grubbing - 4.3.1 [42] 23. Restrict grubbing of shrubs, where feasible. It is preferred that Wetlands shrubs be mowed or salvaged. 4.3.1 [43] 24. Restrict root grubbing in wet areas to avoid creation of bog holes. Where grubbing is required in wet areas, reduce the width of grubbing to facilitate the restoration of shrub communities. Slash Disposal 4.3.3 25. Burn, chip or mulch slash. Consider the volume of chips or mulch that will be produced when determining the appropriate slash disposal method.
Page 21
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Slash Disposal 4.3.3 26. Do not chip or mulch slash within the 10 m riparian buffer at (cont’d) wetlands. 27. Contact Strathcona County’s burning information line (780-464-8464) to determine the period when burning is permitted and obtain a burning permit, if required. 28. Attend fire and prevent fire from spreading off site. Extinguish burning embers before leaving the site and monitor burn sites to ensure no smouldering debris remains. Burn only when the fire hazard is low. No burning is to be conducted during high winds. 29. Implement techniques to limit smoke production including limiting pile size, reducing fuel moisture content, maintaining loose burning piles free of soil and using burn sloops or large capacity shredders. 30. Avoid locating burn piles on peat-rich soils in order to limit the risk of residual fires after construction. Locate burn piles on exposed soils (i.e., where topsoil salvage has occurred) or on burning sleds/sloops.
Page 22
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
8.2 Topsoil Salvage and Grading Goal To avoid or reduce adverse effects on soil productivity, surface drainage patterns, land use, wetlands and wildlife habitat.
Company Measures The following measures are the responsibility of Enbridge.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Site-Specific N/A 1. Confirm that signage, staking, flagging and/or fencing installed Resource during survey activities (see Section 8.1) to identify site-specific Features resource features (e.g., riparian buffers) are in place and are maintained throughout topsoil salvage and grading activities. 2. Review with the Contractor site-specific locations to be avoided during topsoil salvage and grading activities. Monitor Soil 6.17 3. Monitor topsoil windrows for weed growth during the course of Windrows construction and implement corrective measures, if warranted. Corrective measures may include hand pulling, mowing, using selective, non-persistent herbicides (if necessary) or seeding with a cover crop. 4.9.4 4. Monitor soil windrows for erosion until the soil windrows are replaced. Direct the Contractor to initiate erosion control (e.g., watering down, tackifier application) if warranted. Contractor Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Snow 6.10 1. Maintain snow cover over the area to be salvaged as long as Management practical. Remove snow immediately prior to topsoil salvage During Frozen and windrow snow to the edges of the work site. Soil Conditions 2. Remove or pack snow on the work side to increase frost penetration into the soil in the winter. In mid to late winter, pack snow on the work side to avoid premature thawing of the upper soils. 3. Store snow graded from the construction right-of-way in a manner that does not lead to increased erosion during spring break-up. Ensure that melting “dirty snow” is not allowed to directly enter a waterbody. Topsoil Salvage 4.4.1 4. Salvage topsoil from either the full construction workspace (e.g., bellhole, travel and spoil storage) areas during non-frozen conditions at all trenchless crossings. 5. Salvage topsoil from the area to be excavated (e.g., bellhole) at trenchless crossings during frozen soil conditions.
Page 23
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Topsoil Salvage 4.4.1 6. Salvage topsoil from all areas to be graded and windrow to the Width for Grading edge of the construction site. Avoid overstripping. The area salvaged is to correspond to area to be graded. Store topsoil salvaged prior to grading along the edges of the work site taking into consideration space requirements for grade and bellhole spoil, existing nearby hotlines, local topography, cross right-of-way access requirements and drainage. Topsoil Salvage 4.4.1 7. Use equipment with fine depth control (e.g., a grader or dozer) Depth - Uplands to salvage variable depth topsoil. 8. Salvage topsoil to the colour change or to 10 cm, whichever is greatest. Where soils are not readily distinguishable by colour, the Environmental Inspector will provide direction. Salvage to a maximum depth of 40 cm. Wet/Thawed 6.18 9. Salvage topsoil from the entire construction workspace as Soils directed by the Environmental Inspector if wet or thawing soil conditions are anticipated if full salvage was not already conducted, or when Project activities cannot be postponed. Pipeline Drag N/A 10. Salvage topsoil from the pipeline drag section workspace Section areas, if warranted, to the minimal required for safe operation of Workspace Areas vehicles and equipment. Storage of 3.1.6 11. Windrow or pile salvaged topsoil on the edges of the work site. Salvaged Topsoil Consider the excavation equipment to be used, depth and width of the bellholes, local topography, presence of nearby existing hotlines, drainage as well as the susceptibility of the bellhole walls to sloughing when determining the location of salvaged topsoil windrows/piles on the work site. 12. Place a barrier (e.g., approximately 15 cm thick straw barrier, tarps or other material approved by the Environmental Inspector) at localized areas where a separation cannot be maintained between topsoil, subsoil and grade material piles due to workspace limitations. Windrow Gaps 4.4.1 [61] 13. Leave gaps in the windrows (e.g., topsoil, spoil, grade material, snow), if warranted, at obvious drainage channels, access trails and where requested. Gaps in windrows will be determined in the field and should coincide with gaps in strung or welded pipe. Wind or Water 4.4.3 14. Tackify, apply water or pack the topsoil windrow if the Erosion of Soil Environmental Inspector assesses that soils are likely to be Windrows prone to erosion by wind during non-frozen conditions. Apply tackifier, if used, at a rate recommended by the supplier. 4.4.4 15. Walk down the topsoil windrow and windrow snow over it to reduce the risk of wind erosion during frozen conditions. Consider tackifying or watering down the topsoil windrow if snow is not available.
Page 24
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Wind or Water 4.4.4 16. Suspend topsoil handling operations during strong winds if Erosion of Soil drifting or topsoil loss is evident. If drifting or topsoil loss is Windrows (cont’d) evident during low to moderate winds, the following options are available: limit the time between topsoil salvage and final clean- up, apply a tackifier to the topsoil pile, and/or install wind barriers (e.g., slat fences, snow fences). The appropriate option will be selected depending on the site conditions in consultation with the Environmental Inspector. 17. Consider applying tackifier to topsoil windrows in areas of known disease concern when there is potential for topsoil transfer during windy conditions, or if topsoil windrows are to be maintained over the winter, to prevent the possible spread of clubroot or other disease. Soil Pulverization 4.4.5 18. Salvage topsoil where heavy traffic is anticipated as well as extremely dry areas to reduce the loss of soil structure. Grading 4.5 19. Avoid or reduce grading at wetlands and natural drainage channels. Reduce the width of grading in order to limit the potential for erosion and subsoil compaction. 20. Store graded material in discrete piles or windrows for replacement during backfilling or rough clean-up. Clearly identify the topsoil piles and grade spoil piles with signs or staking where the topsoil/subsoil colour change is not obvious. Grading Near 4.5 21. Install temporary berms on approaches to wetlands and erect Wetlands silt fence or equivalent temporary erosion/sediment control device (e.g., hay bales, coir logs, etc.) near the base of approaches to wetlands immediately following grading. 22. Grade away from wetlands to reduce the risk of introducing soil and organic debris. Do not place windrowed or fill material in a wetland during grading. 23. Avoid or reduce grading within the 10 m riparian buffer of wetlands, unless otherwise approved by the Environmental Inspector. Grading within 10 m of the wetland, if approved, may be appropriate if completion of this activity results in a reduced erosion and sedimentation risk, or if necessary for the installation of a vehicle crossing. Erosion Control N/A 24. Inspect the temporary erosion control structures on a daily basis and repair, if warranted, before the end of each working day.
Page 25
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
8.3 Stringing, Welding and Trenchless Crossing Goal To reduce ground disturbance, interference with other land uses, disruption of surface and subsurface drainage, as well as facilitate successful reclamation.
Company Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Company.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures N/A Notification of 1. Review the provincial COP notification requirements related to Provincial temporary disturbance of a wetland. Authorities N/A Workspace for 2. Obtain and mark additional temporary workspace, if warranted, Trenchless prior to the initiation of trenchless crossing activities. Ensure Crossing temporary workspace does not encroach within the riparian buffers, to the extent feasible. Contractor Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures N/A Schedule 1. Ensure there is sufficient frost or low enough soil moisture to allow construction without causing excessive rutting or soil compaction. 4.6.1 Stringing Traffic 2. Confine stringing truck traffic to areas of the work site where topsoil salvage has occurred or a travel lane/work pad of sufficient strength has been installed.
3. Suspend stringing truck traffic when soils are wet or thawed or limit stringing traffic to machinery/vehicles equipped with low- ground pressure tires or wide tracks. Install matting, geotextile or other material approved by the Environmental Inspector to allow traffic through localized areas of wet/thawed soils. Record with a GPS all locations where geotextile is installed. 4.6.1 Welding 4. Do not leave spent welding rods, filings/shavings or cut off pipe rings on the ground or in the excavation. Provide receptacles for disposal of welding rods and other welding refuse.
5. Collect pipe bevel shaving debris during bevelling operations for proper disposal. 4.6.1 Coating 6. Place a tarp of sufficient size to block overspray from contacting the ground where spray or paint-on coatings are applied. Dispose of spilled coating at approved locations.
7. Do not perform concrete coating activities within the high water mark of a wetland without prior approval from the Environmental Inspector. 4.4.1 Topsoil/Spoil 8. Maintain a separation distance between topsoil and spoil piles to Separation prevent mixing. N/A Unstable Bellhole 9. Salvage an extra width of topsoil in areas susceptible to unstable Walls walls, if warranted, to allow for slumping or sloped walls.
Page 26
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures N/A High Water Table 10. Assess the need for well points or other dewatering methods, prior to commencing excavations, to intercept groundwater before it enters the bellhole. 4.6.2 Dewatering 11. Monitor water levels in areas of open bellholes.
12. Do not locate dewatering points within 50 m of a drainage or wetland.
13. Obtain approval from the Environmental Inspector for the location of all water discharge locations.
14. Direct water to an approved well-vegetated upland area, if available, at a rate that promotes infiltration of the ground surface. Protect the ground at the discharge location with a sheet of plywood, geotextile or similar means to prevent scouring and/or erosion. Pumping water onto tarpaulins, geotextiles or sheeting, or into a settling pond are also acceptable options. Discharge water through an appropriate sediment filtering medium (e.g., geotextile bag, straw bale/silt fence dewatering structure), where warranted. Ensure all geotextiles are removed following dewatering.
15. Place equipment (e.g., pumps, generators) within suitable secondary containment above the high water mark of a wetland to prevent spills.
16. Monitor the water discharge site to ensure that erosion, saturation, or flooding of the discharge site does not occur. Suspend dewatering and either apply erosion control measures, reduce the flow or move the discharge site if it appears that the above effects could occur.
17. Notify and adhere to the advice of the Enbridge Environment Lead or the Environmental Inspector at locations where water potentially contaminated with hydrocarbons or other materials is to be discharged. Measures may include the use of tank trucks to haul discharged water to an appropriate disposal facility, ensuring the intake is submerged below the surface sheen, lab testing and use of sorbent booms to hold the sheen away from the pump intake.
18. Do not dewater any wetlands in NE 32-52-23 W4M. Although temporary dewatering may be necessary, water should not be permanently removed from the wetland. Options for dewatering within wetlands should be discussed with the Environmental Inspector, Construction Manager, the Enbridge Environment Lead and, when required, a Resource Specialist and/or the appropriate regulatory authority in order to develop the appropriate plans. 19. Do not allow sediment-laden water from pumping activities to directly enter a waterbody or wetland without proper filtration (e.g., geotextile filter bag, sump, silt fence, straw bales, etc.). See Drawings 2, 3 and 11 (Appendix K). 4.10.3 Trenchless 20. Follow the drilling mud frac-out monitoring and other measures Crossing provided in the Directional Drilling Procedures and Drilling Mud Release Contingency Plan (Appendix I) during HDD crossings.
Page 27
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures 4.10.3 Trenchless 21. Excavate the entry and expected exit sites to provide for the Crossing (cont’d) containment of drilling mud and sediments during an HDD. Ensure the excavations are large enough to contain the anticipated maximum volume of drilling mud.
22. Utilize an Enbridge approved drilling mud. The mud selected should not contain harmful additives. 23. Use water from an approved source in accordance with applicable permits to mix drilling mud.
Page 28
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
8.4 Backfilling Goal To control subsurface drainage prior to backfilling and to restore pre-construction grades during backfill operations in a manner that facilitates reclamation and restoration of surface drainage. Contractor Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures 4.7 Backfilling 1. Inspect excavations prior to backfilling for small animals, refuse, debris and other items. Remove if present. Notify the Environmental Inspector if wildlife is present in the excavation.
2. Backfill the excavations as soon as practical following pipeline installation to reduce hazards due to open areas.
3. Backfill the excavations without mixing spoil with the topsoil pile. Do not walk machinery on the topsoil pile while backfilling spoil.
4. Compact the backfill to the extent practical during non-frozen soil conditions to reduce settlement by tamping the backfill with a backhoe to the level of the surrounding ground. Employ specialized equipment/implements to compact the material where directed by the Construction Manager or Project Engineer.
5. Backfill the excavations in lifts and compact after each lift, if warranted, at locations where a wider than normal excavation (e.g., sharp sidebends, bell holes) was necessary. Adhere to other backfilling and/or compaction measures or equipment requirements arising from the assessment conducted by the Construction Manager or Environmental Inspector. Measures may include the use of specialized compaction equipment and backfilling in lifts followed by compaction of the spoil after each lift. 4.7 Crown 6. Crown the excavation with remaining spoil to allow for settlement after thawing.
7. Leave breaks in the crown wherever seepage occurs to avoid or reduce interference with natural drainage. Compact backfill where breaks have been left. 4.7 [19] Excess Spoil 8. Feather-out excess spoil over the salvaged portion of the workspace where construction occurred during non-frozen conditions to avoid the creation of a permanent mound. Ensure that excess spoil is not feathered-out over the salvaged area to an extent that may cause excessive subsidence of the excavation. 4.9.1 Recontouring 9. Recontour the workspace and restore the pre-construction grades and drainage channels. 4.9.4 Erosion Control 10. Install temporary erosion control structures (e.g., silt fences, coir logs) immediately following the completion of backfilling lands adjacent to drainage crossings and wetlands where the potential for sedimentation exists. N/A Hydrostatic 11. Section 9.0 presents mitigative measures to be implemented Testing of during hydrostatic testing of the transfer lines. Transfer Lines
Page 29
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
8.5 Site Clean-Up Goal Garbage will be removed and erosion controlled. The site will be cleaned up to an operation standard for the life of the terminal.
Company Measures The following measures are the responsibility of Enbridge.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Assess Erosion N/A 1. Assess the erosion hazard prior to the commencement of rough Hazard and final clean-up. This assessment by the Environmental Inspector is to take into consideration topography, degree of disturbance, soil erodibility, snow depth, access limitations, wildlife RAPs and likely schedule for rough clean-up, final clean-up and seeding. Seeding N/A 2. Review and retain seed Certificates of Analysis for the seed mix and each lot of seed to be sown, if any seeding is required. Seed Certificates N/A 3. Present the seed Certificates of Analysis to the land authority or Agricultural Fieldman upon request. Contractor Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Scheduling 4.9.1 [2] 1. Complete clean-up of disturbed areas immediately following completion of construction activities. Weed Control 6.17 [18] 2. Maintain weed control during clean-up and reclamation activities. Debris 6.16 3. Collect and dispose of all construction-related garbage, debris, wastes and hazardous material from the construction site in designated containers or at approved facilities. Recontouring 4.9.1 4. Recontour disturbed portions of the transfer line right-of-way and restore the pre-construction grades and drainage channels. 5. Restore the pre-construction contours of wetlands during non-frozen conditions. Regrading 4.9.1 [19] 6. Regrade areas with vehicle ruts or erosion gullies. 7. Replace any remaining grade material that was not replaced during backfilling or rough clean-up activities. Debris 4.9.1 [7] 8. Collect and dispose of all construction-related garbage (including staking and flagging), debris, waste and hazardous material from the construction site in designated containers or at approved facilities. Fencing N/A 9. Replace fencing around the perimeter of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) if disturbed during construction or install new fencing if warranted.
Page 30
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Subsoil 4.9.1 [9] 10. Rip compacted subsoils, temporary access trails and soils Compaction damaged during wet weather to a depth of 30 cm prior to topsoil replacement. If soils are moist, postpone ripping until soils dry to ensure that the soils fracture when ripped. 11. Employ a subsoiler plow (e.g., Paratiller) along segments of the transfer line right-of-way where topsoil salvage did not occur and subsoil compaction is severe. Subsoil 4.9.1 [11] 12. Disc, till or cultivate ripped subsoils to break up lumps and to Preparation smooth the surface. Limit discing to that necessary to break-up lumps in order to prevent further compaction of the subsoils. Excess Spoil 4.9.1 [12] 13. Feather-out excess spoil over the portion of the construction right-of-way where topsoil salvage occurred to reduce the creation of a permanent mound. Ensure that excess spoil is not feathered-out over the salvaged area to an extent that may cause excessive subsidence. Topsoil 4.9.1 [17] 14. Replace topsoil as evenly as possible over disturbed areas Replacement where topsoil salvage was conducted. 15. Postpone replacing topsoil during wet weather or high winds to prevent damaging soil structure or erosion of topsoil. Surface Gravels N/A 16. Replace salvaged surface gravels immediately following backfilling. 17. Place gravel over subsoil on disturbed areas within the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) which will not be reclaimed. Seeding 4.9.3 18. Use only weed free, Certified No. 1 seed from a local source and retain the Certificates of Analysis for future documentation. 19. Seed the topsoil storage berms as soon as practical with an appropriate seed mix to prevent wind or water erosion of topsoil during operations. 20. Use Seed Mix A to reseed non-gravelled, disturbed, upland areas within the Edmonton terminal (North and South) (i.e., excluding wet or saline areas). This mix should also be used to seed topsoil storage berms. SEED MIX A % by Species Weight meadow brome 60% slender wheatgrass 20% creeping red fescue 20%
Broadcast at 16-18 kg/ha Drill at 12-14 kg/ha
Page 31
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Seeding (cont’d) 4.9.3 21. Use Seed Mix A to reseed the edges of disturbed wetlands in combination with the following cover crop. Cover Crop Annual or biannual grass cereal species (e.g., fall rye, oats, barley) Broadcast seed at 30-45 kg/ha 22. Use Seed Mix B to reseed wet or saline non-gravelled disturbed areas. SEED MIX B % by Species Weight slender/awned wheatgrass 25% June grass 20% slough grass 15% tufted hair grass 15% fowl bluegrass 15% Nuttall’s alkali grass 10%
Broadcast at 12-14 kg/ha Drill at 10-12 kg/ha 23. Incorporate a cover crop (see above), seeded separately, where erosion potential is high. 24. Do not seed wetlands. Allow wetlands to naturally regenerate. Erosion Control 6.14 [10] 25. Contour the site to promote drainage away from any newly constructed surface facilities. All surface drainage will be controlled on-site. 26. Place erosion control matting, wood chips, wood mulch, tackifier or straw bales on exposed sites that will be difficult to stabilize as advised by the Environmental Inspector. Ensure that adequate anchoring of the erosion control matting is in place. 27. Apply a tackifier on disturbed soils at a rate recommended by the supplier where wind erosion may be problematic. Ditch Ramps 4.9.2 [16] 28. Remove any remaining bar ditch ramps, then fertilize and seed accordingly. Light Intrusion N/A 29. Reduce light intrusion on areas adjacent to the Project Footprint by reducing the number of lights and light intensity as much as practical without compromising safety.
Page 32
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
9.0 HYDROSTATIC TESTING Hydrostatic testing will be required for the transfer line piping. Existing fire water ponds located at both sections of the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) will be the source of the water for hydrostatic tests. The ponds will also be used as the release locations after the tests have been completed. Hydrostatic testing will be conducted in accordance with Enbridge procedures, NEB regulations and, where applicable, provincial requirements and municipal agreements. Water quality will be tested before and after the hydrostatic tests have occurred. Goal To withdraw and release hydrostatic test water in accordance with applicable regulations and to control erosion and prevent the contamination of surface waters during dewatering activities. Company Measures The following measures are the responsibility of Enbridge.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Approvals/ 3.1.7 [16] 1. Obtain all applicable required permits/approvals as listed in Permits Table 1 as appropriate for the method used to withdraw and release hydrostatic test water. Follow conditions outlined in the regulatory documents. 2. Obtain approval of the Enbridge Environment Lead for planned test water discharge location(s). Notifications 4.8 3. Follow the requirements of the Enbridge Hydrostatic Test Notification Procedure and complete the Enbridge Hydrostatic Testing Environmental Screening Form within the timelines defined in the procedure (Appendix J). Contractor Measures The following measures are to be implemented by the Contractor.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Approvals/ 3.1.7 [16], 1. Implement conditions within all applicable required permits/ Permits 4.8 [4] approvals/agreements as listed in Table 1 as appropriate for the method used to use hydrostatic test water. Follow conditions outlined in the regulatory or internal documents. N/A 2. Conduct all hydrostatic testing activities in accordance with the National Energy Board Onshore Pipeline Regulations (NEB 2013b), provincial regulations, as well as the latest version of Canadian Standards Association Z662-11. 3. Follow all applicable Alberta COP conditions. Ensure that water withdrawal rates and volumes do not exceed those specified in the COP. Two COPs apply: • Code of Practice for the Temporary Diversion of Water for Hydrostatic Testing of Pipelines; and • Code of Practice for the Release of Hydrostatic Test Water from Hydrostatic Testing of Petroleum Liquid and Gas Pipelines. 4. Ensure 4-5 weeks of advance notice is given to the Enbridge Environment Lead in order to organize collection of water samples from the stormwater pond prior to and following hydrostatic testing.
Page 33
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures Notifications 4.8 [4] 5. All relevant documentation, including copies of permits/ notifications must be kept on-site during the hydrostatic test. 6. Notify the Enbridge Environment Lead immediately of any schedule delays of hydrostatic testing or of any leaks, releases or other issues encountered during hydrostatic testing. Equipment and 4.8 [5] 7. Ensure that enough workers and equipment are available Workers on-site to repair any rupture, leak or erosion problem that arises during testing. Safety N/A 8. Follow all safety precautions and regulations required for hydrostatic testing. Water Trucks 4.8 [6] 9. Ensure that water trucks are clean to the satisfaction of the Environmental Inspector, if used to transport water to the fill site for hydrostatic testing. Dewatering - 4.8 [18] 10. Prior to discharge of hydrostatic test water, ensure that the General appropriate testing and treatment measures for the discharge location are implemented in accordance with provincial/ municipal regulations and agreements made with the community of Edmonton. 4.8 11. Regardless of the discharge location, monitor the discharge area to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory guidelines. 12. Maintain low velocities, dissipate water energy and utilize protective riprap, sheeting, tarpaulins or equivalent to prevent washouts, flooding or erosion during dewatering or circulating (if heated water is used). The rate of discharge must be reduced if these measures are ineffective Dewatering - 4.8 13. Ensure that the appropriate testing and treatment measures Transfer Lines are implemented in accordance with the COP if test water is released into a natural waterbody. If hydrostatic test water is to be discharged onto land, obtain soil chemistry analysis, as required by the COP, prior to discharging. 14. Obtain approval of the Environmental Inspector for planned test water discharge locations. 15. Discharge the water at an acceptable location on-site in a manner that does not cause erosion or allow unfiltered or silted water to directly re-enter a waterbody. 16. Dewater into a bar ditch, if feasible, or onto non-arable land. Dewatering onto cultivated lands or directly back into a watercourse or waterbody must be done in accordance to all requirements within the Code of Practice for the Release of Hydrostatic Test Water from Hydrostatic Testing of Petroleum Liquid and Gas Pipelines. Spills 6.12 [5] 17. Place equipment within suitable secondary containment to prevent spills onto soils. 6.12 [13] 18. Implement Enbridge’s Emergency Response Plan in the event of spill or leak or leak associated with hydrostatic testing.
Page 34
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
10.0 REFERENCES 10.1 Literature Cited Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development. 2013. Crop Protection 2013. Website: http://www1.agric.gov.ab.ca/$department/deptdocs.nsf/all/agdex32. Accessed: July 2013.
Alberta Conservation Information Management System. 2014. ACIMS Data File Download – Non Sensitive Element Occurrences and Sensitive Element Occurrences. May 2014. Government of Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation. Edmonton, AB. Website: http://www.albertaparks.ca/acims-data#. Accessed: August 2014.
Alberta Culture. 2014. Listing of Historic Resources. Last Update March 3, 2014. Website: http://www.culture.alberta.ca/heritage/resourcemanagement/landuseplanning/default.aspx. Accessed: August 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2012. Fisheries and Wildlife Management Information System Records. Received from AESRD Edmonton (Delaney Anderson) Office, July 11, 2012.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2013. Fisheries and Wildlife Management Information System. Website: https://maps.srd.alberta.ca/FWIMT_Pub/default.aspx?Viewer=FWIMT_Pub. Accessed: May 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2014a. Wildlife Sensitivity Data Sets (digital files). Edmonton, AB. Available: http://esrd.alberta.ca/forms-maps-services/maps/wildlife- sensitivity-maps/default.aspx. Acquired: April 2013-March 2014. Last Update Check: September 15, 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2014b. FWMIS – Fish and Wildlife Internet Mapping Tool. Website: https://maps.srd.alberta.ca/FWIMT_Pub/default.aspx?Viewer=FWIMT_Pub. Accessed: October 2014.
Alberta Environment and Sustainable Resource Development. 2014c. North Saskatchewan River Basin River Flows and Levels. Website: http://www.environment.alberta.ca/apps/basins/Map.aspx?Basin=4&DataType=1. Accessed: September 2014.
Bureau of the Convention on Wetlands. 2014. The Ramsar List: The List of Wetlands of International Importance. Website: http://www.ramsar.org/pdf/sitelist.pdf. Accessed: August 2014.
Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada. 2014a. Database of wildlife species assessed by COSEWIC. Website: http://www.cosewic.gc.ca/eng/sct1/searchform_e.cfm. Accessed: September 2014.
Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada. 2014b. Canadian Species at Risk. Website: http://www.cosewic.gc.ca/eng/sct5/index_e.cfm. Accessed: October 2014.
Ducks Unlimited Canada. 2014. International Conservation Plan Canadian Conservation Priority Regions. Website: http://www.ducks.ca/what-we-do/where-work/. Accessed: August 2014.
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. 2010. Vegetation Management Guide. Enbridge Liquids Pipelines Canada. Enbridge Pipelines Inc.
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. 2012a. Environmental Guidelines for Construction. June 2012 Edition. Includes Amendments to April 2013. Prepared by Enbridge Liquid Pipelines and Major Projects in Cooperation with TERA Environmental Consultants.
Page 35
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. 2012b. Waste Management Plan. June 2012 Edition.
Environment Canada. 2012. Species at Risk Public Registry. Website: http://www.sararegistry.gc.ca/default_e.cfm. Accessed: May 2014.
Environment Canada 2013. Map of Environment Canada’s Protected Areas in Alberta. Website: http://ec.gc.ca/ap-pa/default.asp?lang=En&n=E6CF894E-1. Accessed: April 2014.
Environment Canada. 2014. Species at Risk Public Registry. Website: http://www.sararegistry.gc.ca/species/default_e.cfm. Accessed: October 2014.
National Energy Board. 2013a. Remediation Process Guide. Website: http://www.neb-one.gc.ca/clf-nsi/rsftyndthnvrnmnt/nvrnmnt/rmdtnprcssgd/rmdtnprcssgd-eng.html. Accessed: May 2014.
National Energy Board. 2013b. Onshore Pipeline Regulations, 2013. Calgary, AB.
Strelkov, S.E., V.P. Manolii, D.C. Rennie, E.V. Manolii, H. Fu, I.S. Strelkov, S.F. Hwang, R.J. Howard and M.W. Harding. 2012. The Occurrence of Clubroot on Canola in Alberta in 2012. University of Alberta. Edmonton, AB. 3pp.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2010. Wildlife Survey Results for the Proposed Enbridge Pipelines Inc. 2012 Edmonton Terminal Expansion Project – Phase II. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2013a. Wildlife Report for the Proposed Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2013b. Wetland Evaluation for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton Terminal (South) Expansion Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2013c. Supplemental Wetland Evaluation for the Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Line 2 Replacement Project. Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Edmonton, AB.
TERA, a CH2M Hill Company. 2014. Environmental and Socio-economic Assessment for the Proposed North South Connection Project (In preparation). Prepared for Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Calgary, AB.
Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network. 2012. Sites in the Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserve Network. Website: http://www.whsrn.org/sites/map-sites/sites-western-hemisphere- shorebird-reserve-network. Accessed: May 2014.
10.2 GIS Data and Mapping References This subsection includes references cited on the figures accompanying this report.
Alberta Infrastructure. 2014. Edmonton Transportation Utility Corridor (digital file). Edmonton, AB. Received via email, visit: http://www.infrastructure.alberta.ca/989.htm. Acquired: May 2014. Last Update Check: May 29, 2014.
Alberta Tourism, Parks and Recreation. 2012. Protected Areas (pashape_ocsites_10tm) (digital file). Edmonton, AB. Available: http://albertaparks.ca/albertaparksca/library/downloadable-data- sets.aspx. Acquired: February 2013. Last Update Check: May 13, 2014.
AltaLIS. 2009. Alberta Township System version 4.1 (digital file). Calgary, AB. Available: http://www.altalis.com. Acquired: October 2009. Last Update Check: June 5, 2014.
AltaLIS. 2014. Alberta Municipal Boundaries (digital file). Calgary, AB. Available: http://www.altalis.com. Acquired: June 2014. Last Update Check: July 2, 2014.
Page 36
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
BlackBridge Geomatics. 2013. SPOT6 1.5m Colour Satellite Imagery (digital file). Lethbridge, AB. Available: www.blackbridge.com. Acquired: May 2014.
Government of Canada. 2014. Aboriginal Lands, Canada (digital file). Edmonton, AB. Available: http://www.geobase.ca. Acquired: July 2014. Last Update Check: July 10, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2004a. IHS Hydro Line Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: June 2011. Last Update Check: April 21, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2004b. IHS Hydro Region Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: June 2011. Last Update Check: April 21, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2013c. IHS First Nations (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: October 2013. Last Update Check: April 21, 2014.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014a. IHS Road Segments (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.com for more info. Acquired: June 23, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014b. IHS Enhanced Pipeline Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.comfor more info. Acquired: June 23, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Information Handling Services Inc. 2014c. IHS Facility Data (digital file). Calgary, AB. Received: via DVD, visit http://www.ihs.com for more info. Acquired: May 15, 2014. Update Interval: Monthly.
Natural Resources Canada. 2007-2011. National Hydro Network (digital files). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://www.geobase.ca/geobase/en/data/nhn/index.html. Acquired: April 2012. Last Update Check: May 2012.
Natural Resources Canada. 2012a. CanVec -Transportation - 1020009 Railway (digital file). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://geogratis.cgdi.gc.ca/geogratis/en/download/topographic.html. Acquired: June 2012. Last Update Check: November 2012.
Natural Resources Canada. 2012b. CanVec - Energy - 1120009 Power Transmission Line (digital file). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://geogratis.cgdi.gc.ca/geogratis/en/download/topographic.html. Acquired: June 2012. Last Update Check: November 2012.
Natural Resources Canada. 2013. National Road Network – Alberta (digital file). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://www.geobase.ca/geobase/en/data/nrn/index.html. Acquired: June 2013. Last Update Check: June 13, 2014.
TERA Environmental Consultants. 2008. Hillshade. Derived from Natural Resources Canada, Earth Sciences Sector, Centre for Topographic Information. 2000-2008. Canadian Digital Elevation Data 250k (digital files). Sherbrooke, QC. Available: http://www.geobase.ca/geobase/en/data/cded/index.html. Acquired: 2008. Last Update Check: December 2010.
Page 37
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX A
EMERGENCY CONTACTS
Contact Location Phone Number Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) Edmonton 911 Ambulance Edmonton 911 Hospital Edmonton 911 Fire Edmonton 911 NEB Calgary (403) 807-9473 Enbridge Environment Lead, Edmonton (780) 420-8476 (office) Erin Sanford (780) 264-7013 (cell) Enbridge Environment Supervisor, Edmonton 780-969-6207 (office) Dan O’Neill 780-264-1305 (cell) Enbridge Construction Manager, Rick Edmonton 780-508-8958 Mombourquette Enbridge Safety Coordinator, Dave Wynnychuck Edmonton 587-337-6098 Transportation Safety Board of Canada (Pipeline (819) 997-7887 Incident) (24 Hour Emergency Line) Environment Canada Environmental Emergency Environment Canada, National Office (403) 468-8020 Center Spill Report Centre Alberta 1-800-222-6514 (24 Hour Emergency Line) Forest Fire Alberta 310-FIRE (3473) STARS Air Ambulance Alberta (403) 295-1811
Page A-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX B
PROJECT CONTACTS
Erin Sanford (Enbridge Environment Lead) Senior Environmental Analyst Enbridge Pipelines Inc. 10130 – 103 Street N.W. Edmonton, Alberta T5J 3S4 Phone: (780) 420-8476 Cell: (780) 264-7013 Email: [email protected]
Steven Bunney (Environmental Consultant) Environmental Planner TERA, a CH2M HILL Company Suite 1100, 815 - 8 Avenue S.W. Calgary, Alberta T2P 3P2 Phone: (403) 265-2665 ext. 8142 Cell: (403) 852-0686 Email: [email protected]
Page B-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX C
FUELS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CONTINGENCY PLAN
Initial Response 1. In the event of a spill of hazardous material, the first person on the scene will follow the actions presented in the Spill Scene Checklist. 2. When notified of a spill, the Enbridge Representative will immediately ensure: • initiation of Enbridge’s Emergency Response Plan; • action is taken to control danger to human life including the appointment of an On-site Safety Supervisor; • the Enbridge Waste Management Plan (Enbridge 2012b) is implemented such that necessary equipment is mobilized and measures are being implemented to control and contain the spill. The Contractor will be required to make all resources available to contain and clean up a spill; and • the landowner, the municipality, AER, the Project Engineer or the Enbridge Environment Lead and, if required, the RCMP are notified of the spill, if warranted. General Spill Containment Procedures The successful containment of a spill on land or water depends on a variety of factors including: ground cover and topography; hydrogeology; solubility of the material; viscosity of the liquid; water currents; soil permeability; and climatic conditions. The procedures to be followed will be consistent with those described in the Enbridge Waste Management Plan (Enbridge 2012b).
The following general guidelines will be followed for containment of most hazardous materials.
1. Assess the safety hazards of the situation. 2. Remove sources of ignition, if safe to do so. 3. Identify the product, stop source and physically contain spill as soon as safe to do so. 4. Avoid use of water or fire extinguishing chemicals on non-petroleum product spills unless it is necessary to control a fire or prevent an explosion, since many chemicals react violently with water and chemical extinguishing agents may release toxic fumes. In addition, chemicals may be soluble in water and dispersal makes containment and clean up more difficult. 5. Avoid or reduce traffic on contaminated soils. 6. Use natural depressions or berms constructed with materials and equipment in proximity to the site to physically contain a spill on land. Deployment of booms will be necessary on water. 7. Clean-up will not be attempted without advice from the Enbridge Environment Lead.
General clean-up guidelines for specific accidents are outlined below; details of procedures are contained within the Enbridge Waste Management Plan (Enbridge 2012b). However, the first person on the scene will follow the actions listed in the Spill Scene Checklist.
Transportation by Truck At a minimum, the following general guidelines will be followed for containment and clean-up of most hazardous materials if spilled from a fuel truck.
1. Contain spilled petroleum product. 2. Pump tanker dry (into appropriate containers or another tanker). 3. Remove tanker from site. 4. Recover spilled product.
Page C-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
5. Clean up contaminated area. 6. Dispose of sorbent pads, heavily contaminated soil and vegetation at an approved facility. On lightly contaminated soil areas where remediation is feasible, add amendments, repeat as required, sample soil and seed as appropriate. Repeat as required. Spills Adjacent to or into a Waterbody At a minimum, the following general guidelines will be adhered to for containment and clean-up of most hazardous materials if spilled adjacent to, or into, a waterbody.
1. Construct berm and/or trenches to contain spilled product prior to entry into a waterbody. 2. Deploy booms, skimmers, sorbents, etc., if feasible, to contain and recover spilled material from waterbody. 3. Recover spilled product. 4. Clean up contaminated area including downstream shorelines. 5. Dispose of heavily contaminated soil and vegetation at an approved facility. On lightly contaminated soil areas where in situ restoration is feasible, fertilize and then cultivate beyond depth of contamination. Repeat as required. Spot Spills Since impacts from small spot spills can generally be minimized if appropriate actions are implemented, all small spills of fuels or noxious materials must be reported immediately to the Enbridge Representative.
At a minimum, the following general guidelines will be followed while cleaning up spot spills of fuel or other hazardous materials.
1. Suspend construction activity in the immediate vicinity of the spot spill until permission to resume activity has been granted by the Enbridge Representative. 2. The Enbridge Representative, in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Lead, will determine appropriate methods to remove or restore contaminated soils. Soil and vegetation heavily contaminated with petroleum products will be disposed of at an approved facility. 3. Locations where spot spills occur are to be flagged or otherwise marked to ensure that post-construction monitoring of the site can be conducted. 4. Lightly contaminated soil areas where restoration is feasible will be fertilized and then cultivated below the depth of contamination, then repeated as required. Spills Under Ice 1. Implement measures from Enbridge’s OMM Book 7: Emergency Response in the event of a spill under ice, currently on file with the NEB.
Page C-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
SPILL SCENE CHECKLIST
Note: The following activities should be taken by the person first on the scene of a hazardous material spill or release.
(a) If possible without further assistance, assess the safety hazards of the situation, control danger to human life and identify the composition (see Spill Report Form - next page) of the spilled material. ______
(b) If feasible and safe to do so, remove any sources of ignition, cut off the source of the spill and initiate a release response plan (i.e., control, contain and clean-up). While efforts have been initiated to contain the spill, immediately notify the Construction Manager Enbridge Representative. If the Construction Manager cannot be immediately contacted, notify the Enbridge Environment Lead. These people will, in turn, contact the landowner, the NEB or Transportation Safety Board, and if required, the RCMP (Appendix A of the EPP). The Spills Action Centre will notify all other government agencies. ______
(c) Once the source has been cut off, attempt to contain the spilled area. ______
(d) Before any reports are filed, take notice of dangers to the environment (e.g., proximity of watercourses) and clean-up actions that might be necessary. ______
(e) If any of the above are beyond the capabilities at hand, do not hesitate to ask for qualified assistance. ______
Page C-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
SPILL REPORT FORM
Type of Material Spilled:
Gasoline
Diesel
Lubricating Oil
Hydraulic Fluid
Vehicle Antifreeze
Developing Fluids
Other (specify):
Date and Time of Spill or Discovery:
Source of Spill:
Area of Spill (m2):
Depth of Spill (cm):
Volume of Spill (L):
Estimated Release Rate:
Duration of Release:
Location (land, water, land and water):
Soil Type (e.g., sandy, clay, etc.):
Legal Location: LSD Sec Twp Rg W M KP:
Land Use:
Environmentally sensitive areas potentially affected:
Weather conditions at time of discovery:
Procedures taken to minimize, control or stop the release:
Remediation plan and schedule of implementation, if required:
Current status of the remediation program:
(dd/mm/yy) (hr:min):
Form Completed by: Name: (printed) (signed)
Page C-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
ENVIRONMENT INCIDENT REPORTING FORM
Report Type:
Environmental Review Report Corrective Action Request
Non-compliance Report Incident Investigation Report
Incident Classification (if applicable):
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Other:
Non-Reportable Spill Reportable Spill
AFE or Contract Mainline Facilities Number:
Project Name:
Environment
Inspector: Contractor Name (if
applicable):
Incident Location: Date/Time of Incident:
Date Reported: Time Reported:
Regulatory Agency:
Notification/Ref #:
Legislation/Permit:
Page C-5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Description of Findings:
Page C-6
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Photos
Photo 1
Photo 2
Page C-7
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Photo 3
Photo 4
Page C-8
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Immediate/ Direct Cause:
Basic/Root Cause:
Page C-9
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Immediate Mitigation Measures
What Who When
Corrective Actions
What Who When
Name – Environmental Role Signature Date
Name – Environmental Role Signature Date
Name – Environmental Role Signature Date
Page C-10
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Figure C-1 Environmental Incident Response Notification Flow Chart
Page C-11
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX D
WASTE MANAGEMENT ADDITIONAL MEASURES
A variety of hazardous and non-hazardous waste materials might be generated during construction. These materials will also require special handling and disposal methods. Refer to Section 6.16 of the EGC to manage waste at the facility site. By-products from a project might include:
• fugitive dust and smoke;
• sanitary sewage;
• hydrostatic water;
• used oil/contaminated liquids;
• sediment-laden water;
• domestic solid waste;
• contaminated soil;
• construction wastes (wood, scrap metal, etc.); and
• hazardous (batteries, container residue).
Waste treatment and disposal options generally applicable to a project are:
• regional landfill for approved solid waste;
• recycling/redemption/composting facilities;
• construction disposal/recovery sites;
• scrap metal dealers;
• return to suppliers;
• approved used oil treatment centres;
• licensed hazardous waste disposal centres; and
• approved contaminated soils and water (hydrocarbon) treatment sites.
The Contractor will provide a list of all facilities for the disposal of wastes to be approved by Enbridge.
Objectives The objectives of these mitigation measures are to:
• reduce the potential of an accidental release of contaminating products being generated or used during construction;
• comply with applicable provincial and federal regulations, as well as all relevant local municipal officials; and
• employ environmentally and economically responsible construction practices at all times and in accordance with applicable industry standards.
Page D-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
These measures apply to all Enbridge employees, Contractors and subcontractors handling or transporting materials during construction of the Project at the facility site, as well as at staging areas, construction yards, storage areas and public or private roadways, if applicable.
All Project personnel will abide by federal, provincial, municipal, and Enbridge requirements for the storage, handling, manifesting, transporting, disposal, and spill reporting of products and waste materials that are potentially hazardous to the environment.
Awareness of these requirements will be integrated as appropriate into various levels of an environmental orientation program.
Enbridge’s Contractors and subcontractors are responsible for ensuring compliance with all permits, applicable codes, regulations and industrial standards for waste management. The Environmental Inspector(s) or other authorized personnel will ensure waste management policies and procedures used to handle and dispose of all wastes associated with construction are followed. In the event of a spill, the implement the Fuels and Hazardous Materials Contingency Plan (see Appendix C).
Specific Measures Refer to Section 6.12 of the EGC (Spill Prevention and Management) and the following mitigation measures.
1. Take all reasonable preventative measures to avoid the release of wastes or hazardous materials into the environment. 2. Report all waste and hazardous material spills to the Environmental Inspector(s) and Construction Manager. The Environmental Inspector will report the spill to the Environment Canada 24 hour call in number and to the applicable provincial agency in accordance with applicable regulations. 3. Thoroughly clean up all waste and hazardous material spills as soon as possible. 4. Where a choice of products exists to perform the same function, select the least hazardous product for the application. 5. Wastes will be recycled wherever reasonable to do so. 6. Dispose of or move hazardous and waste materials to a secure staging area as required, to the extent practical.
Description and Effects of Wastes and Hazardous Materials Waste and hazardous materials have been divided into three categories for discussion of storage, handling, and disposal procedures.
Solid Non-Hazardous Wastes Solid, non-hazardous wastes are garbage and debris generated by human activity during construction. Although non-toxic in nature and unlikely to result in any harmful effects, these materials are generally considered a nuisance and can be further divided into domestic, building and industrial wastes. Domestic wastes include garbage such as food and consumable product wrappings; building and industrial wastes include quantities of spent welding rods, grinder pads, wood, wire, survey stakes and flagging tape, used geo-textile and polyethylene.
Industrial Wastes Industrial wastes are wastes and products generated during pipeline construction, including:
• pipe coating materials;
• used lube filters;
• spent grease cartridges;
Page D-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
• containers and cans (oil and antifreeze);
• drilling mud (depending on additives); and
• contaminated soil, vegetation or absorbents which might contain hydraulic fluid, gasoline, diesel fuel or lube oil.
Liquid Products and Wastes Liquid wastes pose the greatest threat to the environment due to their ability to flow and to seep into porous material if not properly contained. Some liquid wastes such as lubricating oil, methanol and antifreeze contain components that are toxic to plants and animals. In addition, many of these materials are readily flammable or explosive. Antifreeze (ethylene glycol) is toxic and has a sweet smell that might attract wildlife. Should these products enter the environment, localized contamination would require either removal of contaminated soil and vegetation or in situ remediation. Materials that are likely to be found on the construction sites include: fuels (e.g., gasoline, diesel and propane); lubricants (e.g., engine oil, transmission or drive train oil, hydraulic oil, gear oil and lubricating grease), coolants (e.g., ethylene glycol and propylene glycol); methanol; sewage; paints; solvents; and film processing chemicals.
Handling, Storage, Use and Disposal All Contractors, subcontractors and employees of Enbridge will be required to comply with applicable regulations for the containment, handling, manifesting, and disposal of wastes and potentially hazardous materials.
Specific Measures 1. The Contractor will provide Enbridge with a list of potential wastes that could be generated as a result of construction activity and the appropriate classification of the waste facility proposed for disposal of construction wastes. The Contractor must obtain approval for its plan from Enbridge prior to the start of construction. 2. The Contractor shall register with the Government of Alberta department with respect to hazardous materials (to obtain a hazardous waste generator number or equivalent) and shall, at that time, provide detailed manifest information regarding the location of the staging areas, the types of waste that will be produced and the transport vehicle that will be collecting the waste for disposal. If for any reason, Enbridge’s generator number will be used by the prime Contractor, Enbridge will require copies of all waste documents for internal records. This should only be done with prior approval from the Construction Manager. 3. Personnel who will be handling potentially hazardous materials will possess valid Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) certification. 4. All hazardous materials stored on the Project site will be labeled according to WHMIS regulations. 5. Waste materials from the construction of the Project will be contained, manifested, transported and disposed in accordance with all relevant provincial and federal regulations. 6. As per the 2012 Enbridge Contractor Safety Manual, Contractor vehicles transporting more than 200 L of fuel or liquid hazardous materials to unmanned pipeline locations and/or worksites shall be equipped with: • a shovel; • 30 m2 (36 sq yd) of 6-ml polyethylene sheeting; and • 25 kg (55 lb) of absorbent pads. 7. Before the initiation of construction activities, the Contractor will ensure all spill response equipment and materials are readily available. 8. Construction staging areas will be selected and designated to: • avoid water bodies and runoff channels, sensitive vegetation, highly permeable soils, steep slopes and water supply wells;
Page D-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
• prevent vehicle incidents by providing unobstructed access for delivery vehicles and emergency vehicles; • provide safe storage areas, including secondary containment, for all liquid hazardous materials and wastes; and • provide unobstructed access to and egress from emergency response materials and equipment. 9. Wastes and bulk products will be stored in designated areas, except for quantities generated or required for daily construction activities. 10. Bulk fuel, oil or hazardous materials required to be stored on-site will not be located within 100 m of a waterbody. 11. Stationary fuel tanks will be within containment berms constructed to a capacity of 110% of the fuel stored and within double-walled tanks. Any rainwater that accumulates in the containment structure might be removed if authorized by the Environmental Inspector. If there is visible hydrocarbon sheen, the water will be sampled by the Contractor and appropriate disposal will be determined based on the analytical results. 12. If portable fuel tanks are used, the tanks should be double walled with secondary containment to catch small drips. This includes tidy tanks in trucks. The Contractor will visually inspect above ground tanks on a regular basis, as well as when the tank is refilled. Inspection records will be maintained for each tank. Should a leak be detected, remedial action will be immediately taken. 13. Stationary storage tanks will be double walled and located within containment berms constructed to a capacity capable of fully containing the maximum tank volume in the event of a release. Any rainwater that accumulates in the containment structure might be removed if authorized by the Environmental Inspector. If there is visible hydrocarbon sheen, the water will be collected for disposal at an approved facility. Follow procedures in the Refueling Tanks, Equipment and Containers OMM Book 8: Environment on file with the NEB. 14. The Contractor will visually inspect above ground tanks on a regular basis, as well as when the tank is refilled. Inspection records will be maintained for each tank. All above ground storage tanks containing fuel must be physically protected against collision (using posts, guard rails, etc.). Should a leak be detected, remedial action will be immediately taken and should be reported to the Environmental Inspector. 15. Aboveground storage tanks will be protected from collisions from vehicles using posts, guard rails or other equivalent method. 16. Contaminated soil resulting from construction activities and equipment will be disposed of at a Class I approved facility. The Contractor will provide Enbridge a waste manifest and a list of facilities for approval. 17. Hazardous materials will be appropriately labeled in accordance with the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act and WHMIS regulations for worker protection during handling and incident response. Materials Safety Data Sheets will be available for each product stored at a particular construction yard or staging area. 18. Hazardous waste and material storage areas will be clearly identified and secured. 19. Containers and tanks will be closed when not in use. Drain valves will be locked to prevent accidental or unauthorized releases. 20. Procedures for safe loading and unloading of bulk products will be as follows: • service vehicles must be equipped with automatic shut-off valves; • the vehicle will be grounded if the product is flammable; • the operator will observe loading and unloading operations at all times; and • when completed, the operator will examine all outlets for leakage and take corrective action, if warranted.
Page D-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
21. Each construction crew will be equipped with adequate garbage receptacles for solid non-hazardous wastes and debris. These materials will be collected daily or as they are generated, and disposed of at a facility approved by Enbridge. The Contractor will provide verification to Enbridge that the waste was disposed at the approved facility. 22. Receptacles for industrial wastes generated during construction will be provided to keep them segregated from non-hazardous waste. Used oil and oil filters will be placed in sealed containers and delivered for disposal by a qualified service contractor. Copies of waste manifests will be provided to the Environmental Inspector(s). 23. Portable domestic sewage facilities and vacuum truck services will be provided at the work site, as needed.
Page D-5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX E
WILDLIFE ENCOUNTER CONTINGENCY PLAN
In the event of an encounter with wildlife during the construction phase, either at the construction site or on the commute to and from the construction site, follow the measures outlined below (EGC Section 6.19).
1. Report any incidents (e.g., aggressive behaviour, nuisance behaviour) with wildlife to the Construction Manager who will immediately notify the Enbridge Environment Lead who will then notify the applicable provincial agency (i.e., AER) and, if warranted, the Construction Manager will notify the local police detachment (see Appendices A and B of the EPP). 2. Report any trapped, injured, or dead animals on the site to the Construction Manager. The Environmental Lead will contact the applicable provincial agency to consult on appropriate action. 3. Report location and details of collisions with wildlife to the Construction Manager. The Environment Lead will notify the applicable provincial authorities and, if warranted, the Construction Manager will notify the local police detachment (see Appendices A and B of the EPP).
Page E-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX F
WILDLIFE SPECIES OF CONCERN DISCOVERY CONTINGENCY PLAN
The following procedures provide contingency measures for the discovery of wildlife species of concern prior to and during construction. Wildlife species of concern can include provincial or federally-listed species. Areas of native vegetation (e.g., treed lands, wetlands, riparian areas) often provide habitat for wildlife species of concern, but that does not preclude their occurrence elsewhere.
Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery During Construction In the event that wildlife species of concern or their site-specific habitat is discovered during construction, the discovery will be assessed and appropriate mitigation measures from the list above will be determined.
Wildlife species of concern and their habitat characteristics that could occur within the Project area will be identified in the environmental education program for the Environmental Inspector. The Environmental Inspector will be provided with detailed information on identifying wildlife species of concern and their site-specific habitat.
In the event that wildlife species of concern or their site-specific habitat are discovered during construction, follow the measures outlined below.
1. Suspend work immediately in the vicinity of any newly discovered wildlife species of concern. Work at that location may not resume until the measures below are undertaken. 2. Notify the Environmental Inspector who will notify the Construction Manager. 3. The Environmental Inspector will assess the discovery and either allow construction to be resumed or, in the event of a confirmed or potential discovery, proceed by notifying: • the Enbridge Environment Lead; • applicable government agencies (e.g., AESRD Fish and Wildlife Division, Environment Canada) as required (see Appendix B); and • a Wildlife Resource Specialist, if warranted. 4. The Wildlife Resource Specialist may deem it necessary to visit the site and will, regardless of whether a site visit is warranted, develop an appropriate mitigation plan in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Lead. The mitigative measures available include those listed above.
Page F-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX G
CONTAMINATED SOILS MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
Construction activities at the Edmonton Terminal (North and South) and adjacent land may involve excavating and handling contaminated soils. This procedure describes the steps to be taken if the presence of contaminated soil is suspected (EGC Section 6.4).
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Initial 1. Consider soils contaminated if hydrocarbon odours are present, Identification or if the soil is obviously blacker than the surrounding soil.
Initial Response 2. The Environmental Representative is to immediately assess the situation. If oil is visible and a fresh leak is suspected, shut-down or remove all equipment from the area.
3. After securing the site, the Environmental Representative or designate is to immediately notify the Enbridge Construction Manager and the Enbridge Environment Lead. The Construction Manager is to notify Edmonton Terminal Operations Staff.
4. The Enbridge Environment Lead will notify relevant federal and provincial regulatory authorities as required.
5. The Enbridge Construction Manager with Edmonton Terminal Operations Staff shall assess the site to determine if conditions are suitable to resume work. Project work to resume only if conditions are safe and the work will not interfere with any required remedial activities.
Soil Handling and 6. Place all contaminated soil within a secure containment area to Temporary ensure the contaminants are not spread through erosion or Storage leachate. Containment area capacity must allow for containment of stormwater due to precipitation. 7. Store soils suspected of contamination in a bermed and synthetically lined area designated by Edmonton Terminal Operations Staff. The synthetic liner must be impermeable and compatible with the soil contaminant. 8. Use a liner to prevent the underlying soil or surface water from being affected. Liner material can vary: • use light duty liner (i.e., 8 mm polyethylene) for one time short-term temporary storage (i.e., 5 days); and • use heavy duty liner (i.e., 20 mm or greater high density polyethylene) for medium term (i.e., less than 3 months) remediation projects where soils are actively stored and removed from the storage cell.
9. The liner must extend over the berm and be keyed into the berm on its outside wall. The berm must be a minimum of 15 cm.
10. Alternatively, temporary storage of contaminated solids can be stored in steel-fabricated solids-storage bins and will not require diking or secondary containment.
11. Locate contaminated soil storage piles a minimum of 100 m from any permanent waterbody.
Page G-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Soil Handling and 12. Locate contaminated soil storage piles in an area that does not Temporary have an excessive slope. Storage (cont’d) 13. Label and/or install signs at the stockpiles of contaminated soil so that the contents (subsoil or topsoil) and condition of each pile can be readily identified.
Erosion Control 14. Protect storage pile from erosion by installing silt fencing as necessary.
15. Use plastic tarps to cover the storage pile and anchor the tarp to protect against water runoff during precipitation events.
Soil Sampling 16. Either the Environment Lead or Edmonton Terminal Operations and Testing Staff will collect (or arrange to have collected) composite soil samples of each stockpile suspected of contamination.
17. The Construction Manager will identify a local licensed landfill that would be able to receive soils if confirmed as contaminated based on lab analysis.
18. Samples will be analyzed on a rush priority basis for the following minimum parameters: BTEX, F1 to F4 hydrocarbons, flashpoint, and Toxicity characteristic leaching procedure. Samples will also be collected and/or analyzed for any additional parameters as identified by the landfill operator.
Disposal 19. Contaminated sites will be assessed, remediation designed and disposal sites identified in accordance with documents from the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment (CCME) and the NEB Remediation Process Guide (NEB 2013a) as applicable.
20. Soil that does not meet the NEB remediation guidelines will be disposed of at a licensed landfill.
21. The disposal of historical contamination will be the responsibility of LP Operations once they are notified and the material has been characterized for disposal. Alternatively, Enbridge Major Projects will dispose of the contaminated material and notify LP Operations.
22. Soil that meets acceptable criteria will be backfilled.
Page G-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Documentation 23. The Environmental Representative or designate will prepare a contaminated soil notification report (see attached) containing the following information and forward it to the Enbridge Environment Lead: • location; • date when the contaminated soil was encountered; • activity (stripping, grading, trenching, etc.) that encountered the soil and approximate depth of the contaminated material from the soil surface; • approximate volume of contaminated material; • land use; • distance to nearest residence; • distance to nearest waterbody or other environmentally sensitive lands; • analytical results for the soil (attached to the report); • date and location of the ultimate disposition of the soil including who transported the material if taken off site; and • name and contact number of the disposal facility. 24. Distribute a summary of the contaminated soil notification report to the appropriate Enbridge personnel as directed by the Enbridge Environment Lead.
Page G-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Contaminated Soil Notification Report
Project: Project Manager:
Location: MP: KP:
Date Encountered:
Soil Type: gravel sand silt clay other:______
Land Use:
Distance to Nearest Residence: Distance to Nearest Waterbody, Wetland, or other Environmentally Sensitive Lands:
Estimated Volume of Soil (include dimensions): Activity Preformed: stripping trenching grading other:______
Water Table in Contact with Contaminated Soil: yes no
Soil stockpile: Sample ID: Analytical results attached: yes no
Soil stockpile: Sample ID: Analytical results attached: yes no
Soil stockpile: Sample ID: Analytical results attached: yes no
Soil stockpile: Sample ID: Analytical results attached: yes no
Comments:
Disposal Date:
Disposal Option: Backfill
Disposal facility Non hazardous Hazardous
Other:______
Transport Company: N/A
Generator #: N/A
Disposal Site: N/A
Comments:
Form completed by:______Date:______
Page G-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX H
WEED AND CLUBROOT MANAGEMENT PLAN
The purpose of this Weed and Clubroot Management Plan is to provide guidelines to prevent the potential introduction and spread of legislated Prohibited Noxious, Noxious and Nuisance weeds as well as weed species of concern that could affect land productivity and use as well as to manage the spread of clubroot disease.
Legislation In accordance with the Alberta Weed Control Act, Within Alberta, all growing plants designated as Prohibited Noxious and their reproductive mechanisms must be destroyed or rendered non-viable. Plants designated as Noxious must be controlled (inhibit growth and spread) or destroyed. Legislated weeds in Alberta are outlined in Table H-1.
Clubroot was added as a declared pest to the Alberta Agricultural Pests Act and Pest and Nuisance Control Regulation in 2007. The Pest and Nuisance Control Regulation has provided the ability to enforce clubroot control measures in Alberta in order to limit the movement of clubroot infested items (i.e., soil, equipment).
Enbridge will consult the appropriate acts and regulations on a regular basis for updates to weed species rankings. In addition, Enbridge will contact local governments for new or revised legislation that affects clubroot and weed management in order to ensure the Project is in compliance with applicable regulations and legislation associated with pests and weed management.
Weed Identification Weed identification and monitoring will be conducted during all phases (pre-construction, construction and post-construction) of the Project. All environmental specialists or Enbridge employees assigned to weed monitoring will be trained in weed identification and familiar with legislated weed species listed within Alberta.
Clubroot Risk Identification Cultivated fields that are (or could be) planted with canola are at a higher risk than forested or perennial land uses (i.e., native prairie, hay and pasture land) for clubroot infestation. Field approaches, headlands and low wet areas have a higher potential to host clubroot disease, however, occurrences are not limited to these locations.
Based on the number of confirmed clubroot cases to date, Alberta is considered medium to high-risk for clubroot. Consultation with regulators and counties/municipal districts/rural municipalities provide the most up-to-date information on known occurrences and risk. Results of the University of Alberta 2013 clubroot surveys show that the total number of confirmed infestations has spread over 25 counties/municipalities, and the City of Edmonton. The 2013 survey shows a rapid spread of the disease to southern Alberta, with new outbreaks occurring in counties located northeast, east and southeast of Edmonton (Strelkov et al. 2013). The number of occurrences and rapid transmission of clubroot indicate that Alberta is a moderate to high risk of clubroot spread, notably in the central parts of the province.
Prevention Strategies Weed and clubroot prevention strategy measures are focused on preventing the introduction, establishment and spread of weeds and clubroot. Sanitation of vehicles, equipment and even footwear is a key component of the prevention strategy. The following describes the different levels of cleaning (Table H-2) that is recommended for the Project. The level of cleaning to be used will be identified prior to construction, based on the results of the consultation with regulators, counties/municipal districts/rural municipalities and landowner requests.
Page H-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE H-1
LEGISLATED WEEDS IN ALBERTA
Common Name Scientific Name NOXIOUS WEEDS black henbane Hyoscyamus niger blueweed Echium vulgare broad-leaved pepper-grass Lepidium latifolium common baby's-breath Gypsophila paniculata common mullein Verbascum thapsus common tansy Tanacetum vulgare creeping bellfower Campanula rapunculoides creeping thistle (Canada thistle) Cirsium arvense Dalmatian toadflax Linaria dalmatica dame's rocket Hesperis matronalis downy brome Bromus tectorum field bindweed Convolvulus arvensis field scabious Knautia arvensis globe-podded hoary cress Cardaria pubescens great burdock Arctium lappa heart-podded hoary cress Cardaria draba hound's-tongue Cynoglossum officinale Japanese brome Bromus japonicus leafy spurge Euphorbia esula lens-podded hoary cress Cardaria chalepense lesser burdock Arctium minus ox-eye daisy Chrysanthemum leucanthemum perennial sow-thistle Sonchus arvensis scentless chamomile Matricaria perforata tall buttercup Ranunculus acris white cockle Silene pratensis woolly burdock Arctium tomentosum yellow clematis Clematis tangutica yellow toadflax Linaria vulgaris PROHIBITED NOXIOUS WEEDS autumn olive Elaeagnus umbellata bighead knapweed Centaurea macrocephala black knapweed Centaurea nigra brown knapweed Centaurea jacea Chinese tamarisk Tamarix chinensis common barberry Berberis vulgaris common buckthorn Rhamnus catharticus common crupina Crupina vulgaris common St John’s-wort Hypericum perforatum diffuse knapweed Centaurea diffusa dyer’s woad Isatis tinctoria Eurasian water milfoil Myriophyllum spicatum flowering rush Butomus umbellatus garlic mustard Alliaria petiolata giant hogweed Heracleum mantegazzianum giant knotweed Fallopia sachalinensis Himalayan balsam Impatiens glandulifera hoary alyssum Berteroa incana hybrid Japanese knotweed Fallopia bohemica hybrid knapweed Centaurea x psammogena Japanese knotweed Fallopia japonica jointed goatgrass Aegilops cylindrica late-flowering eyebright (red bartsia) Odontites serotina
Page H-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
TABLE H-1 Cont'd
Common Name Scientific Name marsh thistle Cirsium palustre meadow hawkweed Hieracium caespitosum meadow knapweed Centaurea x moncktonii medusahead Taeniatherum caput-medusae mouse-ear hawkweed Hieracium pilosella nodding thistle Carduus nutans orange hawkweed Hieracium aurantiacum pale yellow iris Iris pseudacorus plumeless thistle Carduus acanthoides puncturevine Tribulus terrestris purple loosestrife Lythrum salicaria rush skeletonweed Chondrilla juncea Russian knapweed Centaurea repens saltcedar Tamarix ramosissima saltlover Halogeton glomeratus smallflower tamarisk Tamarix parviflora spotted knapweed Centaurea maculosa squarrose knapweed Centaurea virgata ssp. Squarrosa sulphur cinquefoil Potentilla recta tansy ragwort Senecio jacobaea Tyrol knapweed Centaurea nigrescens yellow nutsedge Cyperus esculentus yellow starthistle Centaurea solstitialis Source: Alberta Weed Control Regulation 2014 Note: - In accordance with the Alberta Weed Control Act, Noxious weeds must be controlled while Prohibited Noxious Weeds must be destroyed. - Consult the appropriate acts, regulations and regional district information on a regular basis for updates to species ranking.
TABLE H-2
CLEANING PROTOCOLS
Sanitation Level Description Level 1 (Shovel and Sweep) Manual cleaning of equipment (i.e., shovel and sweep) is to occur between cultivated, hay and tame pasture fields (i.e., at changes in land use and/or road crossings) along the construction site at the discretion of the Environmental Inspector. Level 2 (Compressed Air) Scrape off any soil or crop debris from openings, tires and wheels using a hand scraper, shovel, broom and wire brush followed by compressed air. Sweep, blow or scrape residues off of the equipment/vehicle frame. Level 3 (High Pressure Wash) Wash equipment/vehicles using a pressure washer, paying extra attention to areas where soil can accumulate (i.e., tires or undercarriage). Level 4 (Disinfection - clubroot only) Use disinfection as the final phase when working on lands where the risk of encountering and spreading clubroot is high. Disinfect all openings, tires and wheels with 1-2% bleach solution. Where feasible, allow contact with bleach solution for approximately 15-20 minutes (keep areas wet with bleach solution by re-applying disinfectant when areas start to dry out). Bleach is a strong oxidizer and its corrosive properties can ruin/dissolve certain surfaces/materials. Therefore, extended bleach contact should be limited to surfaces/materials which are able to withstand prolonged bleach contact (i.e., rubber tires). It is important to note that a very thorough cleaning, preferably high pressure washing, must be completed prior to disinfection.
Construction and reclamation methods, designed to mitigate weed spread will be implemented along with weed management techniques before, during, and following construction. Where it is determined, prior to, during or following construction, that a risk of weed spread exists, further measures to prevent the spread of weeds will be implemented, which include, however, are not limited to, the cleaning protocols described above (Table G-2).
Reducing the risk of spreading the clubroot pathogen is key to the clubroot management strategy. If there is a reasonable risk of introducing or transporting soil that could contain clubroot spores from a given site, equipment must be cleaned prior to exiting the location. The basic philosophy is to leave the topsoil on the field where it was found. This philosophy will prevent the spread of clubroot and weed seeds.
Page H-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Weed Management Strategies Weed management options to be considered for the Project are described as follows.
• Mechanical – This consists of methods that target weeds through physical disruption. Such methods include handpicking, digging, discing and mowing. The degree of success of various mechanical methods is dependent upon the biology and life cycle of the weed species.
• Botanical (natural) – This involves the establishment of a desired vegetation cover that is competitive enough to prevent or reduce the growth of opportunistic weed species. Careful selection of vegetation species adapted to local conditions will, in most instances, result in successful competition with invasive weed species. Effects from construction and other disturbances that damage or remove desirable and competitive vegetation create sites for weed invasion. Managing weeds on such sites can be futile without vegetative restoration since weeds will readily reinvade the disturbed area. Success often depends upon the proper selection of revegetation species suitable for a particular soil type, moisture regime and growing season. Other factors, such as soil compaction, seeding depth, time of year and weed management during establishment, can be critical to success. Whether seeding to native or agronomic grasses, it is important to consult a Reclamation Specialist.
• Physical – This option involves the creation of a surface barrier that reduces or impedes the growth of weeds. The use of mulch is a temporary measure that effectively suppresses grass and forb growth while supporting the establishment of woody vegetation in tree/shrub land uses. Hardwood matting may be used to cover localized areas of weed-infested soils during construction.
• Biological – Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA)-approved insects and fungi are used to manage weed infestations where other methods have not proven successful. High intensity livestock grazing has proven to be an effective method for some weed infestations.
• Chemical (herbicide) - Herbicide application is an important weed management option and provides a cost-effective and efficient method of managing weeds. Numerous herbicides are available that provide selective management of target weeds. Where it is desirable to reduce herbicide volumes, spot spraying or wicking techniques are used to target individual plants, or broadcast spraying can be used in localized areas. Only Qualified Herbicide Applicator Contractors will conduct the application of herbicides on the construction site. Appropriate herbicides will be identified by qualified Enbridge personnel or the Contractor for the management of weed species.
An integrated approach, combining chemical and non-chemical management options, is generally most effective when tailored to the weed species and conditions at the Project site.
Weed Management Plan Specific mitigation measures that are focused on preventing the introduction, establishment and spread of weeds are important components of this Plan. The following provide a breakdown of each of the steps necessary for effective management of weed species.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures 1. Conduct regular inspections to monitor the effectiveness of the Weed Monitoring weed management methods. These inspections will be conducted by Enbridge and the Environmental Inspector/Weed Management Contractor.
General Weed 2. Restrict, to the extent feasible, the amount of construction Mitigation equipment used and limit the number of passes equipment take through weed-infested areas.
Page H-4
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
General Weed 3. Consider salvaging topsoil from the Project Footprint, installing Mitigation (cont’d) mats (construction matting or swamp mats) or packing of snow, if present, if localized weed infestations are encountered. At locations where mats are installed, ensure they are free of soil, vegetation and debris prior to removing from the site.
4. Monitor topsoil windrows for weed growth during the course of construction and implement corrective measures, where warranted.
5. Additional mitigation to reduce weed growth and spread will be warranted if grade/topsoil replacement is delayed due to the construction schedule or extended periods of inclement weather.
Weeds – 6. Ensure all equipment (e.g., vehicles, materials, swamp mats, Equipment etc.) arrives on the construction site in a clean condition to Cleaning reduce risk of weed introduction. Prohibit any equipment which arrives in a dirty condition on the construction site until it has been cleaned off at a suitable location.
7. Thoroughly clean all equipment involved in clearing and topsoil salvage activities at locations identified as having weed infestations by removing all soil and debris prior to leaving the location (i.e., Level 2 and/or 3 cleaning).
8. Do not allow soil or water from cleaning equipment to flow onto uninfested areas.
9. Keep a log of all equipment that has been cleaned. Provide this log to the Environmental Inspector for record keeping. 10. Immediately record the locations of any sites where equipment was specifically cleaned due to concerns associated with weeds to flag for future monitoring. Communicate these locations to the Environmental Inspector. Maintain a record of cleaning procedures conducted prior to leaving the site. Provide this log to the Enbridge Environment Lead for record keeping.
Management 11. Compare the density and distribution of each weed species Thresholds observed on the construction site to the density and distribution of the same species off-site to determine whether the management threshold has been reached. Record the information necessary for the management decision (whether management is necessary, the best timing of management and the best management option[s]).
Management 12. Choose an appropriate management option (i.e., mechanical, Options biological, physical, botanical or chemical) or a combination of treatments that will provide cost-efficient and effective weed management, based on the data collected at weed occurrence sites. Refer to the Alberta Crop Protection 2013 Guide (Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development 2013) and the Enbridge Vegetation Management Guide (Enbridge 2010) for general recommendations on weeds.
13. Choose treatments that will have the least environmental impact while providing adequate weed management.
Page H-5
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Management 14. Initiate weed management where the management threshold Decision for weed occurrences has been exceeded following discussions with applicable regulators, if necessary.
15. Consider the biology of targeted weed species (i.e., life cycle, growth characteristics, etc.) when determining weed management measures in order to maximize the weed management success rate and reduce the need for additional or alternative management options.
Non-Chemical 16. Consider non-chemical management options, where Management warranted, or in combination with chemical measures, to Options manage weeds.
Mechanical 17. Use mechanical management options for weeds located adjacent to cultivated or agricultural lands and near waterbodies (i.e., drainage or wetlands).
Mowing 18. Mow weeds before weeds go to seed, where warranted, and if feasible, to manage annual and perennial weeds. Combine mowing with a pre-mowing herbicide treatment, ensuring that the herbicide has had sufficient time to absorb into the plants. Mow weeds using equipment such as farm tractors or, where warranted, garden tractors with mowers.
String Trimmers 19. Cut weeds at the ground surface to remove herbaceous vegetation at locations where access limits the use of larger equipment (e.g., tractor and mower).
Hand Pulling 20. Conduct hand pulling of weeds for annual and certain perennial weeds where all roots can be easily removed.
Physical 21. Consider physical management in small areas to manage localized vegetation growth. Physical management options might also provide sediment and erosion control.
Thermal 22. Consider thermal applications (i.e., flaming or steaming) for Applications small, new infestations. Thermal applications are prohibited in areas sensitive to fire and should not be used in high fuel zones. Regional Enbridge Operations management must approve the use of thermal methods to manage vegetation.
Botanical 23. Establish competitive vegetative cover on disturbances to stabilize soils and provide competition to weeds. This botanical management option may be suitable in most areas, however, on cultivated lands, the landowner is generally responsible for seeding and, in many wetlands, natural recovery is preferred.
24. Conduct assessments and consult with land managers and regulators, where warranted, to establish the appropriate seed mix and/or cover crop to provide rapid establishment of vegetation cover.
25. Ensure that all seed mixes are free of Prohibited Noxious and Noxious weeds.
Page H-6
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Botanical (cont’d) 26. Use only Certified No. 1 seed from a local source and retain the Certificates of Analysis for future documentation. All seed mixes must have Certificates of Analysis for weed and undesirable species content, and germination tests for each lot of each species in the mix. For native seed, select the highest available grade. Enbridge will retain the Certificates of Analysis for 5 years. Apply seed using drill or broadcast (e.g., all-terrain vehicle [ATV], air-boom, hydro, fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter) methods suited to the soil type, topography or land use. 27. Leave excessively wet soil environments (i.e., wetlands that support emergent vegetation and Class 3 and higher wetlands) unseeded for natural recovery.
28. Seed wet or saline soil with an appropriate native seed mix in order to reduce weed establishment within the area. Seed the disturbed areas to match the adjacent land use where wet soils are present in agricultural environments.
29. Restrict access to seeded land using appropriate fencing to provide protection from disturbance by livestock, wildlife or ATVs, if warranted.
Biological 30. Consider biological management options where no other options are readily available. These options are most effective in areas that are: located near drainages; located on highly visible (public) areas; where chemical application is not approved; or where other non-chemical methods may not be effective. CFIA-approved insects and fungi might be considered to manage weed infestations where other methods have not proven successful. High intensity livestock grazing has also proven an effective method for limiting weed infestations in select applications.
Chemical 31. Obtain approval prior to the use of herbicides. Management 32. Use herbicides if they are the only effective way to establish a Options stable plant community. The use of herbicides may be required for the following:
• weed management in areas where non-chemical methods are not feasible or practical; and
• management of weed species where mechanical, physical or botanical management methods are not effective or practical.
33. Employ an herbicide group rotation (at a minimum of every third application) plan in order to reduce the risk of herbicide resistance development, including the use of multiple herbicide groups per application and rotating the type of chemical management method used.
34. Ensure that preventative measures are in place to restrict runoff or overspray onto adjacent lands when applying herbicides at the construction site.
Page H-7
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Herbicide 35. Apply only herbicides approved by the Enbridge Environment Application Department. Obtain approval from the Enbridge representative Contracts prior to application.
36. Application of all herbicides may only be conducted by licensed and certified Qualified Herbicide Applicator Contractors. The Applicators applying herbicides on Enbridge rights-of-way must be in compliance with Enbridge safety and insurance requirements.
Herbicide Labels 37. Ensure familiarity with the properties, uses and label directions, precautions and limitations for each of the herbicide products applied.
38. Consider the choice of herbicide, herbicide properties and toxicity, and appropriate application methods, techniques and equipment.
39. Apply herbicides in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Applicator 40. Conduct or supervise all applications of herbicides by a person Qualifications who holds a Pesticide Applicator Certificate in the Industrial Vegetation Category. Record the name and certificate numbers of the Applicator(s) who will supervise/undertake herbicide applications.
41. Note that the Applicator must provide copies of valid licenses, certification, permitting, registrations, insurances and site-specific permits, prior to commencement of work.
Supervision 42. Note that the Certified Pesticide Applicator must: • be in continuous attendance at the site; • have available (with them at each treatment site) proof of certification; • maintain continuous contact, auditory and/or visual, with the uncertified assistants; • be within 500 m of persons being supervised; and • must meet Enbridge safety requirements and be prepared to provide proof of completion of safety courses.
Treatment 43. Post or give treatment notices before each herbicide use and Notices do not remove notices for at least 14 days after the use or as defined by the appropriate regulatory authority. Post each treatment notice so that it is clearly visible and legible from each approach to access the treatment area.
Regulatory 44. Ensure that all use requirements specified in the Requirements manufacturer’s instructions and any corresponding environmental protection laws are adhered to during herbicide application. Ensure that all use requirements specified in the Pesticide Use Permit obtained for each province are adhered to during herbicide applications.
45. Ensure Applicators have a Pesticide Applicator Certificate and Pesticide Service Registration.
Page H-8
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Regulatory 46. Contact local authorities regarding new bylaws/permitting and Requirements the presence of pests within the proposed construction area. (cont’d) Ensure all local area sanitation or monitoring requirements are adhered to during all stages of construction.
Spill Response/ 47. Prior to implementation of an herbicide application plan, Emergency ensure that and Emergency Response Plan is in place for Response Plan responding to herbicide spills.
Weather 48. Prior to herbicide application, ensure weather conditions are Monitoring recorded and monitored.
49. Stop herbicide applications if weather conditions are unsuitable.
Proximity of 50. Do not apply herbicides for weed management within 30 m of Proposed well or water intake, including domestic, agricultural, Treatment commercial and industrial intakes, unless completely satisfied Area to Water that a smaller no-treatment zone will ensure no herbicide Sources and enters the water supply, intake or well. Water Wells
Bodies of Water 51. Do not apply herbicides for weed management within 30 m of and Wetlands drainages, both fish-bearing and nonfish-bearing and wetlands, measured horizontally from the ordinary high watermark.
Agricultural 52. On agricultural land, it is the responsibility of the landowner to Lands manage their land, however, if the landowner identifies weed issues on the construction site, the issues will be assessed and management methods (including non-chemical and chemical) will be discussed. Clubroot Management Plan Specific mitigation measures that are focused on reducing the potential for the introduction, establishment and spread of clubroot are important components of the Plan. The following provides a breakdown of each of the steps necessary for effective clubroot management.
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Clubroot 1. Minimize traffic on cultivated lands in wet weather, to the Management extent feasible. Be extra cautious about soil transfer on wet Strategy soil (including slightly wet soils) and avoid working in very wet soil conditions.
2. Ensure footwear and light equipment (i.e., shovels) are kept clean. When travelling on foot, clean soil and debris from dirty footwear when moving between quarter-sections under cultivation, hay or tame pasture. Clean equipment (e.g., shovels) that have come in contact with topsoil when moving to and from cultivated lands under different ownership or land use. Ensure that the appropriate level of cleaning is conducted when cleaning light vehicles, footwear and equipment.
3. Clean all equipment involved in clearing/brushing and topsoil handling prior to mobilizing and demobilizing from the Project area using the appropriate level of cleaning, and to the satisfaction of the Environmental Inspector and/or Construction Manager.
Page H-9
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Activity/Concern EGC Section Mitigation Measures
Clubroot 4. Clean all equipment, including trucks and ATVs, at all quarter- Management section boundaries where land use changes, as well as when Strategy (cont’d) mobilizing to and demobilizing from the Project area, using the appropriate level of cleaning and to the satisfaction of the Environmental Inspector and/or Construction Manager. Inspect equipment for soil debris and remnants prior to unloading.
5. Ensure all vehicles, quads and equipment will be inspected on a daily basis to ensure no soil remnants are present. If vehicles make major mobilizations during the day, conduct the appropriate level of cleaning to ensure vehicles and equipment are free of soil remnants. Make every attempt practical to keep equipment and vehicles clean of soil remnants by focusing on tires, undercarriages and any other points of contact with the soil (e.g., excavator bucket, grader blade). Where practical and where safe to do so, park vehicles that are not directly involved in pipeline construction on the road or in a designated area to minimize traffic on cultivated fields. Ensure that the appropriate level of cleaning is utilized when cleaning vehicles, quads and equipment.
6. Once topsoil has been salvaged and stockpiled along the edge of the construction site, equipment using the construction site is not generally required to use the cleaning station facilities unless either: the topsoil has been contacted; the topsoil on the construction site is being or has been replaced; or as directed by the Environmental Inspector
7. Apply tackifier to topsoil windrows in areas of known disease concern when there is potential for topsoil transfer during windy conditions or if topsoil windrows are to be maintained over the winter to prevent the possible spread of clubroot or other disease.
8. Enbridge will check for regulatory and county/rural municipality updates on clubroot management guidelines on an annual basis. Updates will be provided to service companies and crews as they become available.
Page H-10
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX I
DIRECTIONAL DRILLING PROCEDURES AND DRILLING MUD RELEASE CONTINGENCY PLAN An accidental release of drilling mud adjacent to or into a wetland could adversely affect the environment. The following contingency plan has been developed to ensure that appropriate measures are in place to minimize the risk of adverse impacts during directional drilling.
Both the Contractor and Enbridge must be diligent during all aspects of directional drilling to ensure that the potential for a drilling mud release into a wetland is minimized; or if it does occur, that environmental impacts are minimized.
Should the Contractor have a drilling mud release contingency plan in place, both plans will be reviewed by Enbridge with the Contractor to ensure that the most stringent conditions of both plans apply.
General Measures 1. Ensure that supervisory personnel are aware of this contingency plan prior to commencement of drilling activity. 2. Install surface casing at the entry point to a depth that extends beyond the coarsest material, if warranted. 3. Ensure that drilling mud composition is approved by Enbridge. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets to Enbridge upon request. 4. Construct a sump at the entry point and a subsoil berm downslope of the proposed exit point with a capacity adequate to capture anticipated volumes of drilling mud that could be released during pullback and other drilling operations. Construct a sump with the above noted capacity, at the exit point after the pilot hole has been completed. 5. Install surface casing at the exit point if coarse-textured near surface deposits could interfere with drilling mud circulation. 6. Develop a clean-up plan, prior to drilling. The plan will be prepared by the drilling contractor in consultation with Enbridge inspection staff. Acquire the appropriate approvals to access the release area if off right-of-way and for mud pump-off. 7. Close earthen entry and exit sumps that contained drilling mud immediately after completion of drilling and remediate to meet applicable AER Guide 050 Waste Management Guidelines.
Emergency Response Equipment 1. Maintain the following equipment onsite in sufficient quantities during drilling operation to contain any inadvertent drilling mud releases: • sandbags; • filter cloth (e.g., silt fence); • T-bar posts and post pounders; • straw bales; • light towers; • shovels; • 6 ml polyethylene; and • 2-trash pumps complete with sufficient lengths of leak free hose and suction heads. 2. Maintain vacuum truck(s) on-site during pullback operations.
Page I-1
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
Emergency Response The loss of drilling mud into seams of coarse material, fissures, etc. routinely occurs during drilling operations. Since drilling fluid does not always flow to the surface, a loss does not necessarily indicate that the drilling mud has been released into a wetland. Nevertheless, a release of drilling mud into a wetland can adversely affect wetland habitat and function.
1. Suspend drilling operations immediately if excessive loss of drilling mud is noted and conduct a detailed examination of the drill path and surrounding area for evidence of a release to the surface. 2. Immediately notify the Construction Manager and the Environmental Inspector if a drilling mud release is observed. 3. If the amount of mud released is not great enough to allow practical collection, the mud release will be allowed to dry and dissipate naturally. 4. If the drilling mud release enters a wetland, the Construction Manager will immediately notify Enbridge’s engineering staff. The appropriate Enbridge representatives will notify affected landowners, tenants, the land authority and the NEB. Note that all regulators will be contacted by the Enbridge Environment and/or Regulatory and Legal Affairs departments. AESRD Director of Monitoring: 1-800-222-6514 (24 hr)
AESRD Compliance Branch: (780) 422-4505
AESRD Emergency/Complaint Hotline (24 hours): 1-800-222-6514 (24 hr) or *7378 (Telus mobile)
NEB (24 hour Emergency Line): (403) 807-9473
NEB (c/o Transportation Safety Board 24 hour Hotline): (819) 997-7887 5. If a terrestrial drilling mud release occurs that is greater than 2 m3, the Environmental Inspector, or designate, will immediately notify the Enbridge Environment Lead who will notify the applicable regulators. 6. Contain and further prevent drilling mud from entering the wetland by installing a berm of subsoil, sandbags or other material approved by the Environmental Inspector. 7. For upland mud release, consider the following options for immediate containment. • If accessible by heavy equipment, immediately construct berms or excavate a sump for containment. • If not accessible by heavy equipment, construct bale and filter cloth weirs and a containment area where appropriate. 8. The Environmental Inspector will prepare a report summarizing the events leading up to the release as well as measures taken following the release to minimize impacts on the environment. The report will be submitted to the Director of Regional Water Management within 7 days of the mud release, if required.
Plans for Potential Continuance of Drilling Drilling will only be allowed to resume if the potential for significant adverse impacts on the environment is low, as determined by the Enbridge Environment Lead, Environmental Inspector, drilling or Enbridge Engineering (if warranted) and the drilling contractor, and as in consultation with provincial regulatory staff.
1. Implement measures to prevent the further release of drilling mud into the wetland. Appropriate measures will vary depending on the lessons learned during the previous drill attempt.
2. Progressively implement the following measures to prevent the further release of drilling mud into the wetland.
Page I-2
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
• Ensure that appropriate structures, materials, equipment and personnel are in place and available in the event of a subsequent release of drilling mud. • Reduce drilling mud pressures if practical. • Plug fissures/fracture with non-toxic sealers or plugging agents pumped into the drill hole and left undisturbed for an appropriate period of time whereupon drilling will be resumed. If the sealing agents are not successful, drilling will be suspended and the plan reviewed and revised. • Employ downhole cementing to either seal off the problem zone for redrilling or seal off a large portion of the existing drill hole to a point where a new drill path (generally at a lower elevation) can be attempted. If these measures are unsuccessful, then drilling will be suspended and the plan reviewed and revised. • Move the drill and attempt to redrill from a new location employing the same protection measures implemented on the initial drill if conditions indicate that a second drill will be successful. Prior to commencing the redrill, the proposed drill path will be reviewed and revised accordingly.
Page I-3
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX J
ENBRIDGE HYDROSTATIC TEST NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE AND HYDROSTATIC TESTING ENVIRONMENTAL SCREENING FORM
Page J-1
ENBRIDGE HYDROSTATIC TEST NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE
Hydrostatic Testing
Pressure testing of pipelines and other facilities is required prior to commissioning, reactivation or when there is a change in service to prove their integrity at operating pressure. Hydrostatic testing is the most common pressure testing method. In-service pipelines are also tested as part of Enbridge’s integrity program.
Purpose & Scope of Procedure
In addition to the technical requirements that Enbridge must adhere to when conducting a hydrostatic test of a pipeline or other facility in Canada or the U.S. (including, for example, those requirements outlined in CSA Z662-07, Onshore Pipeline Regulations, 1999, and CCME Guidelines, or DOT Part 95), Enbridge must comply with certain regulatory requirements for water withdrawal and release. The purpose of this Procedure is to outline the procedures for determining, and assigning responsibility for meeting all applicable Canadian and U.S. federal, provincial/state and local environmental requirements so as to ensure consistency and compliance with those regulatory requirements.
This Procedure overrides all other Enbridge standards, policies and O&MPs to the extent that they impose conflicting hydrostatic test environmental notification requirements or procedures.
Application of Procedure
This Procedure applies to all hydrostatic tests conducted on liquid or related facilities at or on Enbridge lands (including Enbridge facilities and rights of way), in Canada or the U.S. by or on behalf of Enbridge Liquids Pipelines.
All Enbridge Liquids Pipelines employees and contractors, and all Enbridge MP employees and contractors working on Enbridge Liquids Pipelines projects, are required to comply with this Procedure and all environmental water withdrawal and release regulatory requirements (including notification and/or permitting requirements). Enbridge may only assign the responsibility for complying with such requirements to a contractor under the following circumstances:
the water to be used for the hydrostatic test is either from a municipal source or considered rental fluid (i.e., the contractor has used the fluid previously, stores the fluid, and will re-use it for hydrostatic testing in the future); and
upon completion of the hydrostatic test, the water will be disposed of at a licensed disposal facility or a municipal sewage system and/or will be stored by the contractor for future use.
The Project Lead is responsible for ensuring that the contractor is aware of and contractually responsible for complying with all applicable environmental water withdrawal and release regulatory requirements. The Law Department should be contacted with any questions in this regard.
Under all other circumstances, Enbridge is responsible for ensuring all environmental water withdrawal and release regulatory requirements (including notification and/or permitting requirements) are met.
ENB LL 23965516
Notification Process
Water withdrawal and release requirements vary by jurisdiction. Environment will be responsible for maintaining an up to date summary of all regulatory requirements for water withdrawal and release. Environment, in consultation with Law, if required, is responsible for determining the environmental regulatory requirements for each project.
The process for determining water withdrawal and release requirements is as follows:
On or before the beginning of the project execution phase, the Project Lead must provide the Environment Lead with a list of all anticipated hydrostatic tests for the project. While individual test scopes, dates, and media may change as the project progresses, it is essential to have an overview of anticipated testing early on in the project.
In situations where Enbridge is responsible for all notification and/or permitting requirements, the Project Lead must contact the Environment Lead a minimum of four to six (4-6) weeks1 prior to the proposed hydrostatic test date to determine what environmental permits/notifications may be are required. At this time, the Project Lead must provide a completed Hydrostatic Testing Environmental Screening Form to the Environment Lead. (A copy of the Hydrostatic Testing Environmental Screening Form is attached to this Procedure.)
The Environment Lead (in consultation with Law, if required) is responsible for determining what environmental permits or notifications are required to conduct a hydrostatic test. The Environment Lead will assess the information provided and advise the Project Lead of all permit/notification requirements within two (2) weeks of receiving the above information.
The Environment Lead is responsible for assembling all required application or notification documents. The Project Lead is responsible to confirm the accuracy of the information contained in all application/notification documents and shall, if required, provide the Environment Lead with site- specific drawings.
Once the accuracy of the documentation is confirmed, the Environment Lead will submit the notification or application to the appropriate regulator(s). The Environment Lead may ask the Project Lead to sign or co-sign the notification/application documentation. Environment will advise the Project Lead when notification/application has been made, as well as provide copies of all environmental permits or confirmations upon receipt.
It is the Project Lead’s responsibility (in consultation with Environment, as required) to ensure that all commitments made in the notification/application, as well as the requirements and conditions as outlined in the regulations and permits, are met at all times during the project.
All relevant documentation, including copies of permits/notifications must be kept on site during the hydrostatic test.
1 For hydrostatic tests involving a natural body of water or large volumes of water, or for in-service (i.e. oil contaminated) pipe, the Project Lead must contact the Environment Lead at least six (6) months prior to the proposed test. ENB LL 23965516
The Project Lead is responsible for advising the Environment Lead immediately:
o Of any changes to the information originally provided. (Note that changes to original information may require regulatory review and approval before testing can resume or commence); o In the event of a test failure; and o Upon successful completion of the hydrostatic test.
Document Control Process
Engineering must keep all hydrostatic test documents in the Project file. This includes all documents related to hydrostatic test water withdrawal, transport, and disposal (waybills, invoices, manifests etc.) as well as copies of all environmental permits.
Environment will keep copies of all regulatory and lab analysis documents associated with water withdrawal and release in accordance with Enbridge’s document retention policy.
Environment will keep copies of all environmental notifications, permits and confirmations.
ENB LL 23965516
HYDROSTATIC TESTING ENVIRONMENTAL SCREENING FORM LP/MP
Please complete this form and submit it to the regional or project environmental representative at least four to six weeks prior to the proposed water diversion date.
A. PROJECT INFORMATION
Company: Location:
Project Name: AFE:
Project Manager: PM Phone Number:
On‐site Contact On‐site Phone Number: (responsible for hydrotest):
Hydrotest contractor: Hydrotest Date:
B. INFRASTRUCTURE INFORMATION
Infrastructure to be tested: Mainline/Lateral/Connector Facility Piping Tank …………….………....………….
Pipe Outside Diameter [mm] Pipe or Tank Location Pipe or Tank Description Pipe Length / Tank Height [m] Tank Diameter [m]
Page 1 If more than one water source or more than one water discharge location is proposed, please attach an additional page 2 with the information for the second source and/or discharge location. Please attach a drawing or air photo showing the water source and discharge locations. If additives are required, please provide an MSDS for every additive. Detailed water diversion and water discharge information is required even if the water is supplied by a contractor.
C. WATER DIVERSION INFORMATION
Test Medium: Water Water/Glycol Water/Methanol other additive(s): ………….…………....…………………………...…………………...
Waterbody (lake, pond, Water Source: Rental Municipal On‐site …………….……………………….....…...….…….. slough, river, creek, dugout, …) Address or Legal Location of Name of Water Source: Water Source:
Water Diversion Start Date: Water Diversion End Date:
Diversion/Withdrawal Method: Diversion/Withdrawal Rate:
Transportation Method: Volume of water required:
D. WATER DISCHARGE INFORMATION
Water Discharge: Reused Disposal Facility Sewage System Land Waterbody ………….…….…...……………
Address or Legal Location of Name of Discharge Location: Discharge Location:
Water Discharge Start Date: Water Discharge End Date:
Discharge Method: Discharge Rate:
Transportation Method: Volume to be discharged:
Information provided by: Date: Phone no:
Comments:
Page 2 Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX K
ENBRIDGE ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR CONSTRUCTION EXCERPTS
The EGC provides Enbridge standard environmental guidelines and mitigation that can be used for planning and constructing pipelines. The EGC is used for the construction of the Project to supplement the EPP. Only details referenced and relevant to the Project should be followed. Where discrepancies exist, use protocols and mitigation measures outlined in the Project EPP.
The following excerpts from the EGC are provided in this Appendix.
• Section 2.0 - Environmental Protection.
• Section 3.1.2 - Project Scheduling.
• Section 3.1.4 - Environmental Supporting Studies.
• Section 3.1.7 - Environmental Permits/Approvals/Notifications.
• Section 3.1.8 - Pre-Job/Kick-Off Meeting.
• Section 4.2 - Survey and Utilities Locates.
• Section 4.6.2 - Dewatering Trench.
• Section 4.8 - Pressure Testing.
• Section 4.9.1 - Clean-up and Reclamation of Projects During Non-Frozen Conditions.
• Section 6.1 - Access to Development Control.
• Section 6.2 - Air Quality.
• Section 6.4 - Contaminated Soils.
• Section 6.5 - Fire Prevention and Control.
• Section 6.8 - Historical Resources.
• Section 6-9 - Noise Abatement.
• Section 6.12 - Spill Prevention and Management.
• Section 6.14 - Surface Water Management.
• Section 6.16 - Waste.
• Section 6.19 - Wildlife.
• Drawing 2 - Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag/Vegetation.
• Drawing 3 - Dewater Trench – Straw Bale Sump.
• Drawing 11 - Installing Silt Fence.
Page K-1
Activity Description:
Environmental Inspection is carried out to ensure compliance with:
• Enbridge’s environmental policy;
• Enbridge procedures, project-specific policies and environmental plans;
• Environmental commitments;
• Conditions of permits, approvals, authorizations, etc; and
• Applicable environmental regulations.
Objectives:
1. To provide standard guidelines for roles and responsibilities for the Environmental Inspection team.
Qualifications:
The Environmental Inspector(s) should have experience in environmental inspection, preferably in landscapes similar to those within which the work is being completed. The Environmental Inspector(s) will have in depth knowledge of construction techniques and will take a preventative approach rather than a reactive approach to environmental issues. Preference should be given to candidates with a post- secondary education in the natural sciences or other pertinent training.
Roles and Responsibilities:
Specific titles for key roles may vary, but the responsibilities identified below must be assigned to a person(s) on a project team. On smaller projects, not all of the positions described below will be established in the team structure. If the following positions are not part of the project team the responsibilities should be assigned to suitable project personnel. Additional roles may be needed with a further breakdown of responsibilities and related communications for larger, more complex projects.
Environmental Coordinator or Environmental Inspector Supervisor: Direct and coordinate the activities of the environmental inspection team. On larger projects there may be an Environmental Coordinator or Environmental Inspector Supervisor with similar responsibilities as below, but who also provides the project with a higher level of oversight and coordination. In addition, the Environmental Coordinator / Environmental Inspector Supervisor will:
1. Assign inspection staff to key construction areas.
2. Continually assess inspection priorities and staffing levels to provide sufficient coverage.
3. Implement and oversee a reporting system to document and communicate inspection and compliance activities in a consistent fashion.
4. Review inspection reports on a daily basis.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 2. Environmental Inspection Revision 0 | June 2012 2 - 1
5. Regularly visit key construction areas to directly interact with the Environmental Inspector(s), other inspection staff, Enbridge personnel, and the Contractor to assess environmental compliance as well as to gauge effectiveness of inspection and communication processes.
6. Work proactively with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, Enbridge Construction Manager, Chief Inspector, Contractor and Inspection Team to ensure environmental requirements are understood and met, identify solutions to potential environmental concerns, and identify corrective actions to address any non-compliance.
7. Regularly report environmental issues as well as upcoming environmental requirements or compliance concerns to the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and construction management.
8. Report to and engage the Enbridge Environment Project Lead if environmental concerns have not been effectively resolved in the field.
9. Assist Enbridge Environment Project Lead as a point of contact for agency representatives that visit construction sites.
10. Engage the Enbridge Environment Project Lead if permit variances and/or new mitigation strategies are required based on changes to construction plans in the field, and assist in the development of mitigation strategies with other project team members.
11. Report environmental incidents as per Enbridge’s Environmental Incident Reporting Procedure.
12. In collaboration with the Enbridge Construction Manager, Chief Inspector (or designate), and in accordance with the project-specific shut down policy, recommend shut down areas of the construction right-of-way or select activities in the field, where events, if not corrected, would likely result in non-compliance. Prior to contractor mobilization, the Project Manager, Enbridge Construction Manager and Enbridge Environment Project Lead should develop a clear and specific contractor shut-down policy that provides protocol and assigns authority to suspend or shut-down work.
Environmental Inspector: Work with the Environmental Coordinator / Environmental Inspector Supervisor and other Environmental Inspectors on the environmental inspection team. In the absence of an Environmental Coordinator / Environmental Inspector Supervisor, the Environmental Inspector may assume functions described under that role, the extent of which will vary from project to project. In addition, the Environmental Inspector will:
13. Monitor and verify compliance with: environmental conditions of regulatory approvals; applicable environmental regulations and/or guidelines; Enbridge’s Environment Policy, Enbridge procedures and project-specific policies; all applicable Enbridge environmental plans and any environmental contract specifications. Identify, communicate and oversee implementation of appropriate environmental control measures, and corrective actions if necessary.
14. Work with and advise Enbridge construction management, contractor and inspection team to ensure environmental requirements are understood and met. Proactively assess, communicate and reinforce environmental requirements for ongoing and upcoming work, and identify solutions to environmental concerns.
15. Prepare and maintain environmental inspection documentation in accordance with project requirements.
16. Regularly report on environmental compliance, and management of environmental aspects, as construction progresses
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 2. Environmental Inspection Revision 0 | June 2012 2 - 2
3.1.2 Project Scheduling
Activity Description:
This subsection identifies the preferred construction seasons for various environmental resources and provides information regarding potential environmental impacts that should be considered when the Enbridge Environment Project Lead is providing scheduling inputs to a project team.
Often there is no clear construction season which accommodates all the preferred construction seasons for the various environmental factors. Consequently, the construction schedule must be weighed against the location of the project and the associated environmental concerns. Additionally, there are other important factors that affect the construction schedule which must be considered including commercial delivery milestones and contractor availability. When all factors are taken into account, there may not be a completely optimal construction season and the timing of construction is often a result of a series of trade- offs amongst the various factors.
Objectives:
1. To develop a project construction schedule in consideration of the overall environmental effects of the project, to the extent practical given other project considerations.
Guidelines for Implementation:
General
Spring Break-up
1. Avoid construction during spring break-up to reduce surface disturbance and the severity of impacts on aquatic habitats and soils.
Weather
2. Where feasible, schedule work during periods of anticipated low precipitation and runoff.
Environmental Resources
Soils
3. Schedule topsoil salvage activities on agricultural lands under nonfrozen conditions, where feasible.
4. If construction is scheduled to extend into frozen soil conditions on agricultural lands, attempt to complete topsoil salvage activities along the entire length of the pipeline construction right-of-way prior to the onset of freeze-up. Specialized equipment capable of accurately stripping variable depths of topsoil, thus maintaining soil productivity, should be employed during frozen soil conditions.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 2
Vegetation
5. Schedule construction activities on tame pasture and native vegetation during frozen conditions when a narrower construction right-of-way can be maintained, thereby reducing disturbance of the vegetation.
6. Burn tree and shrub debris during periods of low fire hazard. This applies in forested areas, native prairie or other areas prone to wildfire, or as directed by appropriate regulatory authorities.
7. In areas where mountain pine beetle and other forest insects and pathogens are a concern, consider completing clearing and burning activities prior to spring to reduce the risk of spreading forest insects and disease.
Wildlife Resources
8. Plan construction activities within wildlife habitats during periods of low sensitivity or as defined by appropriate regulatory authorities. Periods of higher sensitivity are species dependent and may include: rutting or calving periods for ungulates; staging, nesting, breeding or moulting periods for birds; or other important life stages for wildlife.
9. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to establish wildlife timing constraints for construction activities. Schedule activities before or after periods of concern. For example, when planning clearing operations, consider the period for breeding and nesting birds (e.g., migratory bird nesting period typically from April 15 to July 31, depending on species and geographic location). Critical habitat locations may have development restrictions on the timing of activities (e.g., restricted activity period for caribou range, sharp-tailed grouse leks and migratory bird nesting periods). Wildlife species may have timing restrictions or specified setback distances which may vary by regulatory jurisdiction. Approvals may be obtained by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to vary from the applicable timing constraints, due to competing timing constraints, weather, and/or access development. However, this is not the preferred practice.
Aquatic Resources
10. Identify fish habitat that may be crossed during construction.
11. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine timing constraints for construction activities in fish-bearing watercourses (e.g., instream restricted activity periods).
12. Schedule to cross fish habitats during periods of low sensitivity or as defined by appropriate regulatory authorities. Periods of higher sensitivity are species dependent and may include migrating, spawning or rearing periods for fish.
13. Where possible, plan to conduct open cut crossings of watercourses during dry or frozen to bottom conditions. Where an open cut crossing is to be used on a watercourse where water is present, attempts should be made to schedule construction during periods of low flow and/or low sensitivity for fish and wildlife (e.g., outside of the instream restricted activity period).
14. Isolated crossings (e.g., dam and pump, flume) are generally employed for fish-bearing watercourses with continuous, annual flow. Attempts should be made to schedule construction during periods of low flow and/or low sensitivity for wildlife (e.g., outside of the instream restricted activity period).
15. A trenchless crossing (horizontal directional drill or bore) of a watercourse may be conducted during any time of year; however, attempts should be made to schedule construction to occur during
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 3
periods of low sensitivity for fish and wildlife species of concern which may be present on the surrounding land.
Wetlands
16. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to establish timing constraints for construction activities in wetlands in consideration of wildlife sensitivities including critical amphibian habitat, if applicable.
17. Attempt to schedule construction in wetlands (i.e., peatlands and mineral wetlands) during late fall and winter when wetlands are frozen. If it is necessary to construct during nonfrozen conditions, activities should be undertaken during drier periods when water levels are low. In some situations, alternative crossing methods and mitigative measures may be necessary for wetland crossings during the open water period.
Agricultural Activities
18. Generally, farmers and ranchers prefer construction activities to commence after harvest and during the winter so as to limit disturbance to their operations; however, best management practices suggest there is less impact on soil productivity if topsoil salvage occurs during nonfrozen conditions.
19. Avoid construction during the irrigation season, if feasible, unless otherwise approved by Enbridge Lands and Right-of-Way and the landowner.
Construction-Specific Activities
20. Construction activities should be planned to be completed prior to the expiration of all environmental permits, authorizations and approvals. If these conditions cannot be met, renewals or extensions will be required.
21. Where practicable, schedule instream construction activities at watercourses deemed navigable during frozen ground conditions.
Clean-up and Reclamation
22. Schedule clean-up and reclamation as soon as practical after construction. Clean-up should be conducted when soil conditions permit and outside specific wildlife restricted activity periods, where possible.
23. Conduct clean-up along the portions of the route constructed during nonfrozen soil conditions as soon as practical after backfilling and prior to freeze-up, if feasible.
24. Begin rough clean-up on all areas disturbed during frozen soil conditions as soon as practical after backfilling and before spring break-up. Perform final clean-up for projects constructed during frozen conditions once the trench has settled after spring break-up.
Schedule Changes
25. Notify the Enbridge Environment Project Lead if field conditions or work progress necessitates a change in the project schedule. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will then ensure that both
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 4
the appropriate environmental stakeholders and appropriate regulatory authorities are aware of the change in schedule and, if required, will request an extension to the existing permitting, approvals, and authorizations.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 5
3.1.4 Environmental Supporting Studies
Activity Description:
Environmental supporting studies provide valuable information on the environmental project setting and potential environmental issues. Limiting the potential adverse effects of pipeline construction requires knowledge of the preconstruction environment so that project-specific mitigation can be developed and concerns can be addressed.
Objectives:
1. To determine the scope of supporting environmental studies required for a project.
Guidelines for Implementation:
General Considerations
1. For small scale projects within a previously disturbed area (e.g., an integrity dig, pipe replacement) discuss the need for supporting environmental studies with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
2. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine which supporting environmental studies are required for a project. The need for a supporting study depends on various factors including, but not limited to, land use, geographical location, construction season and applicable regulatory requirements or restrictions.
3. Supporting environmental studies should be initiated by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead early in the project planning phase to allow for adequate time to complete all field work prior to submission of project applications.
4. Table 2 presents a summary of considerations to assist with determining an appropriate schedule for completion of the supporting studies most commonly undertaken for a project. Ideally, all supporting studies would be completed prior to the submission of a project application. If this is not feasible, supplemental study reports may be prepared in support of the application.
5. The scope of the supporting environmental studies conducted should be commensurate with the scale of the project and the severity/complexity of potential environmental issues or concerns, or as directed by applicable regulatory requirements.
6. Information gathered from the supporting environmental studies should be incorporated into project applications, construction plans, Environmental Protection Plans, Environmental Alignment Sheets (if prepared) and subsequent operating procedures, where appropriate.
Soil Survey
7. Soil surveys are conducted, when required, on agricultural land to identify the soil units present along the route. Identification of topsoil depth and soil characteristics are used to establish topsoil salvage depths and construction methods (e.g., two-lift or three-lift soils handling), thereby contributing to the determination of workspace requirements for the project (see Section 3.1.5 – Determining Workspace and Section 3.1.6 – Determining Area of Soil Storage for more
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 9
information). Detailed soil surveys are not generally conducted in forested areas (e.g., boreal forest in northern Alberta) where the development of a topsoil layer is absent and the surface materials are comprised of organics (i.e., duff or leaf litter). In such areas, discuss potential soil survey requirements with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and the appropriate regulatory authorities, if warranted.
8. Most projects in agricultural areas will require a detailed soil survey which should be undertaken by a qualified soil scientist. Surveys should be completed for all portions of the route where the information has not previously been collected (e.g., areas of new right-of-way not adjacent to existing Enbridge easements). If there is existing detailed soil survey available along the proposed route (e.g., from an existing Enbridge easement) discuss the need for a soil survey with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
9. Soil characteristics can provide information on potential concerns associated with construction including erosion risk (wind and water), trench instability, stoniness or bedrock within trench depth, poor drainage and susceptibility to compaction. Understanding the potential concerns can assist with planning for soil storage, as well as the development of mitigative measures to ensure soil productivity and an equivalent land use is maintained post-construction. Mitigative measures should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and, when necessary, a qualified soil scientist.
Geotechnical Assessment
10. Geotechnical assessments are generally conducted at locations where: the route encounters unstable areas (e.g., slumps, faults or areas with landslide potential); a horizontal directional drill is proposed (e.g., waterbody crossings); and blasting may be required (e.g., bedrock exposures or locations with shallow bedrock). Consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead will ensure that appropriate permitting has been obtained prior to completing the geotechnical assessments.
11. Projects may encounter permafrost along the proposed route. Where permafrost exists, additional surveys may be required to assess such factors as permafrost continuity, depth, amount of previous disturbance and drainage patterns.
12. In some instances, a groundwater / hydrogeology assessment may be required to identify and assess shallow aquifers which may underlie the proposed route or water wells in the vicinity of the route.
13. Determining the geotechnical setting of a project can assist with route selection by identifying the feasibility of construction in areas of concern. Input from the geotechnical assessment can assist with the development of mitigative strategies and/or proposed alternatives where construction feasibility is an issue. Any environmental mitigative measures resulting from geotechnical assessments should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
14. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead, in consultation with Construction Services, will plan for the retention and storage of rollback materials based on terrain instability recommendations from the geotechnical assessment.
Rare Plant and Rare Ecological Community Assessment
15. Rare plant and rare ecological community assessments are conducted by a qualified botanist/biologist in areas of known or potential habitat (e.g., native prairie, forested areas, riparian areas).
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 10
16. Rare non-vascular plant (moss and lichen) assessments are becoming more common in the oil and gas industry. Qualified specialists with the ability to recognize unusual, anomalous or exceptional habitats (e.g., fallen logs with the bark removed, mineral springs, anomalous bedrock, waterfall spray zones) may be required to conduct assessments for rare non-vascular plants in habitats with high potential for discovery. Discuss the need for a rare non-vascular plant assessment with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
17. Rare plants, rare ecological communities and, if assessed, rare non-vascular plants identified during preconstruction studies will likely require mitigation during construction. Mitigative strategies are often species-specific and may include, but are not limited to, such options as avoidance (e.g., fencing the area or narrowing the construction right-of-way), ramping, transplantation, collection and propagation and, in some instances, route realignment. Mitigative measures should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and, when necessary, a qualified botanist/biologist and the appropriate regulatory authority.
18. The optimal time for conducting vegetation assessments is generally the growing season of the plants of interest. As such, multiple surveys may be required to accurately capture early (e.g., spring) blooming species and late (e.g., summer) blooming species. In addition, the location of the project will impact the optimal timing for rare plant and rare ecological community assessments due to differing growing seasons (e.g., plants in southern climates will generally have an earlier and longer growing season than plants in northern climates).
Weed Survey
19. Weed surveys are generally conducted to identify the presence and distribution of weed species prior to construction.
20. Assessment for clubroot disease or other crop diseases may also be undertaken in areas with known or reported occurrences in order to determine potential disease concerns.
21. Identification of weed and disease concerns prior to construction will assist with developing effective mitigation strategies against the potential spread of weeds or disease to new locations during construction. Mitigation may involve, but is not limited to, chemical treatments, mowing prior to seed release, establishment of cleaning stations for the removal of soil and plant material from vehicles and equipment during construction and cleaning (misting) equipment and vehicles with bleach solutions during construction. Mitigative measures should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and, when necessary, a qualified biologist or reclamation specialist and/or the appropriate regulatory authority.
Wildlife and Wildlife Habitat Assessment
22. Wildlife and wildlife habitat assessments are generally conducted to identify wildlife species using the area and wildlife habitat features (e.g., nests, burrows, dens) as required by the appropriate regulatory authorities. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine the requirements for wildlife assessment(s).
23. Although assessments generally identify all species using the area, in some instances they may be targeted species with special conservation status known to occur in the vicinity of the project route. In addition, species-specific surveys may be undertaken when a project encounters habitat known to support a species with special conservation status (e.g., burrowing owl surveys, short-horned lizard surveys).
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 11
24. Additional specialized surveys including, but not limited to, amphibian breeding habitat surveys, winter tracking surveys, breeding bird or spring/fall staging surveys may also be recommended for a project.
25. Activities in areas with a wildlife conservation designation generally do not require assessment above and beyond a wildlife survey. Mitigation measures pertaining to designated wildlife areas should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, and when necessary, a wildlife biologist and/or the appropriate regulatory authorities.
26. Preconstruction wildlife surveys may be required prior to construction for activities scheduled during peak sensitivity periods (e.g., breeding season, restricted activity periods) in order to minimize the potential for disturbance of wildlife.
27. Occasionally, a project may encounter habitat or known occurrences of invertebrate species with special conservation status such as butterflies, moths, etc. In such instances, the Enbridge Environment Project Lead may choose to enlist a specialist to conduct the assessments.
28. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine the requirements for wildlife assessment(s). Mitigative strategies should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and, when necessary, a qualified biologist/qualified environmental specialist and/or the appropriate regulatory authorities.
Aquatic Assessment
29. All watercourses are to be considered fish-bearing until otherwise determined by an aquatic assessment or direction from the appropriate regulatory authority. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine the need and requirements for aquatic assessments.
30. Generally, aquatic assessments are conducted to identify fish species and fish habitat (features, use and potential) in watercourse crossings along a proposed route to determine the sensitivity of the watercourse and the instream restricted activity period(s). Aquatic assessments should be conducted by a qualified aquatic specialist/qualified environmental specialist.
31. Aquatic assessments should be undertaken at primary and alternative crossings to collect preconstruction data and identify mitigative strategies (in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead).
32. Some regulatory jurisdictions may require two different seasons (e.g., spring and fall) of aquatic assessment to be undertaken in order to determine the classification of the watercourse and, subsequently, the appropriate pipeline and vehicle crossing methods.
33. Depending upon the sensitivity of the watercourse and presence of species at risk, additional supporting studies (e.g., mollusc surveys, benthic invertebrate surveys, redd surveys) may be required or recommended. Winter surveys may also be recommended in order to identify overwintering habitat potential and determine whether streamflow is present.
34. Data collected during the aquatic assessment may assist with recommendations for vehicle and pipeline crossing methods, and mitigative measures. Consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, and when necessary, the qualified aquatic specialist/qualified environmental specialist and/or appropriate regulatory authorities, should be conducted when determining crossing methods and mitigation.
35. In some instances, a detailed survey of streambed elevations prior to disturbance may be required. The need for this information should be determined by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, in consultation with the appropriate regulatory authorities, during project consultation.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 12
36. If early in the planning phase habitat compensation can be anticipated, the aquatic assessment may also include a component whereby potential habitat compensation projects in the project area are identified. Compensation plans should be developed by a qualified aquatic specialist/qualified environmental specialist (and, or other specialists as required), in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, and must be approved by the appropriate regulatory authority.
Wetland Assessment / Health Assessment
37. Wetland assessments should be conducted to determine wetland classification, identify wetland wildlife habitat (e.g., amphibian breeding habitat) and provide recommendations on pipeline and vehicle crossing method, and mitigative strategies.
38. Crossing methods and mitigative measures should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, and when necessary, the qualified wetland specialist/qualified environmental specialist and/or appropriate regulatory authorities.
39. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will determine the need for conducting wetland health assessments in conjunction with the wetland assessments on a project by project basis.
Historical Resource Assessment
40. Cultural, historical, archaeological and paleontological resources are collectively known herein as historical resources and can include pre-contact and post-contact features (National Energy Board 2011). Historical resource assessments are conducted by a qualified historical resources specialist (e.g., archaeologist or palaeontologist) and may include desktop review and/or field assessments in areas of high potential for resources as identified by the qualified archaeologist or palaeontologist.
41. The specific requirements for historical and archaeological assessment, and the process by which they are undertaken, vary by jurisdiction and should be determined in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
42. Archaeological and palaeontological resource assessments generally begin with a desktop review which assesses known discoveries and the landforms traversed by a route in order to identify areas with high potential for palaeontological resources. In some instances, field surveys will need to be undertaken. Monitoring during excavation at high potential sites is the most common mitigative strategy.
43. Mitigation for historical resources may include, but is not limited to, excavating and collecting artefacts, avoiding the site (e.g., fencing, narrowing the construction right-of-way) or realigning the pipeline route in order to minimize potential disturbance of the resource(s). Mitigative measures must be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and, when necessary, the archaeological specialist and/or appropriate regulatory authority.
Air Quality and Greenhouse Gas Emissions
44. Discuss with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead the need to quantify air emissions, including greenhouse gas emissions, for the construction of the project.
45. More detailed assessments may be required if the pipeline project has associated facilities which may result in an increase in airborne or greenhouse gas emissions during operations or maintenance.
46. Mitigative measures for air quality and greenhouse gas emissions during pipeline construction should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 13
Acoustic Environment
47. Discuss with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead the need for a noise assessment for the construction of the project.
48. More detailed assessments may be required if the pipeline project includes other facilities such as pump stations which may result in an increase in noise levels over existing levels during operations or maintenance.
49. Mitigative measures for noise during pipeline construction should be developed in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Potential Additional Assessments
50. Contaminated Sites: If a pipeline route traverses areas of known soil contamination, an assessment may be useful for determining the contaminant(s), extent of contamination and potential remedial measures. Mitigation and/or remediation strategies should be developed in conjunction with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead. See Section 6.4 - Contaminated Soil for more information.
51. Forest Health: In areas where mountain pine beetle and other forest pathogens are a concern, a forest health assessment may be recommended. The purpose of a forest health assessment is to identify the extent of beetle/pathogen damage and assist with the development of strategies for mitigation against continued spread during construction. In addition, a forest health assessment could provide input on merchantable timber volumes along the route. Mitigation and/or remediation strategies should be developed in conjunction with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
52. Timber: In forested areas, Enbridge may choose to conduct a timber assessment in order to determine the quantity and quality of the timber to be cleared, and possibly sold. Timber surveys may be combined with the previously discussed forest health assessment.
53. Water Wells: The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will determine the need for water well assessments in consultation with the appropriate regulatory authorities.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 14
3.1.7 Environmental Permits / Approvals / Notifications
Activity Description:
All pipeline construction activities must comply with the applicable regulatory requirements. Environmental requirements may be presented in the form of such documents as permits, approvals, authorizations and/or notifications. Permits, approvals and authorizations are generally obtained prior to construction, although in some instances, notifications may be submitted during the course of construction prior to the onset of specific activities.
Objectives:
1. To obtain all necessary environmental permits, approvals and/or authorizations prior to the commencement of construction activities.
2. To submit project notifications prior to the commencement of specific construction activities.
3. To meet all environmental conditions/commitments of the permits, approvals, authorizations and/or notifications during construction.
Guidelines for Implementation:
General Regulatory Considerations
1. Early in the project planning phase, contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to discuss the project scope (location, length, construction season, etc.), the regulatory jurisdiction and identify the applicable environmental regulatory requirements associated with the project. Ensure adequate lead time is provided for preparation of regulatory applications and associated review time by the appropriate regulatory authorities.
2. The applicable environmental regulatory requirements for a project are dependent upon the scope of the project, the complexity of environmental issues, and the regulatory jurisdiction of the project. For example, small scale projects, projects with minimal environmental issues, or projects located entirely within one regulatory area may require fewer regulatory applications than large scale projects, projects with complex environmental issues, and projects that cross multiple regulatory jurisdictions.
3. Supporting studies (e.g., aquatic habitat assessment) and the results of consultation with regulators are typically incorporated into the regulatory application(s). See Section 3.1.1 – Environmental Project Consultation and Section 3.1.4 - Environmental Supporting Studies for guidance.
4. All construction plans, project-specific Environmental Alignment Sheets, environmental protection and contingency plans, and subsequent operating procedures must comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including standards and guidelines).
5. Project-specific environmental conditions/commitments within permits, approvals, authorizations, etc. should be incorporated, where appropriate, into project construction plans, Environmental
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 21
Alignment Sheets, environmental protection and contingency plans, and subsequent operating procedures.
6. Environmental conditions/commitments within permits, approvals, authorizations, etc. must be reviewed by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and discussed with key project personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Enbridge Construction Manager, Environmental Inspector, etc.) prior to construction (see Section 3.1.8 – Pre-Job / Kick-off Meeting).
7. If a conflict arises between the construction contract documents and the environmental requirements (permits, authorizations, approvals, notifications, environmental protection and contingency plans, etc.) regarding environmental mitigation during construction or operations, the environmental requirements or more rigorous mitigative measures will prevail.
Environmental Commitment Tracking
8. In order to manage the applicable environmental regulatory requirements of a project, it is recommended that environmental commitments are identified, tracked, fulfilled and reported (where required). In some instances, the development of such a tool may be a condition of the regulatory approval.
9. The environmental commitment tracking tool may include, but is not limited to:
▪ Environmental conditions/commitments identified within project permits, approvals, authorizations, notifications, etc. And subsequent renewals or amendments; and
▪ Environmental conditions/commitments made in the regulatory application, any responses to information requests, or during public hearing(s), if applicable.
10. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead should assist the Enbridge Compliance Analyst (when available) in the compilation of environmental commitments into the project’s commitment database (or equivalent), and be provided the opportunity to regularly update the status of environmental commitments and share with key project personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Enbridge Construction Manager, Environmental Inspector) to ensure all conditions/commitments are efficiently tracked and fulfilled.
Federal Regulatory Authorities
11. Projects which trigger federal environmental approval may include, but are not limited to:
▪ Projects proposed by an Enbridge entity that is regulated by a federal regulator;
▪ Projects crossing provincial/state/territorial/international boundaries;
▪ Segments of projects traversing federal lands (i.e., Crown lands); and
▪ Projects entailing work in fish-bearing or navigable waters.
12. Federally regulated projects may require additional permits, approvals, authorizations and/or notifications (see following subsection).
13. Applicable federal regulatory requirements should be discussed and confirmed with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Other Regulatory Authorities
14. In some instances, a project may be provincially/territorially/state regulated. Depending on the scope of a provincially/territorially/state regulated project, federal and/or, municipal permits,
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 22
approvals, authorizations and/or notifications may also be required (see the previous and following subsections).
15. All applicable environmental regulatory requirements should be discussed and confirmed with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Notification of Concerned Parties
Maintaining a positive relationship with environmental regulatory authorities and internal stakeholders is an important part of any construction project. Project consultation begins early in the planning phase (see Section 3.1.1 – Environmental Project Consultation) and continues into construction. Generally, the appropriate regulatory authorities involved during consultation will require notification prior to construction. In addition, permits, approvals and authorizations often have requirements to notify the appropriate regulatory authorities prior to the onset of construction or certain activities (e.g., watercourse crossings).
In some instances, permits or approvals may not be necessary in order to undertake an activity; however, notification of an appropriate regulatory authority may still be required. In such instances, consultation with the various departments is recommended to determine the appropriate notification procedures.
16. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will:
▪ Ensure all preconstruction notifications are completed, as per the requirements of the appropriate regulatory authorities;
▪ Inform appropriate regulatory authorities and stakeholders of the construction schedule;
▪ Maintain regular liaison with government field representatives and stakeholders during construction; and
▪ Keep the appropriate regulatory authorities and stakeholders apprised of any environmental issues that arise during construction, if warranted.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 23
3.1.8 Pre-Job / Kick-Off Meeting
Activity Description:
A pre-job/kick-off meeting provides an opportunity for the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to meet with key project and Contractor personnel to discuss the environmental standards of the upcoming project. This meeting is typically coordinated with the general preconstruction meeting but can be a stand-alone meeting if desired.
Objectives:
1. To discuss the environmental standards of a project with key project and Contractor personnel prior to the onset of construction.
Guidelines for Implementation:
1. Prior to the commencement of construction, a pre-job/kick-off meeting is to be held with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and environmental personnel, inspectors and the pipeline Contractor to review environmental approval/permit conditions. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead, or designate, will ensure:
▪ Conditions on various permits/approvals are reviewed;
▪ The contractor(s) clearly understand the environmental concerns, regulations and conditions specific to the work; and
▪ Applicable permits, approvals and authorizations are filed or posted at the construction site.
2. Review the Enbridge Hydrostatic Testing Notification Training presentation as a part of the project kick-off meeting.
3. Review the project-specific emergency contacts list and contingency measures prior to kicking off construction. All key personnel on the construction right-of-way should be aware of the contents of these measures.
4. Section 6.0 of this EGC presents contingency procedures to be implemented when atypical circumstances arise. It is strongly recommended that these procedures are reviewed prior to construction and implemented, if warranted. Additionally the Enbridge Environmental Project Lead will develop project-specific environmental measures to mitigate environmental scenarios not presented within the EGC.
5. The pre-job/kick-off meeting may include an environmental orientation component. The level of detail presented during an environmental orientation should be commensurate with the scale of the project and the severity/complexity of environmental issues. For example, small scale projects or projects with minimal environmental issues may require only one or two hours of orientation embedded within the project safety orientation, while large scale projects or projects with complex environmental issues may warrant a much longer orientation (e.g., one to two full days [or more]).
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 24
Small Scale Projects
6. On small scale projects or projects with minimal environmental issues, there will be an Environment Representative available to conduct the environmental orientation for individuals who were not present at the pre-job/kick-off meeting.
7. Items to be reviewed during environmental orientation for a small scale project may include, but are not limited to:
▪ Environmental concerns, mitigative measures and construction methods specific to the project;
▪ Specific conditions/commitments of associated environmental permits and regulatory approvals;
▪ Project-specific environmental plans; and
▪ Enbridge’s Environmental Policy.
8. Enbridge will request attendees to sign a declaration of their participation in the environmental orientation. Declarations will be maintained with the project files.
9. Orientation participants will be given an Enbridge hardhat sticker denoting that they have received the orientation.
Large Scale Projects
10. On large scale projects or for projects with complex environmental issues, there will be an Environmental Representative available to conduct the environmental orientation for individuals who were not present at the pre-job/kick-off meeting with the assistance from the environmental consultant.
Items to be addressed during environmental orientation for a large scale project or a project with complex environmental issues may include, but are not limited to:
▪ Enbridge’s environmental policy;
▪ Review of roles and responsibilities of enbridge personnel, inspectors, and select contractor personnel as it relates to the environment;
▪ Regulatory review and responsibilities - detailed review and discussion of the specific conditions of all project environmental permits and regulatory approvals;
▪ Review of pertinent mitigative measures presented in the project-specific environmental plan or relevant sections of the egc;
▪ Detailed review and discussion of environmental concerns including training on proper interpretation of the relevant sections of the egc, the project-specific environmental protection plan, or the project-specific environmental alignment sheets; and
▪ Review of project-specific construction techniques for environmentally sensitive areas.
11. Enbridge may choose to develop a video/slideshow for presentation, or an environmental handbook addressing key environmental concerns and mitigation which can be issued to all participants of the environmental orientation.
12. Enbridge will request attendees to sign a declaration of their participation in the environmental orientation. Declarations will be maintained with the project files.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 25
13. Orientation participants will be given an Enbridge hardhat sticker, denoting that they have received the orientation.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 3. Preconstruction - Preconstruction Planning Revision 0 | June 2012 3 - 26
4.2 SURVEY AND UTILITY LOCATES
Activity Description:
Prior to ground disturbance, the first step in construction involves right-of-way survey and utility locates. The right-of-way boundaries are surveyed and clearly marked with stakes, flagging or fencing. Additional or reduced workspace areas and environmental resources requiring protection are also surveyed and marked. Surveying activities have low potential to cause environmental impacts; however, surveyors must be given appropriate direction regarding the construction right-of-way width, location of additional workspace and instructions for activities in the vicinity of environmentally sensitive areas.
Identification of foreign crossings such as pipelines (either owned by Enbridge or others), utility lines (buried, laying on the ground or overhead), cables, roads, railway lines and other underground structures is also undertaken prior to construction. Buried foreign lines must be exposed prior to installing a pipeline in their vicinity to ensure the safety and protection of the existing infrastructure. Environmental protection during “hot line” exposure is conducted by salvaging topsoil prior to hydrovac exposure, followed by proper disposal of the hydrovac slurry in order to maintain equivalent soil productivity post-construction.
Objectives:
1. To limit the project footprint to the approved workspace.
2. To avoid or reduce the potential disturbance of site-specific environmental resources.
3. To locate utility line crossings in consideration of environmental resources.
Guidelines for Implementation:
Considerations for Survey at Environmentally Sensitive Sites
In order to further protect various site-specific environmental features occurring along the construction right-of-way, the width of the construction right-of-way may be narrowed to avoid or reduce the amount of disturbance near these important environmental resources. It is encouraged that the Environmental Inspector works with the survey crew to flag all environmentally sensitive sites prior to construction.
1. Environmental Resources: Prior to general right-of-way survey, provide the location(s) of environmentally sensitive sites on project-specific Environmental Alignment Sheets. Stake, flag, or fence and avoid, each environmental feature. If required, the Environmental Inspector will confirm the accuracy of all flagged environmentally sensitive areas. Access to/from the construction right- of-way should be conducted in a manner that reduces potential impacts to environmentally sensitive sites and environmental resources.
2. Signage: Clearly post signs prohibiting workers or equipment from entering the staked, flagged and/or fenced areas.
3. Narrow Down Right-of-Way: Where narrowing on the work side or spoil side is sufficient to avoid or protect an environmental feature, limit the workspace to as narrow an area as safely feasible.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Survey and Utility Locates Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 4
Demarcate the feature being protected as shown in Dwg. 18 - Narrow Down Fencing. Environmental features to be protected are shown on the site-specific Environmental Alignment Sheets. Implement contingency measures if previously unidentified environmental features are discovered during construction. Site-specific environmental features may include, but are not limited to:
▪ Wetlands and watercourse boundaries;
▪ Rare plant or rare ecological community sites;
▪ Wildlife features (e.g., mineral licks, dens, habitat trees);
▪ Areas of special vegetation (e.g., native prairie, old growth trees);
▪ Weed infestations;
▪ Historical resources and traditional land use sites;
▪ Aggregate resources;
▪ Known locations of contaminated soils;
▪ In the vicinity of residences, urban areas, parks, natural areas, golf courses, etc.;
▪ Ornamental trees, windbreaks or shelterbelts, if requested by the landowner/occupant;
▪ Dugouts, if requested by the landowner/occupant; and
▪ Other locations identified on the project-specific environmental alignment sheets and/or construction line list.
4. Construction and Post-Construction: In the event staking, flagging, fencing and/or signage are damaged or in disrepair, notify the Enbridge Construction Manager.
Considerations for General Construction Right-of-Way Survey
5. Survey Slash Lines: Fallen or leaning trees resulting from clearing activities are not permitted off right-of-way or in watercourses.
6. Watercourses: Stake and flag the riparian buffer zone before any site disturbance occurs in the vicinity of watercourses. Survey equipment is not permitted to ford watercourses. Maintain staking and flagging throughout construction, if feasible. Ensure temporary workspace does not encroach within the vegetated buffers of watercourses. See Section 3.3.4 - Riparian Areas and Buffer Zones for more information on buffer zones.
7. Drainages: Stake and flag drainage’s in the fall or prior to heavy snowfall, if feasible, if the pipeline is to be constructed during frozen soil conditions to assist in locating gaps in the trench crown and topsoil windrow, as well as to avoid flooding or erosion problems during spring break-up.
8. Wetlands: Flag the edge of the riparian buffer zone before any site disturbance occurs in the vicinity of wetlands. Maintain staking and flagging throughout construction, if feasible. Ensure temporary workspace does not encroach within the vegetated buffers of wetlands. Additional guidance on wetland buffer zone widths is presented in Section 3.3.3 - Planning for Wetland Crossings.
9. Soils: Clearly mark, with staking, flagging and signage, any locations requiring special soil handling techniques (e.g., three-lift soils handling).
10. Forest Soils: If soil salvage is necessary in forested areas and grubbing is to be conducted, flag or fence the grubbing limits so that soils in adjoining areas are not disturbed.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Survey and Utility Locates Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 5
11. Weeds / Crop Disease: Clearly mark, with staking, flagging and signage (if warranted), any locations with known weed infestations or crop diseases (e.g., clubroot disease) to ensure appropriate mitigative measures (e.g., equipment cleaning) are implemented to reduce the risk of spread.
12. Crossings and Slopes: The Environmental Inspector or the Enbridge Construction Manager should verify the final alignment to ensure areas of environmental concern have been properly flagged, staked and/or fenced.
13. Drilling: Before starting any horizontal directional drilling operations, the drilling contractor or surveyor will clearly flag the expected drill path on both sides of the watercourse. Ensure nest surveys have been completed along the drill path prior to drilling within the migratory bird restricted activity period.
14. Trees: If applicable, protect ornamental or other important trees adjacent to the construction right- of-way from damage with flags, fencing, or signs, and if appropriate, covering roots within the dripline with a minimum of 75 cm (30 inches) of topsoil.
15. Removal: After reclamation is complete, remove all stakes, flagging and fencing, and dispose of at an approved landfill facility or re-use as suitable.
Utility Locates
16. Agricultural Land: On agricultural land, salvage topsoil over the foreign line(s) prior to exposing with a hydrovac.
17. Foreign Lines: Salvage topsoil from the full construction right-of-way width to allow for a wider trench where multiple foreign lines are to be crossed.
18. Hydrovac Slurry: Empty the hydrovac truck onto subsoil at approved locations (e.g., at road crossings where the topsoil has been salvaged) or into designated disposal sumps. Ensure that hydrovac material is contained within the designated release area (i.e., will not migrate to a waterbody or onto topsoil). Adhere to the Storage and Disposal of Hydrovac Slurry Procedure in Section 6.13.
19. Utility Locate Equipment (Watercourses): Hydrovac or other utility locating vehicles are not permitted to ford watercourses.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Survey and Utility Locates Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 6
4.6.2 Dewatering Trench
Activity Description:
Before lowering the pipe into the trench, it may be necessary to dewater the trench in order to visually inspect the trench bottom for rocks or adequate depth. Trench dewatering also may be necessary:
• Where tie-in welds are necessary;
• At road or rail-boring sites;
• At locations where set-on or bag weights are placed over the pipe; and
• In other areas where increased visibility or physical access to the trench is needed.
Trench dewatering can result in erosion and or movement of water that potentially contains sediment or contaminants.
Objectives:
1. To avoid erosion, sedimentation or contamination of adjacent lands, wetlands and/or watercourses during dewatering activities.
Guidelines for Implementation:
Dewatering Trench
1. Permits/Approvals: Before commencing dewatering activities, ensure appropriate discharge permits and approvals are in place, if required. Consult with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine if permits or approvals are required.
2. Contingency Measures: Review Section 4.10.2 – Watercourse / Wetland Siltation Prevention and Excessive Flow Contingency Measures prior to dewatering activities and implement the appropriate mitigative measures if siltation becomes evident during dewatering activities.
3. Visual Inspection: Visually inspect trench water for debris (e.g., floating solids, visible foam) and/or hydrocarbon sheen prior to dewatering. Remove floating debris, if feasible, prior to release. If a hydrocarbon sheen is observed, implement the mitigative measures presented under the ‘Contaminants’ heading below. If evidence of contamination is present, contact the Environmental Inspector, Enbridge Environment Project Lead, Enbridge Construction Manager or designate immediately.
4. Equipment: Place equipment (e.g., pumps, generators) on polyethylene sheeting or other suitable containment to prevent spills. Where possible, place equipment above the normal high water mark of watercourses or wetlands.
5. Discharge Location: If dewatering is required before the pipe is lowered in, pump trench water to an approved site (when applicable) and/or into appropriate sediment filtering devices (Dwg. 2 – Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag / Vegetation and Dwg. 3 – Dewatering Trench – Straw Bale Sump) to prevent erosion or sedimentation of adjacent lands or watercourses or wetlands.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Stringing, Welding and Trenching and Lowering-In Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 40
6. Groundwater: Where trench dewatering is needed to remove inflowing groundwater, the Enbridge Construction Manager, in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and/or Environmental Inspector, will review shallow groundwater use within 200 m (650 feet) of the area to determine the potential effects on nearby wells or dugouts.
7. Siltation: Use a floating suction hose equipped with a screen and elevated intake, or other measures, to prevent sediment from being sucked from the bottom of the trench.
8. Discharge Area: Direct water to an approved (when applicable) well-vegetated upland area through a filtration device (if required) and at a rate that promotes infiltration of the ground surface. Protect the ground at the discharge location with a sheet of plywood, geotextile or similar means to prevent scouring/erosion. Do not allow sediment laden water from pumping activities to directly enter a waterbody or wetland without prior filtration (e.g., geotextile filter bag, straw bales, etc. [Dwg. 2 – Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag / Vegetation, Dwg. 3 – Dewatering Trench – Straw Bale Sump, Dwg. 11 - Installing Silt Fence, Dwg. 12 – Installing Straw Bales). Ensure that all discharged water is retained on the property where it was encountered. Obtain approval from municipality and downstream landowner(s) if water is to be discharged into a bar ditch or could otherwise leave the property. Monitor the discharge area so that conditions do not become too silted for adequate natural filtration to occur.
9. Flow Rate: Manage flow rate of the discharged water based on the site conditions to prevent erosion or scouring of the ground surface at the discharge location. Equip discharge outlets with flow dissipaters where the outflow has the potential to cause erosion.
Filtering Devices
10. Geotextile Bag: Size geotextile bags appropriately for the discharge flow and suspended sediment particle size. Use only nonwoven fabric bags for dewatering (Dwg. 2 – Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag / Vegetation).
11. Geotextile Bag Disposal: Dispose of used geotextile bags in an approved disposal facility.
12. Straw Bale Dewatering Structure: Size straw bale dewatering structures based on the maximum water discharge rate. See Dwg. 3 – Dewatering Trench – Straw Bale Sump.
13. Doubling up Filtering Mechanisms: Multiple filtering mechanisms (i.e., geotextile bag within a straw bale dewatering structure) may be used in combination.
14. Filtering Units: In certain circumstances, portable filter units may provide another option for water management.
Watercourses and Wetlands
15. Discharge Location: Do not locate dewatering points within 50 m (165 feet) of a watercourse or wetland without appropriate filtration and erosion control measures (see Sections 4.10 - Water Crossings and 4.11 – Wetlands Crossings).
16. Wetlands: Do not dewater any wetlands. Although temporary dewatering may be required during trenched wetland crossings, water should not be permanently removed from the wetland. Options for trench dewatering within wetlands should be discussed with the Environmental Inspector, Enbridge Construction Manager, Enbridge Environment Project Lead and, when required, the appropriate regulatory authority in order to develop the appropriate plans. Temporary sloughs under cultivation or hayed may be dewatered, if warranted. Contact the Environmental Inspector and Enbridge Environment Project Lead before any such dewatering.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Stringing, Welding and Trenching and Lowering-In Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 41
17. Watercourses and Wetlands: If vegetation is sparse and/or discharge is near a stream or wetland, direct dewatering discharge into a geotextile bag or a straw bale/silt fence dewatering structure (Dwg. 2 – Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag / Vegetation, Dwg. 3 – Dewatering Trench – Straw Bale Sump) then onto an upland area well away from watercourses, wetlands or drainage ditches.
Contaminants
18. Salinity: Review the project-specific Environmental Alignment Sheets to determine if construction is occurring in an area of saline or sodic soils. If trench dewatering is necessary in these locations and there is potential for salts in the water, test the trench water with a handheld conductivity meter, if available, prior to release. Discuss the results with the Environmental Inspector and Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine if dewatering to land is appropriate or if other options should be considered (e.g., dewater to secondary containment, tank truck).
19. Contaminants: If excavating in contaminated soil, petroleum compounds may be dissolved in trench water (e.g., groundwater or surface runoff) in amounts that require treatment or special dewatering approaches (e.g., tank truck). Collect a sample of the water and send to a laboratory for analysis. Confirm sampling protocols and required laboratory analyses with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead. If feasible, leave contaminated water in the trench while waiting for the results of the laboratory analysis. If necessary, remove the trench water to an onsite tank with secondary containment that has been approved by the Environmental Inspector, Enbridge Construction Manager or designate. Upon receipt of the laboratory results, mitigative or disposal options will be determined by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
20. Contaminants: If mitigation of contamination is not feasible, water will be disposed of at an approved facility. Lab results will be communicated to the disposal facility. Determine the need for a ‘waste manifest’ prior to hauling. If required, the waste manifest should be issued by the Environmental Inspector, Enbridge Construction Manager or designate before hauling.
21. Contaminants: Before dewatering the trench, any oil (free product) on the water must be completely removed or contained in the excavation. Use sorbent booms or other means to hold the sheen to a portion of the excavation well away from the pump intake hose. Keep the pump intake hose submerged throughout dewatering to prevent the sheen from entering the hose.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Stringing, Welding and Trenching and Lowering-In Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 42
4.8 PRESSURE TESTING
Activity Description:
Industry standards and government regulations require that pipelines and other facilities are pressure tested before commissioning for integrity purposes. The withdrawal and discharge (dewatering) of hydrostatic test water must be properly managed to reduce adverse impacts within the aquatic and surrounding environment. Therefore, it is very important to ensure that each test is planned well in advance to allow for water source and discharge management, proper regulatory notification and time to obtain the necessary environmental permits and/or approvals.
Objectives:
1. To withdraw and release hydrostatic test water in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and the Enbridge Hydrostatic Test Notification Procedure.
2. To control erosion and prevent the contamination of surface waters during dewatering activities.
Guidelines for Implementation:
Preparation
1. Procedures: Prior to, or at the onset of construction, the Enbridge Environment Project Lead will provide the Enbridge Construction Manager with the Enbridge Hydrostatic Test Notification Procedure. Review the Enbridge hydrostatic testing training presentation as a part of the project kick-off meeting. The Enbridge Construction Manager will provide the Enbridge Environment Project Lead with a list of all anticipated hydrostatic tests prior to construction. The Enbridge Construction Manager will also contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead at least 4 to 6 weeks prior to the commencement of any hydrostatic test operations to confirm all permitting/notification requirements.
Approvals/Notifications
2. Approvals / Notification: The Enbridge Environment Project Lead is responsible for assembling all required application or notification documents and submitting the notification or application to the appropriate regulator(s). Note that notification timelines may vary by jurisdiction. Review the hydrostatic testing requirements of the jurisdiction early in the project planning phase to ensure adequate time is allotted.
3. Notification: Enbridge Environment may only assign responsibility to the construction contractor for obtaining appropriate approvals and notification(s) if the water to be used for the hydrostatic test is either from a municipal source or is considered rental fluid (i.e., the contractor has used the fluid previously, stores the fluid, and will re-use it for hydrostatic testing in the future), and upon completion of the hydrostatic test, the water will be disposed of at a licensed disposal facility or a municipal sewage system and/or will be stored by the contractor for future use. Otherwise, Enbridge Environment will be responsible for obtaining appropriate approvals and notifications for
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Pressure Testing Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 46
hydrostatic test water diversion and release (e.g., the water will be withdrawn from sources/waterbodies other than those listed above).
4. Regulations: Follow all conditions outlined in the permits/approvals for water withdrawal and discharge of test water. All relevant documentation, including copies of permits/notifications must be kept on site during the hydrostatic test.
General
5. Equipment and Workers: Ensure that enough workers and equipment are available onsite to repair any rupture, leak or erosion problem that arises during testing.
6. Water Trucks: Ensure that water truck tank interiors are clean, if used to transport water to the fill site.
Water Withdrawal
7. Location: Only withdraw water from locations approved by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead. Avoid water withdrawal sites with known environmental sensitivities (e.g., steep slopes).
8. Location: Ensure withdrawal sources have sufficient quantity and quality of water required for testing purposes. Avoid use of highly saline sources of water, if practical.
9. Scheduling: Abide by instream restricted activity periods and applicable regulatory approval conditions where water is to be withdrawn from a fish-bearing waterbody.
10. Sampling: Collect and analyze water samples from potential sources of hydrostatic test water and provide the Enbridge Environment Project Lead with lab results well in advance of water withdrawal. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will designate who is responsible for collecting samples.
11. Screen Intake: Screen test water intakes (maximum mesh size of 2.54 mm [0.1 inch]) to prevent the entrapment of fish or wildlife and intake of debris. Ensure pump intakes do not disturb the streambed and utilize a maximum approach velocity of 0.038 m/s (0.12 ft/s).
12. Withdrawal Rate and Volume: Do not exceed permitted withdrawal rates, or 10% of the flow or volume of the water source unless otherwise approved by the appropriate regulatory authority.
13. Water Additives: The Enbridge Environment Project Lead must approve any additives to test water before use. Avoid or minimize the use of additives, although non-toxic, biodegradable or photodegradable additives at minimum dosages may be allowed in regulatory approvals. Recover all methanol, ethylene glycol and water contaminated by freezing depressants in tanks. Do not allow contaminants to enter natural bodies of water or soils. When using additives, develop contingency measures for handling spills and leaks, as well as disposal of test water. Dispose of contaminated test water at approved sites/facilities.
14. Equipment: Place equipment (e.g., pumps, generators) on polyethylene sheeting or within other suitable secondary containment to prevent spills onto soils. Where feasible, place equipment above the normal high water mark of watercourses or wetlands.
15. Refuelling: The operation and refuelling of hydrostatic test equipment will be in accordance with the conditions outlined in Spill Prevention and Management (Section 6.12).
16. Temporary Fill Lines: Ensure applicable approvals are in place prior to installing a temporary fill line that extends off of the Enbridge right-of-way.
17. Daylighting: Follow applicable protection measures in Section 4.2 – Survey and Utility Locates, if exposure (daylighting) of the pipe is needed for inspection or repairs.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Pressure Testing Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 47
Hydrostatic Test Water Discharge
18. Regulations: Hydrostatic test water release requirements vary by jurisdiction. Ensure that the appropriate testing and treatment measures are implemented in accordance with applicable regulations related to discharging hydrostatic test water if test water is released into a natural waterbody. If hydrostatic test water is to be discharged onto land, obtain soil chemistry analysis, if required by the appropriate regulatory authority, prior to discharging.
19. Chemical Recovery: Recover all water contaminated with drying agents (e.g., methanol), if used, and return to the supplier or dispose of contaminated test water at approved sites/facilities.
20. Chemical Additives: Ensure that test water containing chemical additives is sampled and treated, if warranted, and discharged or collected in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.
21. Location: Discharge water only at locations approved by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead. Avoid locating water discharge sites on steep slopes, muskegs or other sensitive areas. Locate dewatering sites:
▪ Downstream of municipal water intakes; or
▪ Upstream of municipal water intakes at a distance approved by appropriate regulatory authorities.
22. Drainage Basin Transfer: Ensure that test water withdrawn from one drainage basin will not enter surface waters in another drainage basin to prevent inter-basin transfer of aquatic organisms.
23. Dewatering: Shunt test water ahead from test section to test section, if feasible, to minimize water hauling, water usage and the number of dewatering points. Dewater the pipe/tank in such a manner that prevents soil erosion and damage to the beds and banks of water bodies. Use low velocities, dissipate water energy and utilize protective rip rap, sheeting, tarpaulins or equivalent to prevent washouts, flooding or erosion during dewatering (Dwg. 2 – Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag / Vegetation and Dwg. 3 – Dewatering Trench – Straw Bale Sump). The rate of discharge must be reduced if these measures are ineffective. Monitor discharge locations to ensure that no erosion, flooding or icing occurs. Dewater into a bar ditch if feasible, or onto non-arable land. Do not dewater onto cultivated lands or directly back into a watercourse or waterbody unless otherwise warranted due to applicable regulatory requirements. Ensure that test water discharged onto land does not flow onto the land of other adjacent landowners.
24. Pretest Pigging Debris: Discharge the water at an acceptable location onsite in a manner that does not cause erosion and does not allow unfiltered or silted water to directly re-enter a watercourse. Collect pigging debris and dispose of at an acceptable location (e.g., landfill).
Pneumatic Testing
25. Consult with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead for potentially applicable regulatory requirements if pneumatic testing is to be implemented.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Pressure Testing Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 48
PURPOSE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR 4.9 CONSTRUCTION
4.9.1 Clean-Up and Reclamation of Projects Constructed During Non-Frozen Conditions
Activity Description:
Once backfilling of the trench is complete, clean-up, reclamation and maintenance of the project site is undertaken to reclaim the construction right-of-way to a condition that is acceptable to both landowners and appropriate regulatory authorities. Poor clean-up and reclamation may result in reduced agricultural, recreational and other land use capabilities, and may cause long-term effects on fish populations and wildlife habitats. In addition, public relations with landowners and appropriate regulatory authorities may be adversely affected if clean-up and reclamation activities do not meet landowner expectations and/or applicable regulatory requirements.
Objectives:
1. To restore soil productivity, reclaim disturbed surfaces and control erosion to the satisfaction of the landowner and the appropriate regulatory authorities.
Guidelines for Implementation:
Scheduling
1. Landowner Concerns: Consult with the landowner through the Enbridge Right-of-Way Agent to ensure any special environmental concerns can be addressed before completing reclamation.
2. Non-Frozen Soil Conditions: Complete clean-up along the portions of the construction right-of-way constructed during nonfrozen soil conditions as quickly as practical after backfilling and prior to freeze-up.
3. Other Industrial Users: Co-ordinate activities to reduce interference with agricultural / forestry operations as much as possible given the season.
4. Wet Ground Conditions: Postpone clean-up activities on wet ground until soils dry out.
Non-Frozen Clean-up and Reclamation
5. Swamp Mats, Matting and Geotextiles: Remove mats, matting, geotextiles and ramps from all locations on the construction right-of-way.
6. Corduroy: Remove corduroy upon completion of construction including corduroy placed by a third party prior to construction. In the event that approval to leave corduroy in place is granted by the appropriate regulatory authorities, ensure that natural drainage patterns are not impeded. Ensure
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Purpose of the Environmental Guidelines for Construction Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 49
adequate culverts or other cross drainage is provided in any capped corduroy that is left in place. Remove and return clay or sand caps overlying corduroy to the original location, unless otherwise authorized or requested by the appropriate land/regulatory authority. Buck in place any remaining leaning trees. Dispose of corduroy, slash and bucked logs in the same manner as the original clearing (see Section 4.3 - Clearing).
7. Waste: Collect and dispose of all construction-related garbage, debris, wastes and hazardous material from the construction right-of-way in designated containers or at approved facilities. For appropriate waste management practices, see Section 6.16 – Waste.
8. Vehicle Crossings: Restore and stabilize streambeds, streambanks and other disturbed areas following removal of vehicle crossing structures.
9. Subsoil Compaction: Rip compacted subsoils, temporary access trails and soils damaged during wet weather to a depth of 30 cm (1 foot) prior to topsoil replacement. If soils are moist, postpone ripping until soils dry to ensure that the soils fracture when ripped. Employ a subsoiler plow (e.g., Paratiller) along segments of the construction right-of-way where topsoil salvage did not occur and subsoil compaction is severe. Do not use a subsoiler plow on native prairie or bush lands.
10. Rutted Subsoil: Blade rutted subsoils flat prior to soil replacement.
11. Damaged Soils: Disc, till or cultivate ripped subsoils to break up lumps and to smooth the surface. To reduce further compaction, limit discing to what is necessary to break up clods. Till or cultivate fields and any severely compacted or rutted areas to loosen compacted soils.
12. Excess Trench Spoil: Feather-out excess spoil over the portion of the construction right-of-way where topsoil salvage occurred to reduce the creation of a permanent mound.
13. Excess Rock: Dispose of excess rock displaced from the trench or from blasting in discrete piles, windrows or scattered along the construction right-of-way or as directed by the appropriate land/regulatory authority.
14. Wetlands: Do not dispose of rocks in wetlands.
15. Stony Subsoils: Remove stones from disturbed subsoil to achieve equivalence with the surrounding off right-of-way subsoil. Also remove stones from the upper 30 cm (1 foot) of the trench and grade spoil that will interfere with topsoil replacement or cultivation (i.e., stones larger than 10 cm [4 inches] in diameter). Dispose of stones at locations approved by the appropriate land/regulatory authority.
16. Sod Conservation: Avoid scalping of the sod layer during topsoil replacement on tame pasture, bush, bush-pasture, hay lands and native prairie.
17. Topsoil Replacement: Replace topsoil as evenly as possible over areas of the construction right-of- way where topsoil salvage was conducted. Postpone replacing topsoil during wet weather or high winds to prevent damaging soil structure or erosion of topsoil.
18. Stony Topsoil: Remove stones from disturbed topsoil to achieve equivalence with the surrounding off right-of-way topsoil. Dispose of stones at locations approved by the landowner or appropriate regulatory authority.
19. Regrading: Regrade areas with vehicle ruts, erosion gullies or where the trench has settled. Regrade streambanks and approaches to a maximum of 1:3 (rise:run), unless otherwise directed by a geotechnical engineer or as specified in project-specific regulatory authorizations.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Purpose of the Environmental Guidelines for Construction Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 50
20. Recontouring: Recontour the construction right-of-way to restore surface drainage and the approximate preconstruction profile. When replacing sidehills or other graded areas is not practical due to the risk of slope failure or ovaling the pipe, recontour slopes to grades not exceeding 1:3 (rise:run) or as advised by a geotechnical engineer. On flood irrigated lands, recontour the construction right-of-way to preconstruction profile. Ensure that no trench crown is left on flood irrigated lands and that the construction right-of-way and border dikes are returned to their preconstruction profile.
21. Rollback: Install rollback for erosion or access control as advised by the Environmental Inspector, in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements.
22. Cultivation: Cultivate the construction right-of-way where it crosses fields, bush or woodlands to a depth adequate to alleviate surface compaction and in a manner acceptable to the landowner. Do not cultivate into the subsoil. Limit cultivation in areas of fine textured soils to prevent pulverization of the soil. Disc and harrow only if the site is to be seeded immediately; otherwise leave the ripped topsoil in a rough condition until immediately prior to seeding to reduce the wind erosion potential. Cultivate hay and tame pasture land if the sod layer is broken or badly compacted. Till or cultivate any severely compacted or rutted areas on cultivated, hay or tame pasture lands to loosen compacted soils. If soils are moist, postpone cultivation until soils dry to ensure that the soils fracture when cultivated.
23. Wetlands: Restore the preconstruction contours of wetlands (see Section 4.11 – Wetland Crossings).
24. Track Cleat Imprinting: Create microsites on steep slopes to retain moisture and enhance seed germination success by aligning the final pass of dozers straight up and down the slope. See Section 4.9.3 – Revegetation for more information.
25. Bar Ditch Ramps: Remove bar ditch ramps and culverts, if any, to prevent blockage of flow in road ditches.
26. Fences: Consider installing the lowest fence strand at least 40 cm (16 inches) above ground in areas where pronghorn antelope are present. At locations without pronghorn concerns, string wires as per adjacent fences.
27. Line-of-Sight Barriers: The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will determine if line-of-sight barriers are to be installed on the right-of-way. Line-of-sight barriers may be erected along long, straight stretches of right-of-way in order to provide shelter and cover for wildlife species crossing the right- of-way and to block predator sight-lines.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 4. Construction - Purpose of the Environmental Guidelines for Construction Revision 0 | June 2012 4 - 51
6.1 ACCESS DEVELOPMENT AND CONTROL
Activity Description:
The upgrading of existing access routes and creation of new permanent or temporary access routes for a project have the potential to impact the environment. Maintaining a balance between the requirements for the safe construction of pipelines and the protection of habitat and associated resource use through access development or access management contingency measures can reduce the effects of increased access.
Objectives:
1. To restrict traffic along the right-of-way and access roads during construction and post-construction activities to reduce potential interaction or impacts to environmentally sensitive areas and reclamation activities.
2. To respect existing and traditional access corridors and limit access-related conflicts with other resource users in the area.
3. To limit the line-of-sight and ease of access along the right-of-way by natural predators (e.g., wolves).
4. To avoid or limit disturbance of high quality, sensitive wildlife habitat, riparian areas and areas with high potential for soil erosion.
Guidelines for Implementation:
General
1. Land Use: Ensure that access development and control measures are consistent with the environmental management objectives of the area (e.g., forestry area, community pasture, etc.) and the applicable regulatory requirements for the area.
1. New Access: Work with applicable resource managers, appropriate regulatory authorities, resource users, as well as other affected stakeholders (e.g., non-traditional trappers, etc.) to define locations where access development is necessary and the type(s) of access control to be implemented.
2. Procedures: Review the access control procedures in conjunction with Section 6.5 – Pipeline Right- of-Way Traffic. Site-specific access management measures may be shown on the project-specific construction drawings and/or Environmental Alignment Sheets.
Preconstruction
3. Surveys: In the event approvals, authorizations or permits are required for access development, conduct preconstruction environmental surveys along the proposed access routes if environmental information is necessary for the application.
4. Environmental Features: During environmental surveys, identify areas that require flagging, fencing or signage to be erected prior to clearing activities. Some examples of site-specific environmental
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Access Development and Control Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 1
features that may require fencing include rare plants, den sites, protected stands of trees, Ungulate Winter Ranges, as well as traditional gathering areas or other cultural resources.
5. Revegetation: Consult the appropriate regulatory authorities to develop the appropriate native seed mixes for use during post-construction reclamation.
Construction Access Development
6. Existing Access: Where practical, use existing roads and rights-of-way to limit disturbance, including:
▪ Route the right-of-way parallel to, or overlapping, existing linear disturbances (e.g., roads, seismic lines, pipelines) (section 3.1.3 – routing);
▪ Use existing access roads where available;
▪ Coordinate the development of new (temporary) roads with other industrial operators; and
▪ Use existing watercourse vehicle crossings, where possible.
7. Access Control: Implement access control on existing access routes in a similar fashion as current pipeline operators where Enbridge parallels existing pipeline rights-of-way. For example, if a third- party operator has installed rollback across their right-of-way to deter access, implement rollback over the Enbridge right-of-way at the same location.
8. Rollback: Install rollback for access control as directed by the Enbridge Construction Manager or designate in consultation with the Environmental Inspector, in accordance with the locations identified on the project-specific Environmental Alignment Sheets and the applicable regulatory requirements (see Section 4.3.3 – Nonmerchantable Timber).
9. Vehicles: Utilize multi-passenger vehicles for the transport of construction crews to/from the construction right-of-way, where practical, to minimize air emissions and potential for wildlife mortality. Confine construction equipment and vehicles to the designated construction right-of-way, temporary work space, existing public roads and approved temporary access roads to reduce potential environmental impacts.
10. Traffic (Right-of-Way): Restrict construction traffic where the potential for pulverization of soil or sod is high. Provide alternate access to the construction right-of-way, if feasible, to avoid unnecessary travel. See Section 4.4.5 – Soil / Sod Pulverization Contingency Measures for more information.
11. Speed Limits: Adhere to posted speed limits on access roads to reduce the risk of collisions with wildlife.
12. Access Ramps: Do not use topsoil to construct ramps.
13. Bar Ditches Materials and Drainage: Excavate subsoil from the trench line for use as bar ditch ramping material at locations where disturbance is to be minimized (e.g., native prairie). Install appropriately sized culverts to maintain drainage where needed under access ramps in bar ditches.
14. Watercourses: Locate temporary access roads as far from the watercourse as practical to minimize clearing and grading near the watercourse.
15. Wetlands: Consider the use of shoo-flies to avoid wetlands along the construction right-of-way where substantial disturbance could arise due to construction traffic. Limit access through wetlands to vehicles/equipment necessary for wetland construction. Section 3.2 – Determining Temporary Access Roads and Shoo-flies and Section 3.3.3 - Planning for Wetland Crossings.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Access Development and Control Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 2
16. Horizontal Directional Drill: For horizontal directional drill crossings, limit clearing to that required for access along the construction right-of-way if alternate access is not readily available.
17. Need for Additional Access: If a need for additional access is identified during construction, Enbridge Construction, in consultation with Enbridge Environment, Lands and Right-of-Way, must approve any proposed access not previously authorized for use.
Decommissioning Temporary Access
18. Clean-up: Weather permitting, conduct clean-up as soon as practical where construction access is no longer necessary. Except where limited by terrain stability and other considerations, restore all grade cuts to stable contours, approximating preconstruction conditions, or according to applicable provincial/territorial regulatory requirements.
19. Cross Ditches and Diversion Berms: Install cross ditches and diversion berms on moderate to steep slopes to divert surface water off the construction right-of-way (Dwg. 1 - Cross Ditches and Berms). Finalize the exact locations of cross ditches and diversion berms in the field in consultation with the Environmental Inspector and a geotechnical engineer where appropriate.
20. Track Cleat Imprinting: Consider using tracked equipment to pack and imprint the surface. Ensure track cleat imprints are perpendicular to the fall line of the slope, where practical. Do not allow track cleat imprinting in locations where safety could be compromised.
21. Reclamation: Reclaim all temporary access after construction (i.e., alternate compaction, recontour, replace topsoil where salvaged, and vegetate), unless otherwise specified in the project-specific Construction Line List. Replant decommissioned access roads with native species, restore riparian vegetation, provide erosion control, limit lines-of-sight and reclaim selected habitat areas. Restore all watercourse crossings, watercourse banks and approach slopes to stable contours using local material, and vegetate as needed with the appropriate seed mix and woody plant materials (Section 4.10.1 – Water Crossings and Dwg. 14 - Live Shrub Staking and Dwg. 9 - Hedge / Brush Layering). Employ shrub transplants, brush layering using local native stock, or bioengineering techniques, to enhance slope stability and restore riparian habitat features at designated watercourses. Ensure the Environmental Inspector determines the extent of these measures in consultation with a qualified aquatic specialist/qualified environmental specialist and construction management.
Post-Construction Access Deactivation and Control
22. Clean-up: Remove bar ditch ramps and culverts following construction to facilitate access from existing roads to the construction right-of-way to prevent blockage of spring runoff in ditches. Remove all temporary bridge spans and stabilize the banks to preconstruction conditions
23. Revegetation: Revegetate temporary access and work areas, and riparian areas along the construction right-of-way to restrict access. Revegetate selected locations to provide long-term access control, limit lines-of-sight and re-establish wildlife habitat.
24. Fencing: Install temporary fences, if warranted, to restrict grazing and trampling of seeded right-of- way until vegetation becomes established or less palatable.
25. Access Control: Install, where required, suitable barriers. For example, use material from blasting, fencing, gates, or excess material from grading to limit access (excludes pre-existing access). Where required, distribute slash material evenly over the right-of-way as advised by the Environmental Inspector (see Section 4.3.3 – Nonmerchantable Timber). Do not “walk down” rollback for access control with heavy equipment.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Access Development and Control Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 3
26. Post-Construction Monitoring and Reporting: Where warranted, establish a post-construction program for monitoring the success of access control and reclamation. Make adjustments to access control measures if warranted. Reporting to the appropriate regulatory authority may also be required as a condition of access approvals or authorizations.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Access Development and Control Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 4
6.2 AIR QUALITY
Activity Description:
Pipeline construction activities may cause temporary, short-term increases in air emissions and dust. Key issues related to air quality are the environmental effects of potential added emissions of criteria air contaminants, hazardous air pollutants and greenhouse gases. The primary sources of air emissions during construction will be from fuel combustion while transporting crews to and from the work site as well as the operation of heavy equipment required for construction.
Objectives:
1. To comply with applicable air quality requirements for relevant criteria air contaminants, hazardous air pollutants, greenhouse gases and dust during construction.
2. To limit vehicle emissions and road dust to the extent feasible to reduce impacts on air quality.
Guidelines for Implementation:
1. Maintenance: Follow proper equipment maintenance schedules.
2. Idling: Reduce unnecessary idling of equipment to the extent feasible.
3. Transportation: Use multi-passenger vehicles (e.g., crew trucks) to transport crews to the site to the extent practical and limit the amount of traffic and accompanying emissions.
4. Dust (Residential): Control construction-related road dust near residential areas and other areas as advised by the Environmental Inspector. Control practices may include wetting the construction right-of-way with water. A water diversion permit may be required if large volumes of water are necessary for controlling dust. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will obtain the appropriate permits in consultation with the Enbridge Construction Manager and the appropriate regulatory authority.
5. Dust (Suppressants): Control dust emissions by applying dust suppressants, if warranted. Consult with applicable disposition holders or appropriate regulatory authorities for requirements and/or approvals to use dust suppressants. Avoid scheduling dust-generating activities (as practical) during periods of high wind to further limit dust emissions.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Air Quality Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 5
6.4 CONTAMINATED SOILS
Activity Description:
Construction activities on the right-of-way may involve excavating and handling contaminated soils. This subsection describes the procedures to be taken if the presence of contaminated soil is suspected, as well as procedures for notification of the appropriate regulatory authorities.
Objectives:
1. To employ environmentally and economically responsible construction practices at all times and in accordance with applicable industry standards.
2. To maintain a safe working environment.
3. To ensure appropriate regulatory reporting of identified contaminated soil.
Guidelines for Implementation:
1. Preconstruction Identification: Determine if historic leaks have occurred in the construction right-of- way and develop a list of known sites and potential sites of “concern” where contaminated soil and/or groundwater could be encountered.
Initial Response
2. Identification: Consider soils contaminated if free product is present, the soil is a notably different colour than the surrounding soil (black, shades of grey, blue and green), hydrocarbon odours are present, or there is sheen on excavation water. Notify the Environmental Inspector and/or Chief Inspector immediately.
3. Assessment: The Environmental Inspector or designate will immediately assess the situation. If oil is visible and a fresh leak is suspected, shut down or remove all equipment from the area.
4. Notification: After securing the site, the Environmental Inspector will notify the Enbridge Construction Manager and the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
5. Unknown Contamination: If unknown contaminants are encountered, the Environmental Inspector will immediately notify the Enbridge Construction Manager and the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
6. Regulatory Notification: Enbridge Environment Project Lead is responsible for notification of appropriate regulatory authorities. Enbridge Environment will assist with the investigation and disposal of contaminated materials.
7. Continuance of Work: The Enbridge Construction Manager in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead will determine if conditions are suitable to resume work.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Contaminated Soils Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 9
Soil Handling and Storage
8. Soil Handling and Storage: Separate topsoil and subsoil suspected of contamination from productive topsoil and subsoil. Maintain separate storage piles of each soil (i.e., storage may require four piles: contaminated topsoil; contaminated subsoil; clean topsoil; and clean subsoil). Store soils suspected of contamination within a bermed and lined containment cell. All liners must be high density polyethylene sheeting or equivalent. Locate contaminated soil storage piles a minimum of 100 m (330 feet) from any permanent waterbody and in an area that does not have an excessive slope. Label and/or install signs at the contaminated stockpiles so the contents (subsoil or topsoil) of each pile can be readily identified.
9. Erosion Control: Use plastic tarps to cover the storage pile and anchor the tarp on the outside of the berms to protect against water run-off and accumulation during precipitation events.
Soil Sampling and Testing
10. Soil Sampling: Ensure qualified personnel collect (or arrange to have collected) samples and GPS coordinates of each soil sample and stockpile suspected of contamination.
11. Soil Analysis: Submit samples of suspected contaminated soils to an Enbridge approved laboratory and test for the following minimum parameters: benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylene (BTEX); F1 to F4 hydrocarbons; polyaromatic hydrocarbons; flashpoint; BTEX toxicity characteristic leaching procedure (TCLP), TCLP metals, and paint filter. Collect and/or analyze samples for any additional parameters as identified by the landfill operator. Review the results with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Disposal
12. Disposal: Identify a local licensed landfill able to receive soils if contamination is confirmed by lab analysis. Dispose of soil that does not meet applicable regulatory criteria at a licensed landfill. Obtain waste acceptance at the proposed disposal facilities for each location anticipated to contain contaminated soil and/or groundwater. Wherever possible, have disposal acceptance for all wastes anticipated during construction in place prior to initiation of the project.
13. Delayed Disposal: If immediate direct haul to a disposal site is not possible, develop procedures for temporary storage of contaminated soils, until hauling is possible.
Backfill
14. Subsoil: Backfill the trench with subsoil that meets applicable regulatory criteria. In the event it is necessary to import subsoil, consult with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead to determine appropriate procedures.
15. Topsoil Importation: If topsoil importing is necessary, conduct laboratory analyses for contaminants prior to importation (see Section 5.1 – Backfill of Sunken Trench for testing requirements).
Trench Water
16. Contaminants: If excavating in contaminated soil, petroleum compounds may be dissolved in trench water (e.g., groundwater or surface runoff) in amounts that require treatment or special dewatering approaches (e.g., tank truck). Before discharging potentially contaminated water, contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
17. Identification: Consider water contaminated if free product is present, the soil under the water is a notably different colour than the surrounding soil (black, shades of grey, blue and green),
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Contaminated Soils Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 10
hydrocarbon odours are present, or there is sheen on excavation water. Notify the Environmental Inspector immediately.
18. Permits: Before commencing dewatering activities, ensure appropriate discharge permits and approvals are in place. Contact the Enbridge Environment Project Lead for further information.
19. Dewatering: See Section 4.6.2 – Dewatering Trench for guidance on contaminated water management.
Documentation
20. Reporting: Prepare a Contaminated Soil Notification Report as instructed by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
21. Distribution: Distribute a summary of the Contaminated Soil Notification Report to the appropriate Enbridge personnel and appropriate regulatory authorities as instructed by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Contaminated Soils Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 11
6.5 FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL
Activity Description:
Pipeline construction activities have the potential to cause fires. Potential sources of fire may include, but are not limited to: burning slash, welding, vehicles, cigarette butts, and other hot or flammable materials.
Objectives:
1. To ensure adequate fire prevention measures are in place prior to construction and that adequate training is provided to construction and inspection personnel.
2. To conduct construction activities in a manner that reduces the potential for wildfires.
3. To undertake fire suppression in the event of a wildfire or spread of fire from debris disposal.
Guidelines for Implementation:
Preconstruction
1. Permits: Obtain applicable burning permits prior to any burning activities (see Section 3.1.7 – Environmental Permits / Approvals / Notifications). Adhere to all permit conditions.
2. Notification: Notify appropriate regulatory authorities prior to any burning activities, if required by burning permits. Inform the community fire protection service of the location of the work and any hazardous material used or stored on the construction right-of-way. In addition, give the service a general description of the type of work being completed (e.g., welding), the emergency and fire equipment on the construction right-of-way, the type of emergency equipment and services that may be required from the department in the event of a fire or accident, and a list of medically trained personnel (e.g., a site medic), if available.
3. Prevention and Emergency Response: Review regional fire prevention, control and reporting requirements prior to construction. Review project-specific contingency or response plans for fire prevention and control, if available. Designate an appropriately trained emergency contact to be responsible for coordinating initial response to a fire as well as directing any necessary fire suppression activities.
4. Equipment: All activity project personnel and Contractors’ vehicles will be equipped with firefighting equipment in accordance with applicable regulations. In addition, ensure all motorized equipment carries a fully charged fire extinguisher with inspection documentation.
Slash Burning
5. Equipment: Ensure that slash burning crews have firefighting equipment on hand that is capable of controlling any fire that may occur as a result of their activities as required by the applicable regulations.
6. Approvals: Burn slash if approved by the appropriate regulatory authority and applicable permits are obtained (see Section 4.3.3 - Nonmerchantable Timber).
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Fire Prevention and Control Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 12
7. Monitoring: Monitor areas where burning is being undertaken at all times, or in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. Prevent fire from spreading off the construction right-of-way. Extinguish burning embers before leaving site and monitor burn sites to ensure no smouldering debris remains.
8. Slash Pile Locations: During construction, adhere to the following best practices:
▪ Do not locate burn piles on sites with deep duff layers (e.g., muskeg);
▪ Avoid locating burn piles on topsoil on agricultural lands. Locate burn piles on exposed mineral soils or in a burning sloop where practicable;
▪ Use burning racks, sleds or sloops when burning in permafrost areas;
▪ On rights-of-way less than 30 m (100 feet) wide, locate and burn windrows/slash piles along the centre of the right-of-way;
▪ On other cleared areas (e.g., other than 30+ m [100+ foot] rights-of-way), locate and burn windrows/slash piles at least 15 m (50 ft) from adjacent un-cleared areas;
▪ Leave 8 m (26 foot) breaks between windrows and do not exceed 60 m (200 feet) of windrow length; and
▪ Maintain a 15 m (50 foot) separation between slash piles (CAPP 2008).
9. Burning: Keep woody debris piles free of snow, duff and soil.
10. Burning: Burn only when the fire hazard is low to moderate. No burning shall be conducted during high winds. Do not burn slash if the fire hazard is high. If burning is delayed, store slash a minimum of 5 m (15 feet) away from adjacent, uncleared areas along the edges of the construction right-of- way in natural clearings, at cut line intersections, or in approved workspace areas until burning can be completed.
11. Ignition: Ignite piles using propane torches or petro-gel. Do not use gasoline, diesel, oil or tires to start or maintain burn piles.
12. Burning (Waterbodies): Locate burn piles outside of the wetted perimeter of waterbodies in a manner that avoids damage to surrounding timber, if present (e.g., a suitable distance from the right-of-way boundary). Do not locate burn piles on organic soils. Dispose of all partially burnt stumps and logs above the high water mark to the satisfaction of the landowner or appropriate regulatory authority.
13. Burning (Winter): Ensure burn piles are extinguished by mixing with snow, if available. Conduct infrared scans of burn piles in forested Crown land prior to spring break-up to ensure there are no “hot spots”. Address any “hot spots” encountered during aerial scans. Spread ashes over the construction right-of-way. Dispose of all partially burnt stumps and logs to the satisfaction of landowners or appropriate regulatory authorities. Push unburned stumps along the edge of the construction right-of-way after attempting to burn them or as directed by the appropriate regulatory authority.
Fire Prevention During Construction
14. Equipment: Ensure that exhaust and engine systems of equipment are in good working condition and inspect undercarriages periodically to ensure that grasses do not accumulate. Do not leave vehicles idling for extended periods of time when the fire hazard is high.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Fire Prevention and Control Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 13
15. Premow: Mow the construction right-of-way prior to construction if the fire hazard is high in order to reduce potential ignition sources. Mow at appropriate times (i.e., early morning or late evening) when relative humidity is high and the temperature is cool. A water truck with appropriate firefighting equipment will accompany the mower. In areas where mowing over rocky terrain could increase the risk of fire, use a nonmetallic roller or equivalent to flatten down rather than mow grasses.
16. Water: Maintain a water truck on the construction right-of-way when the fire hazard is high or extreme and weather conditions allow. Topsoil salvage, welding, and coating operations may each need a water truck and delivery system.
17. Prevention: Prohibit vehicles from parking on tall grass or stubble when the fire hazard is rated high or extreme. Place an appropriate nonflammable barrier between unsalvaged native prairie and work area directly affected by welding operations.
18. Waste Disposal: Ensure that personnel are made aware of proper disposal methods for welding rods, cigarette butts and other hot or burning material.
19. Smoking: Smoke only on Company property or the construction right-of-way in outdoor areas that are posted and approved by Enbridge. Keep designated smoking areas clean and equipped with a proper waste container and fire extinguisher. Do not dispose of cigarette butts on the ground or in the trench.
In the Event of a Wildfire
20. Fire: Follow the measures identified within the project-specific Environmental Protection Plan and/or Emergency Response Plan, if prepared, in the event of an accidental fire.
21. Suppression: Commence fire suppression measures immediately upon detection of fire provided that conditions allow personnel to safely proceed.
22. Alert: Report location of fire, as well as size of fire and wind direction, to the designated emergency contact. Deploy firefighting equipment and crew to clear or plow fire breaks or extinguish the fire directly if possible and if safe to do so. The emergency contact will be responsible for immediately notifying the local fire department and applicable Forest Fire Reporting Centres. All equipment and personnel adequately fit and trained must be made available to control the fire. The emergency contact will report wildfires and relevant information to the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and Enbridge Construction Manager (or designate). The Enbridge Construction Manager (or designate) or Environmental Inspector will immediately report accidental fires to the appropriate regulatory authorities, as well as landowners.
23. Inspection: The designated emergency contact or a suitably trained alternate will inspect the fire site as soon as possible and take charge of directing suppression measures.
24. Flammables: Promptly move material, particularly explosive or flammable materials, vehicles, etc., to a safe location whenever there is a possibility of being endangered by fire.
25. Monitoring: The designated emergency contact or a suitably trained alternate will ensure all embers are extinguished and will monitor burn area for smouldering material.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Fire Prevention and Control Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 14
6.8 HISTORICAL RESOURCES
Activity Description:
Construction activities such as grading, topsoil salvage, excavations and even trenchless activities have the potential to affect historical resources. Cultural, historic, archaeological and palaeontological resources are collectively known as historical resources and can include pre-contact and post-contact features (National Energy Board 2011).
**Note: Personnel are NOT permitted to collect and/or keep any artefacts. All historical resources identified must be catalogued, collected by Enbridge and submitted to the appropriate regulatory authority.**
Objectives:
1. To identify and preserve historical resources that may be affected by construction activities.
General Historical Resources Mitigation Measures:
Pre-construction Planning
1. Historical Resources Assessment: Investigate the potential for the presence of archaeological, historical or palaeontological sites through the project-specific historical resources assessment (see Section 3.1.4 – Environmental Supporting Studies).
2. Avoidance: Avoidance is the preferred method for all historical resource sites. If avoidance is not feasible, follow the mitigative measures set out in the project-specific historical resources report.
3. Historical Resources Discovery: In the event of a historical resources discovery on site prior to or during construction, implement the appropriate mitigative measures identified in the Historical Resources Discovery Contingency Measures provided below.
Construction
4. Topsoil Salvage: Monitor topsoil salvage in areas with high potential for historical resources.
5. Grading: Do not permit grading in proximity to known archaeological, historical or palaeontological sites unless otherwise approved by the appropriate regulatory authority.
6. Work in Proximity: Follow the mitigative measures set out in the appropriate regulatory approvals or project-specific historical resources report for any known sites. Mitigative measures may include, but are not limited to, the following:
▪ Have a qualified historical resource specialist (e.g., archaeologist or palaeontologist) present to monitor excavation operations;
▪ Narrow down the proposed area of disturbance and protect the site using fencing or clearly mark the site using flagging (dwg. 18 - narrow down fencing);
▪ Install geotextile and matting to protect the site;
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Historical Resources Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 19
▪ Conduct an excavation to salvage and establish an adequate record of the site according to the appropriate regulatory historical resources guidelines;
▪ Horizontal directionally drill under the site/resource, if feasible; or
▪ Realign the route to avoid the site.
Historical Resources Discovery Contingency Measures:
Historical Resource Discovery Prior to Construction
In the event that archaeological, historical or palaeontological resources are discovered during the historical resources assessment (see Section 3.1.4 – Environmental Supporting Studies), assess the site based on the following criteria:
• The importance of the site;
• The location of the site with respect to the route;
• The feasibility of alternate routing or siting to avoid the resource (see section 3.1.3 – routing); and
• Input from the appropriate regulatory authority.
Historical Resource Discovery During Construction
In the event that archaeological, historical or palaeontological resources are discovered during construction, suspend work immediately in the vicinity of the suspected site. Work at that location may not resume until the measures below are implemented:
• Notify the Environmental Inspector who will notify the Construction Manager or designate and the Enbridge Environment Project Lead;
• The Environmental Inspector shall provide an initial assessment of suspected archaeological, palaeontological and historical remains and either allow construction to resume or, in the event of a confirmed or potential discovery, proceed by notifying the Enbridge Environment Project Lead who will notify a qualified historical resource specialist and the appropriate regulatory authority, if required; and
• The Enbridge Environment Project Lead may deem it necessary for the qualified historical resource specialist to visit the site. Regardless of whether a site visit is required, develop an appropriate mitigation plan in consultation with the qualified historical resource specialist and, if necessary, the appropriate regulatory authority.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Historical Resources Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 20
6.9 NOISE ABATEMENT
Activity Description:
Nuisance noise will be created by construction equipment and may affect wildlife resources and nearby residents.
Objectives:
1. To comply with applicable regulations and guidelines for noise during construction.
2. To reduce construction-related noise to the extent feasible near receptors.
General Noise Abatement Mitigation Measures:
1. Noise Assessment: Discuss the need for a noise assessment with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead (see Section 3.1.4 – Environmental Supporting Studies). More detailed assessments may be required if requested by the appropriate regulatory authority or if the project has associated facilities which may result in increased noise levels over existing levels during operations or maintenance.
2. Control Noise: Take reasonable measures to control construction related noise near residential areas. Alter equipment, erect noise barriers, or change the work schedule if excessive noise becomes a nuisance to nearby residents.
3. Noise By-Laws: Unless otherwise noted in municipal noise by-laws, generally conduct construction activity between the hours of 07:00 and 22:00. Note, some construction activities, once started, must continue on a 24 hour basis (e.g., horizontal directional drilling may be continuous until completion).
4. Scheduling: Consider noise abatement and scheduling construction at noise-sensitive locations during non-sensitive times, to limit disruption to sensitive receptors, including wildlife.
5. Equipment: Ensure that noise abatement equipment (e.g., mufflers) on machinery is in good working order. Turn off equipment when not in use. Enclose noisy equipment and use noise barriers, where warranted, to limit the transmission of noise beyond the construction site. Locate stationary equipment, such as compressors and generators, away from noise receptors. Replace or repair equipment parts generating excessive noise.
6. Trucking: Inform truck drivers and mobile equipment operators that the use of engine retarder brakes will not be permitted in previously identified noise-sensitive locations.
7. Access: Maintain access roads to limit vehicle noise and noise from vibration.
8. Air Traffic: If flyovers of the pipeline are required, avoid low altitude flights, except as necessary for the safety and security of the pipeline. Restrict all air traffic to daytime hours.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Noise Abatement Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 21
6.12 SPILL PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT
Activity Description:
Spills of hazardous materials during construction have the potential to affect environmental resources such as soil, wetlands, vegetation, wildlife habitat and aquatic ecosystems. This procedure describes measures to be implemented to prevent spills from occurring during construction and the steps to be taken if a spill of hazardous materials occurs to reduce the effects on environmental resources on and off the construction right-of-way.
Objectives:
1. To reduce the potential for spills to occur through preventative measures.
2. To respond to accidental spills in an efficient manner to reduce the effects on environmental resources.
General Spill Prevention Measures:
1. Training: Operators or onsite construction foremen will be trained to contain spills or leakage from equipment.
2. Fluids and Chemicals: Ensure that no fuel, lubricating fluids, hydraulic fluids, antifreeze, herbicides, biocides or other chemicals are dumped or disposed of on the ground or into any watercourse or wetland.
3. Equipment: Maintain appropriate spill equipment at all worksites. Assess the risk potential for site- specific spills to determine the appropriate type of response equipment to be stored onsite and suitable location for storage. Ensure that bulk fuel trucks, service vehicles and pick-up trucks equipped with box-mounted fuel tanks carry spill prevention, containment and clean-up materials that are suitable for the volume of fuels or oils carried. Carry spill contingency material on bulk fuel and service vehicles that is suitable for use on land and water (i.e., sorbent pads, sorbent boom and rope). Carry additional spill prevention and clean-up material, and equipment such as a tarp, shovel and heavy plastic bags in bulk fuel trucks, service trucks and pick-ups with box-mounted fuel tanks.
4. Refuelling / Servicing: Refuel and service mobile equipment well away from the normal high water mark of watercourses or wetlands, or as indicated in regulatory authorizations. Where equipment must operate and be refuelled/serviced (e.g., light plants, generators, water pumps, snow makers, etc) within the normal high water mark of a waterbody, ensure that:
▪ All containers, hoses and nozzles are free of leaks;
▪ All fuel nozzles are equipped with automatic shut-offs;
▪ Operators are stationed at both ends of the hose during fuelling unless the ends are visible and readily accessible by one operator;
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Spill Prevention and Management Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 28
▪ Fuel remaining in the hose is returned to the storage facility;
▪ The environmental inspector has been consulted prior to equipment being fuelled within the normal high water mark of a waterbody to ensure appropriate mitigation has been utilized; and
▪ Additional procedures described in the section on refueling tanks, equipment and containers in enbridge’s o&mp book 8 are implemented.
5. Servicing: Servicing of equipment within wetlands or watercourse is prohibited without site-specific approval from an Environmental Inspector. Place drip pans or other forms of secondary containment underneath equipment/vehicles when servicing equipment/vehicles with the potential for accidental spills (e.g., oil changes, servicing of hydraulic systems).
6. Organic Fields: Prohibit refuelling/servicing of equipment/vehicles on organic fields unless otherwise approved by the landowner.
7. Storage: Do not store fuel tanks, containers or stationary equipment within the normal high water mark of a watercourse or wetland, unless otherwise indicated in regulatory authorizations. If this is not feasible, secondary containment must be provided regardless of container size. If the fuel tank is double-walled, tertiary containment must be provided. Fuel storage areas, pumps, generators and other sources of deleterious substances must be within a containment system of sufficient capacity to ensure that deleterious substances do not enter fish habitat. Appropriate spill kits will be kept at fuel or hazardous materials storage, refuelling and maintenance or refuelling service vehicles.
8. Watercourse Crossing Equipment: Inspect hydraulic, fuel and lubrication systems of equipment used in water crossing construction to ensure that the systems are in good condition and free of leaks. Clean equipment to be used instream or adjacent to a waterbody/wetland or otherwise ensure equipment is free of grease, oil or other fluids, mud, dirt and vegetation, both prior to entering the waterbody and upon completion of instream activity. Prevent the discharge of materials toxic to fish or other aquatic life into a watercourse or waterbody.
9. Watercourses and Wetlands: Do not wash equipment or machinery in watercourses or wetlands.
Spill Contingency Measures
Initial Response
10. Initial Response: Report spills immediately to the Enbridge Construction Manager or designate and the Environmental Inspector, who will immediately ensure that:
▪ Action is taken to control danger to human life;
▪ The necessary equipment and personnel are mobilized, and measures are being implemented to stop the source of the spill, if safe to do so, and commence clean-up;
▪ The enbridge environment project lead is notified; and
▪ The contractor will make all resources available to contain and clean-up the spill.
11. Notifications: The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will ensure the appropriate regulatory authority is notified.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Spill Prevention and Management Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 29
Spill Containment Procedures
12. Hazardous Materials: Guidelines for the safe handling, storage, use and disposal of potentially hazardous materials are provided in the Sections, Waste Storage and Waste Transportation in Enbridge’s O&MP Book 8.
13. Containment and Clean-Up: Following initial response of a spill of a hazardous material, ensure the following containment procedures are carried out:
▪ Identify the product, stop source and physically contain the spill as soon as safe to do so;
▪ Avoid use of water or fire extinguishing chemicals on non-petroleum product spills since many chemicals react violently with water and chemical extinguishing agents may release toxic fumes. In addition, chemicals may be soluble in water and dispersal makes containment and clean-up more difficult;
▪ Prohibit traffic on contaminated soils, except where required for containment and clean-up;
▪ Use natural depressions or berms constructed with materials and equipment in proximity to the site to physically contain a spill on land. Deploy booms to contain a spill in water; and
▪ Immediately notify the Enbridge Environment Project Lead of the incident.
14. Spill from a Truck: If hazardous materials are spilled from a truck, ensure that:
▪ Spilled petroleum product is contained;
▪ The tanker is pumped dry (into appropriate containers or another tanker);
▪ The tanker is removed from the site;
▪ Spilled product is picked up;
▪ The contaminated area is cleaned-up;
▪ Dispose of sorbent pads, contaminated soil and vegetation at an approved facility; and
▪ Immediately notify the Enbridge Environment Project Lead of the incident.
15. Watercourse or Wetland: Follow the general guidelines listed below for spills adjacent to or in a watercourse or wetland:
▪ Construct berms and/or trenches to contain spilled product prior to entry into a watercourse or wetland;
▪ Deploy booms, skimmers, sorbents, etc., if feasible, to contain and recover spilled material from a watercourse or wetland;
▪ Pick up spilled product;
▪ Immediately notify the Enbridge Environment Project Lead of the incident; and
▪ Implement any additional clean-up measures resulting from consultation with the appropriate regulatory authorities.
16. Spot Spills: Immediately report all small spills of fuels or hazardous materials to the Environmental Inspector. Suspend construction activity and travel in the immediate vicinity of a spot spill until permission to resume activity has been granted by the Enbridge Construction Manager in consultation with the Environmental Inspector. The Environmental Inspector, in consultation with
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Spill Prevention and Management Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 30
the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, will determine appropriate methods to remove or restore contaminated soils. Contaminated soil and vegetation will be disposed of at an approved facility.
17. Record Keeping: The Environmental Inspector or Enbridge Construction Manager will ensure that a Spill Report has been completed and will include a record of the report in the project files and forward a copy of the report to the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
18. Spill Tracking: The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will ensure that all spills are documented in Enbridge’s Incident Tracking Table.
19. Contaminated Soil Notification Form: If warranted, the Environmental Inspector or Enbridge Construction Manager will complete a Contaminated Soil Notification Form as directed by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Spill Prevention and Management Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 31
6.14 SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT
Activity Description:
During construction, activities associated with site preparation and the use of heavy vehicles cause soil exposure and, therefore, the potential exists for soil erosion on the construction right-of-way. The potential for erosion is affected by several factors including, but not limited to, precipitation, flowing water, steep slopes and susceptibility of the soils present to erosion.
General Soil Erosion Contingency Measures are presented in Section 4.4.4 and contingency measures for flood or excessive flow conditions specifically during watercourse or wetland crossing construction is presented in Section 4.10.2. The information presented in this subsection addresses surface water management along the entire construction right-of-way throughout all phases of construction.
Objectives:
1. To control surface runoff from adjacent lands onto the construction right-of-way.
2. To establish and maintain effective sediment control measures on the construction right-of-way.
Guidelines for Implementation:
General
1. Review Section 4.4.4 – Soil Erosion Contingency Measures for mitigative measures regarding soil erosion.
2. Review Section 4.10.2 – Watercourse / Wetland Siltation Prevention and Excessive Flow Contingency Measures for mitigative measures regarding erosion in the vicinity of watercourses and wetlands.
3. Review Section 6.18 – Wet / Thawed Soils for guidance on wet soils handling and considerations for implementing a shut-down.
4. Maintain sufficient quantities of silt fence, straw mulch, washed rock, geotextile fabric and erosion control blankets on site to address erosion and sediment control as the work progresses.
Construction
5. Erosion and Sediment Control: Install sediment control devices/materials immediately following initial ground disturbance on the construction right-of-way (e.g., clearing, grubbing, topsoil salvage). Install sediment control devices, such as a silt fence, straw bales or biologs around the perimeter of the construction right-of-way, where warranted, to prevent overland flow from transporting sediment into wetlands/watercourses or off the construction right-of-way. Inspect and maintain erosion control devices regularly (e.g., weekly and within 24 hours of a precipitation event [Dwg. 11 – Installing Silt Fence]).
6. Clearing: Limit clearing to the minimum necessary to safely complete the job while reducing potential opportunities for erosion. Clearing within additional workspace will be reduced if the entire
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Surface Water Management Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 34
workspace is not necessary for construction. See Section 4.3.1 – Clearing and Grubbing for additional mitigation.
7. Grubbing: Limit grubbing to areas where soil removal is necessary (e.g., trench line, areas to be graded). See Section 4.3.1 – Clearing and Grubbing for additional mitigation. Walk down or mow shrubs and small trees rather than cutting, if feasible.
8. Topsoil Storage: Topsoil should be stockpiled, and protected with erosion control devices where appropriate to minimize the potential for surface waters to erode the piles. Stockpile salvaged topsoil in a location that will prevent erosion and siltation of watercourses and wetlands. Place topsoil in distinct piles above the high water mark of watercourses in a manner that does not block drainage or runoff, construction activities, or replacement of grade material or trench spoil, and prevents erosion and siltation into watercourses or wetlands. Limit the amount and duration of soil exposure.
9. Weather: Monitor heavy precipitation and rain-on-snow events, and communicate the need for any additional preparations, if warranted. If a storm event is predicted, implement additional controls in active work areas, so that runoff leaving the site does not cause sedimentation of any watercourses or wetlands. Stabilize banks and grade cuts with a high potential for erosion.
10. Surface Drainage: Control surface drainage near construction sites and install ditches/berms, if warranted, to prevent clean surface water from entering excavations or areas of disturbed and erodible soils.
11. Windrow Gaps: Leave gaps in soil and spoil windrows, if warranted, at obvious drainage courses and where requested to accommodate surface runoff (Dwg. 8 – Gaps and Plugs).
12. Dewatering: Implement filtering devices to intercept and retain sediment-laden runoff or discharge water to prevent sedimentation. See Section 4.6.2 – Dewatering Trench, Dwg. 2 – Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag / Vegetation and Dwg. 3 – Dewatering Trench – Straw Bale Sump for additional mitigation.
13. Cross Ditches and Diversion Berms: Install cross ditch(es) and diversion berm(s) as per Dwg. 1 – Cross Ditches and Berms to prevent runoff along the construction right-of-way and possible subsequent erosion. Exact locations of berms will be determined in the field. Tie berms into existing erosion control structures where prevalent on the adjacent right-of-way. Install berms immediately downslope of all breakers on moderate to steep slopes, where present. See Dwg. 34 – Trench Breakers / Ditch Plugs for additional information on installation.
14. Sediment Ponds: If warranted, install sediment ponds (e.g., settlement sumps) at discharge outlets from ditches and berms to intercept and retain sediment-laden runoff thereby allowing sediment to settle out. Ensure sediment ponds are established at an appropriate distance from any watercourse or wetland, unless otherwise approved by the Environmental Inspector.
15. Monitoring: Inspect and maintain erosion control devices regularly (e.g., weekly or within 24 hours of a precipitation event) until vegetation on erosion prone areas is established. Remove large deposits of sediment/debris captured by erosion control devices as required.
16. Off Right-of-Way Erosion Control: In the event erosion control devices must be installed in areas off the construction right-of-way, obtain the necessary land access approvals prior to performing the work.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Surface Water Management Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 35
Winter Erosion Control
17. Erosion and Sediment Control: Frozen ground conditions may preclude some erosion control options (e.g., straw crimping), however, best efforts should be made to ensure appropriate protection is in place prior to spring break-up. Silt fencing, cross ditches and diversion berms, subdrains, and spreading slash are suitable erosion control options for areas constructed during frozen ground conditions. Seeding or planting (e.g., willow stakes [Dwg. 13 – Live Shrub Cuttings Bundles and Dwg. 14 – Live Shrub Staking]) efforts may also be implemented but should be discussed with the Environmental Inspector and Enbridge Environment Project Lead prior to implementation.
18. Final Clean-up: In areas constructed during frozen ground conditions where access is limited during the spring/summer (e.g., boreal forest, peatlands, muskeg), ensure final clean-up is completed before vacating the area. Ensure sediment control devices are sturdy and capable of handling potentially large storm events with minimal maintenance.
19. Culverts: If temporary culverts are to remain in place after winter construction, ensure they are adequately sized to handle spring flows (e.g., meltwater).
Post-Construction
20. Section 4.9 – Clean-Up and Reclamation provides additional information on post-construction erosion control measures.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Surface Water Management Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 36
6.16 WASTE
Activity Description:
Enbridge is committed to the proper management of all company wastes, which are generated through normal operational, construction and emergency activities. Proper waste management ensures both the protection of the environment and compliance with government legislation.
Objectives:
1. To manage construction waste and maintain environmental integrity.
Guidelines for Implementation:
1. Management: Review and adhere to the guidelines presented in the current Enbridge Waste Management Plan.
2. Spills: Review and adhere to the guidelines presented in Section 6.12 – Spill Prevention and Management in regards to containment, clean up and disposal of spills.
3. Contaminated Soils: Review and adhere to the guidelines presented in Section 6.4 – Contaminated Soil.
4. Collection: Collect waste generated from the work site on a daily basis and dispose of at an approved facility to avoid the attraction of nuisance animals. Waste containers shall accompany each working unit. No waste shall be disposed of in the trench. Periodic assessments of disposal manifests should be incorporated into environmental inspection activities. Store all garbage in bear-proof containers where potential bear/human conflicts may occur.
5. Disposal: Transport and dispose of all wastes in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.
6. Waste Burning: Burning of waste is strictly prohibited unless appropriate regulatory approvals are in place and the Enbridge Environment Project Lead has been consulted.
7. Organic Farms: Prohibit the installation of waste collection receptacles or portable toilets on the organic fields, if applicable.
8. Hazardous Materials: Guidelines for the safe handling, storage, use and disposal of potentially hazardous materials are provided in Enbridge’s Operating and Maintenance Procedure Book 8 under the sections covering Waste Storage and Waste Transportation.
9. Reporting: Report all incidents involving waste and hazardous material to the Environmental Inspector and the Enbridge Environment Project Lead. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will notify the appropriate regulatory authorities, if warranted, according to applicable regulations.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Waste Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 40
6.19 WILDLIFE
Introduction:
This procedure was developed to address issues pertaining to wildlife and identify mitigative measures to be implemented during the planning and construction phases of a project. These procedures also provide contingency plans for the discovery of wildlife species of concern prior to and during construction, and for wildlife encounters.
Objectives:
1. To minimize project effects on wildlife and wildlife habitat by applying best management practices during pipeline planning and construction.
General Wildlife Mitigation Measures:
Preconstruction Planning
1. Scheduling: Contact Enbridge Environment Project Lead to establish timing constraints for construction activities. Schedule activities before or after periods of concern to the extent feasible and adhere to applicable timing constraints unless otherwise approved by the applicable regulatory authorities. See Section 3.1.2 – Project Scheduling, Section 3.1.4 – Environmental Supporting Studies and Section 3.1.7 – Environmental Permits / Approvals / Notifications for more information.
2. Species of Concern Review: Investigate the potential for the presence of wildlife species of concern through project-specific wildlife studies or through public species at risk databases. Develop mitigation plans for wildlife species of concern or their site-specific habitat if directed by the regulatory agencies responsible for the management of the species (e.g., caribou protection plan). Determine the need to develop project-specific access control procedures to minimize disturbance to sensitive wildlife. See Section 6.1 – Access Development and Control for more information.
3. Species of Concern Discovery: In the event of a discovery of a wildlife species of concern during pre- construction wildlife surveys, appropriate mitigative measures will be determined by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead in consultation with a qualified biologist/qualified environmental specialist and the appropriate regulatory authorities, if warranted. The Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Contingency Measures subsection (below) provides recommendations for mitigative measures. Mitigative measures developed will be implemented prior to construction as appropriate.
Construction
4. Access Control: Implement measures from Section 6.1 – Access Development and Control as appropriate for the project during the construction phase.
5. Scheduling: Adhere to restrictions on construction activities for identified sensitive wildlife species unless otherwise approved by the appropriate regulatory authority. Premow or preclear the construction right-of-way on woodlands, native prairie and tame pasture lands prior to the migratory
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Wildlife Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 49
bird restricted activity period to discourage nesting along the construction right-of-way if construction has been approved to occur during the migratory bird restricted activity period. If construction is to occur during the migratory bird restricted activity period, preconstruction wildlife surveys/sweeps will be conducted by a qualified biologist/qualified environmental specialist to determine whether any nesting migratory birds will be impacted by construction. Use appropriate mitigation in consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and the appropriate regulatory authorities to protect any discovered active or suspected nests.
6. Notification: The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will notify the appropriate regulatory authorities prior to commencement of construction, if required by project approvals. See 3.1.7 – Environmental Permits / Approvals / Notifications for more information. The Enbridge Environment Project Lead will notify the appropriate regulatory authorities if construction will damage beaver ponds, dams and lodges, muskrat push-ups or other aquatic furbearer habitats, raptor nests, mineral licks or other evidence of special wildlife use in the area. Obtain applicable permits, authorizations or approvals prior to disturbance as required.
7. Habitat Preservation: Flag or fence off environmentally sensitive areas (e.g., nests, mineral licks, dens, etc.) as specified in the project-specific wildlife survey and related environmental instructions, prior to clearing and construction. See Section 4.2 – Survey and Utility Locates for more information. Narrow down the construction right-of-way and temporary workspace where nest sites or other critical site-specific habitats are encountered by the route to avoid habitat loss (Dwg. 18 – Narrow Down Fencing). Implement measures to restore lost habitat (e.g., transplanting or planting of important shrubs, installing artificial nest boxes and platforms) at locations where narrowing down is not practical and the potential for loss of important habitat exists (Dwg. 14 – Live Shrub Staking).
8. Species of Concern Discovery During Construction: Implement the Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Contingency Measures provided below if a tree to be cleared contains an active bird nest, or if a ground nest, burrow or den is discovered during clearing. Suspend the work activity in the immediate vicinity of the discovery, fence or flag off the area, and contact the Environmental Inspector.
9. Wildlife Mortality: The following recommendations are aimed at limiting potential for wildlife mortality during construction.
▪ Erect fencing around such areas as boreholes, entry/exit pits and sump pit excavations to prevent wildlife entrapment. Work expeditiously to maintain a tight construction spread (i.e., limit interval between front end work activities such as grading and back end activities such as clean-up) to avoid or reduce potential barriers and hazards to wildlife.
▪ Utilize multi-passenger vehicles for the transport of construction crews to and from the construction right-of-way, where practical, to lessen the potential for accidents due to tiredness, excess speed and the volume of traffic on local roads as well as reduce air emissions and potential for wildlife mortality.
▪ Consider construction traffic speed limits on access roads to reduce the risk of collisions with wildlife (see Section 6.11 - Pipeline Right-of-Way Traffic for more information).
▪ Screen test the water intakes in accordance with regulatory screening requirements, to prevent the entrapment of fish or wildlife.
▪ Wildlife / Human Interaction: The following recommendations are aimed at limiting potential for wildlife / human conflicts during construction.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Wildlife Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 50
▪ Report scavenging or dangerous wildlife along with the location and details to local wildlife authorities and, if appropriate, the local police department.
▪ Personnel are prohibited from harming, harassing or feeding wildlife or livestock.
▪ Do not allow recreational use of all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles or firearms on the construction right-of-way.
▪ Do not allow pets on the construction right-of-way.
▪ Personnel are not permitted to hunt or fish on any worksite.
▪ Report any incidents or collisions with wildlife to the Environmental Inspector, who will notify local wildlife authorities and, if appropriate, the local police department as (see the Wildlife Encounter Contingency Measures below).
▪ Store all garbage in animal-proof containers when potential wildlife/human conflicts may occur.
▪ Examine the trench on a daily basis for wildlife which may have become trapped overnight. In the event an animal becomes trapped in the trench, report the location and species of wildlife to the Environmental Inspector prior to commencing any construction activities. The Environmental Inspector, in consultation with the Enbridge Construction Manager and a qualified wildlife biologist/qualified environmental specialist (if warranted), will ensure the wildlife is removed from the trench appropriately.
10. Wildlife / Human Interaction: The following recommendations are aimed at limiting potential for wildlife / human conflicts during construction.
▪ Report scavenging or dangerous wildlife along with the location and details to local wildlife authorities and, if appropriate, the local police department.
▪ Personnel are prohibited from harming, harassing or feeding wildlife or livestock.
▪ Do not allow recreational use of all-terrain vehicles, snowmobiles or firearms on the construction right-of-way.
▪ Do not allow pets on the construction right-of-way.
▪ Personnel are not permitted to hunt or fish on any worksite.
▪ Report any incidents or collisions with wildlife to the Environmental Inspector, who will notify local wildlife authorities and, if appropriate, the local police department as (see the Wildlife Encounter Contingency Measures below).
▪ Store all garbage in animal-proof containers when potential wildlife/human conflicts may occur.
▪ Examine the trench on a daily basis for wildlife which may have become trapped overnight. In the event an animal becomes trapped in the trench, report the location and species of wildlife to the Environmental Inspector prior to commencing any construction activities. The Environmental Inspector, in consultation with the Enbridge Construction Manager and a qualified wildlife biologist/qualified environmental specialist (if warranted), will ensure the wildlife is removed from the trench appropriately.
11. Wildlife Movement: In critical habitat identified by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead, consider leaving periodic gaps (approximately 3 m [10 feet] wide) in windrowed snow if snow windrows are greater than 0.75 m [2.4 feet] in height, or as instructed by the Environmental Inspector. Gaps are typically at intervals (approximately every 400 m [1,280 feet]) along the route, located at obvious
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Wildlife Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 51
trails used by trappers or wildlife, and generally coincide with gaps in topsoil windrows and strung pipe. See Dwg. 8 – Gaps and Plugs for more information.
12. Wildlife / Livestock / Farm Equipment Movement: Leave periodic gaps in set-up and welded pipe to allow wildlife, farm equipment and livestock to cross the construction right-of-way. Gaps shall be located at obvious trails and, where requested, for farm equipment and livestock. Ensure breaks in pipe coincide with gaps in topsoil, spoil, snow (if present) and rollback (if present) windrows. See Dwg. 8 – Gaps and Plugs for more information.
13. Wildlife / Livestock Movement: Minimize the length of open ditch and reduce the time the trench will be left open to limit the amount of trench sloughing, frost penetration and interference with wildlife, landowners and livestock. Ensure backfilling of lowered-in pipe is completed by nightfall during winter construction to minimize hazards to livestock and wildlife.
Post-Construction
14. Wildlife Movement: Leave gaps in rollback used for erosion control at all obvious wildlife trails.
15. Habitat Connectivity: Maintain habitat connections, where possible, in key areas by placing coarse woody slash/debris, planting appropriate vegetation or both, across the right-of-way.
16. Revegetation: Revegetate disturbed noncultivated woodlands and native prairie areas with native species that reflect the surrounding vegetation except where regulatory agencies indicate that natural recovery is preferable (see Section 4.9 - Clean-Up and Reclamation for more information).
17. Access Control: Implement measures from Section 6.1 – Access Development and Control as appropriate for the project following construction.
Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Contingency Measures
Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery Prior to Construction
In the event that wildlife species of concern or their site-specific habitat is discovered during project- specific wildlife studies along the pipeline route prior to construction, the discovery will be assessed and the following criteria will be documented for consultation with the Enbridge Environment Project Lead:
• The position of the wildlife or habitat feature with respect to the proposed area of development;
• The presence of topographic features or vegetation to effectively screen the wildlife or habitat from construction activities;
• Critical timing constraints for the species; and
• The potential for an alteration of construction activities to minimize or avoid sensory disturbance.
The mitigative measures available may include, but are not limited to, the following:
• Abide by regulatory timing constraints within the recommended setback distances unless otherwise approved by appropriate regulatory authorities;
• Abide by daily timing restrictions on construction activities;
• Where required, narrow down the proposed area of disturbance and protect the site using fencing or clearly mark the site using flagging (dwg. 18 – narrow down fencing);
• Alter or delay construction activities to avoid sensory disturbance (e.g., no burning);
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Wildlife Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 52
• Extend road or watercourse bores to avoid or minimize effects on the site;
• Inform all users of access restrictions in the vicinity of flagged or fenced sites;
• Realign the route to avoid the site;
• Salvage and transplant vegetation or native seed of critical importance to wildlife species of concern where the habitat could not be avoided;
• Install nest boxes or platforms or otherwise replace or enhance habitat during reclamation or restoration; and
• Relocate nests or other habitat features or individuals if practical (and approved by appropriate regulatory authorities) and monitor post-construction response (where applicable) or as per applicable regulatory requirements.
The project-specific wildlife study or environmental plans will outline the appropriate mitigation to be implemented at each site.
Wildlife Species of Concern Discovery During Construction
In the event that wildlife species of concern or their site-specific habitat is discovered during construction of the pipeline, the discovery will be assessed and appropriate mitigation measures from the list above will be determined.
Wildlife species of concern and their habitat characteristics will be identified by the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and provided to the Environmental Inspector. The Environmental Inspector will be provided with detailed information on identifying wildlife species of concern and their site-specific habitat.
In the event that wildlife species of concern or their site-specific habitat are discovered during construction of the pipeline, follow the measures outlined below.
• Suspend work immediately in the vicinity of any newly discovered wildlife species of concern. Work at that location may not resume until the measures below are undertaken.
• Notify the Environmental Inspector who will notify the Enbridge Construction Manager or designate.
• The Environmental Inspector will assess the discovery and either allow construction to be resumed or, in the event of a confirmed or potential discovery, proceed by notifying the Enbridge Environment Project Lead and, if warranted, the appropriate regulatory authorities.
• The Enbridge Environment Project Lead may deem it necessary for a qualified biologist/qualified environmental specialist to visit the site and will, regardless of whether a site visit is warranted, develop an appropriate mitigation plan in consultation with the qualified biologist/qualified environmental specialist. The mitigative measures available include those listed above.
Wildlife Encounter Contingency Measures
In the event of an encounter with wildlife during the construction phase of the project, either at the construction site or on the commute to and from the construction site, follow the measures outlined below.
• Report any incidents (e.g., aggressive behaviour, nuisance behaviour) with wildlife to the Environmental Inspector. The Environmental Inspector will assess the incident and determine if it is safe to continue/resume work. If necessary, the Environmental Inspector will notify the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Wildlife Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 53
• Report any trapped, injured, or dead animals on the site to the Environmental Inspector. The Environmental Inspector will notify the Enbridge Environment Project Lead who will contact the appropriate regulatory authority to consult on appropriate action, if warranted.
• Report location and details of collisions with wildlife to the Environmental Inspector. If necessary, the Environmental Inspector will notify the Enbridge Environment Project Lead.
In all scenarios above, the Enbridge Environment Project Lead will ensure the appropriate regulatory authorities and police are notified, if warranted. Note, the Enbridge Environment Project Lead may choose to delegate the Environmental Inspector to undertake notification of appropriate regulatory authorities.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 6. Procedures to Address Potential Environmental Issues - Wildlife Revision 0 | June 2012 6 - 54
Dewatering Trench – Filter Bag / Vegetation - Dwg 2
Representation Only
Dewatering Discharge In Well-Vegetated Uplands
Notes: 1. Pump intake hose must be secured at least 30 cm (1 foot) above the trench bottom. 2. If vegetation is sparse, dewater into a geotextile filter bag (as shown above) or straw bale dewatering structure (see Dwg. 3).
Geotextile Filter Bag
Notes: 1. Size geotextile filter bags appropriately for the discharge flow and suspended sediment particle size. 2. Filter bag location should be flagged so that bag can be removed.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 7. List of Drawings Revision 0 | June 2012 7 - 5
Dewatering Trench - Straw Bale Sump - Dwg 3
Representation Only
Dewatering Trench - Straw Bale Sump
Notes: 1. Arrange the straw bales to the X and Y dimensions as specified above, or as recommended by the Environmental Inspector. 2. If bottom of structure is not lined with straw bales (Option 1), line entire structure with geotextile filter fabric (Option 2). Minimum Sump Dimension Maximum Pumping Rate X Y (liters per minute) (gallons per minute) 3 m / 10’ 6 m / 20’ 1135 300 4.5 m / 15‘ 6 m / 20’ 1325 350 6 m / 20’ 6 m / 20’ 1515 400 6 m / 20’ 7.5 m / 25’ 1700 450 7.5 m / 25’ 7.5 m / 25’ 1890 500 7.5 m / 25’ 9 m / 30’ 2080 550 9 m / 30’ 9 m / 30’ 2500 600
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 7. List of Drawings Revision 0 | June 2012 7 - 6
Installing Silt Fence - Dwg 11
Representation Only
Notes: 1. Watercourses that have moderate to high sensitivity of fish habitat and/or have steep approach slopes at the proposed crossings may need silt fences during construction, as determined by the Environmental Inspector. 2. Install silt fences at the base of approach slopes to watercourses following clearing and grading using the method and materials above or other approved designs. 3. Ensure silt fence is keyed into the substrate. Excavate a narrow trench, place the base of the silt fence in the trench and place the fill back into the trench, securing the silt fence in place. 4. Place silt fences a minimum 2 m (6 feet), if feasible, from the toe of the slope in order to increase ponding volume. 5. Inspect temporary erosion control structures on a daily basis and repair, if warranted, before the end of each working day. Remove silt/debris accumulation on regular basis. 6. Maintain silt fences in place at the base of the approach slopes until revegetation of the right-of-way is complete. 7. In areas with frequent traffic, install two or more silt fences in a staggered and overlapped configuration to allow vehicle passage without removal or opening of the silt fence. 8. Install silt fences, where warranted, to eliminate the flow of sediment from clean spoil piles and disturbed areas into nearby wetlands. Inspect and maintain silt fences as per point 5 above. 9. Remove any sediment barriers around wetlands that remain after the disturbed area is revegetated and the area is stable.
Enbridge Environmental Guidelines for Construction | 7. List of Drawings Revision 0 | June 2012 7 - 15
Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX L
ENBRIDGE OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL EXCERPTS
The OMM required by government regulations and internal governance, provide day-to-day standards for safe and efficient operation and maintenance of a pipeline and associated facilities.
The following excerpts of the OMM Manuals have been included in this Appendix.
• Book 8: Environment: Refueling Tanks Equipment and Containers.
• Book 8: Environment: Contaminated Soil Identification, Temporary Storage and Disposal.
• Book 8: Environment: Waterwashed Soil Storage, Disposal, and Reuse.
• Book 8: Environment: Stormwater Water Management.
Page L-1
BOOK 8: ENVIRONMENT Section 01-02-13 STANDARDS Subject Number
Subject Refueling Tanks, Equipment and Containers
Purpose To ensure vehicles, equipment and vessels are fueled and serviced in a manner that protects the environment from spills.
Scope This applies to fuel storage and handling practices at facilities and on the right-of-way (ROW) for operations and maintenance activities.
Related Standards Company Book 1: General Reference • Tab 02 Incident Reporting
Book 2: Safety • 05-02-02 Ignition Sources • 08-02-01 Hazardous Material Storage and Transportation • 14-02-04 Firefighting Equipment
Book 7: Emergency Response • 02-02-01 Emergency Notification
Book 8: Environment • 01-02-10 Stormwater Management
USA Facility-Specific Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure (SPCC) Plans
Industry National Research Council of Canada (NRCC): • National Fire Code of Canada (NRCC 47667)
Responsibilities Regions Regional operations are responsible for: • ensuring workers are trained to contain spills or leakage from equipment • ensuring all fuelCOPY handling and storage is done in a safe and proper
manner in accordance with this standard • responding to spills USA • following all requirements of SPCC plan, where applicable
Requirements Transportation of Fuel UNCONTROLLEDDeliver fuel to the site by an approved tank vehicle or in an approved portable tank or container in accordance with Book 2: Safety, 08-02-01 Hazardous Materials Storage and Transportation.
Tank vehicles and vehicles with portable tanks carrying fuel must not access any sections of the ROW where risk of a fuel accident is high.
Consider the risk high if: • there are steep slopes
VERSION 2 (Revised March 1, 2013) Page 1 of 4 This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. 01-02-13 Refueling Tanks, Equipment and Containers BOOK 8
• within 30 m (100 ft) from excavation • there are soft, unfrozen sections • within 30 m (100 ft) of surface water or wetland
Spill Kits Equip fuel storage areas and vehicles transporting fuel to pipeline facilities and/or ROW sites with appropriate spill containment materials sufficient to contain and absorb an accidental release. Spill containment supplies may include: • a polyethylene container (e.g., bucket, pail or drum) with lid • absorbent socks and pads • disposable hazmat bags • nitrile gloves • 50 lbs-granular absorbent • impervious tarp • shovels
NOTE: Pre-packaged spill kits are commercially available.
Include spill contingency materials suitable for use near/on water (e.g., sorbent pads and sorbent boom and rope) if site is within 30 m (100 ft) of a waterbody.
Fuel Storage Do not store fuel tank, container or stationary equipment within 100 m (330 ft) of a waterbody, including a wetland. If this is not feasible, provide secondary containment regardless of container size. If the fuel tank is double-walled, provide tertiary containment. Prior to discharge, visually inspect rain water or snow melt accumulated in the secondary or tertiary containment in accordance with 01-02-10 Stormwater Management. Do not use secondary and tertiary containment for storage purposes. When storing fuel ensure: • containers and COPYtanks are in good condition (i.e., not damaged, rusting or leaking) • containers are sealed properly with proper fitting lids, caps, bungs or valves Keep hoses off the ground and close valves on fuel tanks. If fuel tank is not UNCONTROLLEDlocated in a secure facility, lock the valve. Store fuel dispensing hoses inside the containment berm where applicable.
Physically protect fixed aboveground storage tanks containing fuel against collision damage (e.g., posts, guardrails). Fire extinguishers must be available in accordance with Book 2: Safety, 14-02-04 Firefighting Equipment.
Page 2 of 4 VERSION 2 (Revised March 1, 2013) This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. 01-02-13 BOOK 8 Refueling Tanks, Equipment and Containers
Signage Post temporary or weather-resistant signs in fuel storage and dispensing areas indicating that ignition sources must be turned off and smoking is not permitted in the vicinity of the dispenser. The sign is permitted to display the international ‘No Smoking – Ignition Off’ symbol not less than 100 mm in diameter.
Clearly label fuel storage tanks and portable containers indicating the contents as per WHMIS/TDG requirements. Label fixed fuel storage tanks on 2 sides.
Spill/Overfill Protection Aboveground storage tank systems must have spill containment devices (e.g., catch basins or spill boxes) at the fill/delivery connection or have tertiary containment to minimize spills while filling the tank.
For fuel systems that deliver through a hose, install a spill control device (e.g., tray, trough or pan) underneath the dispenser to collect any releases. The fuel system must be designed to minimize any releases.
Dispensing/Transferring Fuel The following requirements apply when dispensing/transferring fuel: • refuel in a designated safe area where smoking is prohibited • suspend operation of moving equipment within 5 m of the fueling operation • shut down engines of small equipment and let cool prior to refueling operation; refuel diesel-powered equipment with the engine running only if this is in accordance with the manufacturer’s specification • identify product transfer points for tank-truck loading and unloading to prevent errors in product handling (e.g., interstitial space port from tank port) • confirm fuel levels (e.g., dipstick, gauge, fuel delivery records) to ensure the volumeCOPY available in the tank is greater than the volume of product to be transferred when dispensing to a tank; do not rely solely on automated overfill and spill prevention devices • verify that there is a proper connection between the fuel fill hose and the fill pipe of the tank vehicle, tank or equipment being filled; verify UNCONTROLLEDthat the fill valve is open where applicable • monitor the transfer operation constantly to prevent overfilling and spilling; ensure that the delivery person never leaves the site unattended • control static electrical charges in accordance with Book 2: Safety, 05- 02-02 Ignition Sources • scan the area adjacent to the fueling operation for possible leaks or spills
VERSION 2 (Revised March 1, 2013) Page 3 of 4 This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. 01-02-13 Refueling Tanks, Equipment and Containers BOOK 8
• bonding is required between the fuel source and the vehicle or equipment being refueled. • never fill a gas can in the bed of a truck that has a bed liner in it because the liner may build up static electricity causing an ignition of the gas can. • leave room for expansion; tanks, containers and equipment must not be overfilled; do not fill beyond a safe-filling level corresponding to approximately 90% capacity • where stationary equipment is required to operate within 100 m (330 ft) of a waterbody including wetlands ensure that: − all fuel nozzles are equipped with automatic shutoffs − operators are stationed at both ends of the hose during fueling unless the ends are accessible by one operator − fuel remaining in the hose is returned to the storage container or tank
Monitoring and Servicing Equipment Inspect hydraulic, fuel and lubrication systems of equipment in accordance with the schedule identified in Book 2: Safety, 01-02-02 Field EH&S Inspections to ensure systems are in good condition. Maintain hoses, nozzles and fittings for fuel transfer in serviceable condition.
Inspect piping systems (e.g., fittings, valves, joints, flanges) and storage tank systems in accordance with the schedule identified in Book 2: Safety, 01-02-02 Field EH&S Inspections. Transfer lines and hoses must be compatible with the material transferred and have leak-proof connections.
Place an impervious tarp with edges raised as required to produce secondary containment, or use an appropriate drip pan when servicing equipment and vehicles with the potential for accidental spills (e.g., oil changes, servicing of hydraulic systems). Incident ReportingCOPY and Emergency Notification Report all leaks and spills to regional management and follow the emergency notification process.
NOTE: For more information on incident reporting requirements, see Book 1: General Reference, Tab 02 Incident Reporting and for more information UNCONTROLLEDon emergency notification, see Book 7: Emergency Response, 02-02-01 Emergency Notification.
Contact Environment for guidance and assistance with contaminated soil and/or water characterization and disposal.
Page 4 of 4 VERSION 2 (Revised March 1, 2013) This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. BOOK 8: ENVIRONMENT Section 01-02-06 STANDARDS Subject Number
Subject Contaminated Soil Identification, Temporary Storage and Disposal
Purpose To effectively manage and communicate contaminated soil in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
Scope To provide a standardized approach for managing historic or unknown contaminated soil.
Legislation Canada Applicable federal, provincial and territorial waste legislation
United States Applicable federal and state waste legislation
Related Standards Company Book 1: General Compliance Reference • 02-02-01 Incident Reporting - CAN • 02-02-02 Incident Reporting - USA
Book 2: Safety • 14-02-02 Portable Gas Monitors
Waste Management Plan
Responsibilities Regions and Projects Regional operations and project teams are responsible for: • identifying communicating to Environment: − the presence and location of contaminated soil at facilities that cannot be cleaned up immediately and exceeds 3 m3(3 yd3) total volume − any contaminated soil on the right-of-way (ROW) • disposing of contaminated soil at a facility registered/approved to receive that typeCOPY of waste in accordance with the Waste Management Plan and/or otherwise approved by Environment
Environment Environment is responsible for: • supporting site assessment UNCONTROLLED• providing interpretation of applicable regulatory requirements • mobilizing adequate resources to sample and document the impacted area • supporting or coordinating contaminated soil disposal, including waste characterization sampling, if necessary • liaising with regulatory authorities • managing ongoing site remediation
VERSION 2 (Revised April 15, 2013) CRITICAL REVISION Page 1 of 4 This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website.
01-02-06 Contaminated Soil Identification, Temporary Storage and Disposal BOOK 8
Regional Right-of-Way Agent The Regional Right-of-Way Agent is responsible for all landowner notifications and liaising with affected landowners.
Requirements Identification Hydrocarbons Hydrocarbons are the most common contaminant of concern. Consider soil potentially contaminated with hydrocarbons if: • free product is present • soil is a notably different color than surrounding soil (i.e., black, various shades of grey, blue, green) • hydrocarbon odors are present • a sheen is on excavation water
Other Contaminants Other potential contaminants (e.g., salts, metals, herbicides) exhibit no visual or olfactory evidence when present in soil.
Consider soils potentially contaminated if: • a known release has occurred in the area • stressed or poor vegetative growth in areas with otherwise healthy vegetation
Immediate Action Shut down all equipment in the vicinity and assess the situation. Determine if the contamination is historic or a new release: • new release – follow emergency response procedures as per Book 7: Emergency Response and the regional Emergency Response Directory (ERD) • historic release − conduct atmospheric testing with a portable gas detector in accordance with Book 2: Safety 14-02-02 Portable Gas Monitors − ensure there is no risk of a flash fire before proceeding − contactCOPY Health & Safety if there are any concerns − notify Environment
Soil Segregation Store contaminated soil and apparently clean soil separately. Do not mix UNCONTROLLEDcontaminated soil with clean soil. Storage Place all contaminated soil within a secure containment area to ensure the contaminants are not spread through erosion or leachate. Containment area capacity must allow for containment of stormwater due to precipitation.
Page 2 of 4 CRITICAL REVISION VERSION 2 (Revised April 15, 2013) This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. 01-02-06 BOOK 8 Contaminated Soil Identification, Temporary Storage and Disposal
Use a liner to prevent the underlying soil or surface water from being effected. Liner material can vary:
• use light duty liner (i.e., 8 mm polyethylene) for one time short term temporary storage (i.e., 5 days) • use heavy duty liner (i.e., 20 mm or greater high density polyethylene) for medium term (i.e., less than 3 months) remediation projects where soils are actively stored and removed from the storage cell
For long term storage cells, engineered plans, secondary liners and leachate collection for may be required.
At a minimum, berm and line the soil containment area with an impermeable liner (i.e., polyethylene sheeting, silage tarps). Contact Environment if you require further directions regarding liner materials and storage cells.
If the containment area is constructed in an agricultural setting, ensure the topsoil beneath the cell is salvaged and stored for reclamation activities.
All containment areas must be kept at least 100 m (330 ft) from all waterbodies and/or wetlands unless authorized by Environment.
Water in the containment area must be monitored and managed.
Soil Sampling Contact Environment to get direction about landfill characterization and acceptance or to coordinate third party contractors for soil assessment and confirmatory sampling.
Transport and Disposal When preparing waste for transport and disposal, consider: • waste classification • preferred treatment/disposal method • province of originCOPY • location of the receiver/approved waste contractors
Consult the Waste Information Sheets (WIS) within the Waste Management Plan. UNCONTROLLEDNOTE: The transport of waste materials may be subject to Transportation of Dangerous Goods (TDG) regulations or other jurisdictional legislation.
Contact Environment to understand training, shipping, and documentation requirements prior to transporting any waste or with any questions about disposal methods or approved disposal facilities.
VERSION 2 (Revised April 15, 2013) CRITICAL REVISION Page 3 of 4 This This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. 01-02-06 Contaminated Soil Identification, Temporary Storage and Disposal BOOK 8
Notifications Notification to the applicable environmental regulators must be required if contaminated soils: • result from a new release • exceed a reporting threshold for contaminant concentrations • impact groundwater • cause other adverse environmental effects
If the contamination is a historical release, Environment will determine if reporting thresholds or adverse effects have triggered regulatory reporting.
If the contamination is a result of a new release, see Book 1: General Compliance Reference, 02-02-01 Incident Reporting – CAN or 02-02-02 Incident Reporting – USA for incident reporting requirements.
Landowners Notify the landowner, as soon as practicable, when Operations or Environment confirms that suspect material is contaminated.
Follow-up with the landowner upon receipt of the laboratory analysis that confirms the presence or absence of contamination.
Update and communicate with the landowner throughout the site assessment and remediation activities.
Records Contaminated Site Assessment and Reporting Documentation Environment must retain all documents associated with contaminated site assessment and report to Environment regulators for the life of the asset.
Contaminated Soil Transportation and Disposal Records Retain records associated with transportation and disposal of contaminated soils at the facility or region office for a minimum of 2 years [CAN] or 3 years [USA] in accordance with the Waste Management Plan. Landowner CorrespondenceCOPY Records Retain all documents associated with landowner communications and settlements. UNCONTROLLED
Page 4 of 4 CRITICAL REVISION VERSION 2 (Revised April 15, 2013) This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. BOOK 8: ENVIRONMENT Section 01-02-07 STANDARDS Subject Number
Subject Waterwashed Soil Storage, Disposal and Reuse
Purpose To effectively manage waterwashed soil in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
Scope This applies to waterwashed soil generated at facilities and on the right-of- way (ROW) during operations and maintenance activities.
Legislation Canada Canadian Environmental Protection Act
Applicable provincial and territorial waste legislation
United States Applicable state waste legislation
Applicable state environmental waste legislation
Related Standards Company Book 2: Safety • 14-02-02 Portable Gas Monitors
Book 8: Environment • 01-02-06 Contaminated Soil Identification, Temporary Storage and Disposal
Waste Management Plan
Responsibilities Regions Regional operations are responsible for: • identifying high and low risk areas • coordinating storage area construction • segregating contaminated and uncontaminated material • communicatingCOPY the presence and location of contaminated materials to Environment
Environment Environment is responsible for: • supporting operations in situation assessment UNCONTROLLED• providing interpretation of applicable federal, state or provincial regulatory requirements • mobilizing adequate resources to sample and document the impact area • supporting or coordinating contaminated soil disposal including waste characterization sampling if necessary • liaising with regulatory authorities
VERSION 2 (Revised June 1, 2011) Page 1 of 2 This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. 01-02-07 Waterwashed Soil Storage, Disposal and Reuse BOOK 8
Requirements Low Risk Area The work area is identified as a low risk area if there are limited underground facilities and a low potential for historical contamination (e.g., ROW locations with no known historical releases and buried electrical facilities).
If the work area is identified as a low risk area, the likelihood of finding contamination is low. In low risk areas, construct an unlined but bermed containment area or identify comparable containment (e.g., open top tank) to hold the waterwashed soil in an upland area. Once the soil is drained and dry, it may be reused as fill.
If contamination is encountered, construct the containment area as per the High Risk Area Guidance and contact Environment.
Do not discharge waterwashed soil on to topsoil. The soil contained in the slurry will degrade the quality of the topsoil and potentially affect vegetative growth.
High Risk Area The work area is identified as a high risk area if there are a significant number of underground facilities and a high potential for historical contamination (e.g., manifolds, tank lot and underground storage tanks). If the work area is identified as a high risk area, contain the waterwashed soil in a bermed and lined containment area or comparable containment structure (e.g., open top tank). Segregate the apparently clean and contaminated materials. High risk areas have the potential for exposure to atmospheric hazards. Use a portable gas detector in accordance with Book 2: Safety, 14-02-02 Portable Gas Monitors. If there is hydrocarbon odor, staining or sheen, consider the waterwashed soil contaminated and contact Environment for direction with sampling and disposal. COPY If there is no hydrocarbon odor, staining or sheen, consider the waterwashed soil uncontaminated and reuse onsite. Do not transport waterwashed soil off site for any purpose other than disposal at an approved facility. NOTE: If waterwashed soil requires disposal as a waste, it is most UNCONTROLLEDeconomical to allow the soils to dry and dispose of them as a solid. Disposal of waterwashed soil as slurry can be significantly more expensive than disposal as dry soil.
Records Contaminated Soil Transportation and Disposal Record Retain records associated with transportation and disposal of contaminated waterwashed soil at the facility or region office for a minimum of 2 years [CAN] or 3 years [USA] in accordance with the Waste Management Plan.
Page 2 of 2 VERSION 2 (Revised June 1, 2011) This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. BOOK 8: ENVIRONMENT Section 01-02-10 STANDARDS Subject Number
Subject Stormwater Management
Purpose Containment structures (e.g., berms and retention ponds) are designed to contain stormwater onsite and to minimize impacts offsite in the event of a release of product at a facility. This standard includes the requirements for managing and discharging stormwater accumulated in containment structures in a manner that does not adversely affect the environment by releasing pollutants or by causing erosion to receiving lands.
Responsibilities Regions Regions are responsible for managing stormwater including: • inspecting • discharging • sampling (if required) • maintaining records
Environment Environment is responsible for: • reviewing, • coordinating (where applicable) • communicating analytical results
NOTE: If stormwater is contaminated, contact Environment for assistance with sampling, testing and analyzing test results.
Requirements Prevention To minimize the risk of surface water contamination: • keep the site clean and orderly • store hazardous materials in accordance with the Waste Management Plan • clean up spills immediately, and store wastes in appropriate containers in accordanceCOPY with the Waste Management Plan Discharging Complete the Stormwater Release Form before discharging any water from containment.
Discharge stormwater accumulated in containment structures after UNCONTROLLEDsignificant rainfalls or as often as practical to maximize containment capacity in the event of a release at the facility.
Facility stormwater drain valves should be closed at all times except when actively discharging stormwater.
Permits Where facilities have existing permits that regulate discharging stormwater offsite, follow all conditions in the permit.
VERSION 2 (Revised March 1, 2013) Page 1 of 2 This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. 01-02-10 Stormwater Management BOOK 8
Visual Inspection/Discharge Before discharging accumulated stormwater within a containment structure, visually inspect for (a) an oily sheen and (b) suspended solids and/or foam.
If visual inspection indicates no evidence of contaminated stormwater (i.e., only precipitation is present), (a) follow the conditions specified in the permit/license, where required, to discharge stormwater offsite; otherwise, (b) open the valves to discharge stormwater offsite ensuring: • discharge is conducted in a controlled manner using a slow flow rate to prevent soil erosion and damage to streambanks and streambeds of waterbodies • the discharge valve is closed after the discharge is complete
For containment structures that automatically discharge stormwater, visually inspect the accumulated stormwater weekly.
Sampling Obtain sterile sample bottles, analysis request forms, shipping coolers and sampling instructions from the laboratory conducting the testing. The regional environmental analyst may also provide a pre-populated analysis request form.
Sample stormwater from the surface of the accumulated water at an adequate distance from the edge of containment.
Follow laboratory sampling instructions closely for each bottle type.
Test Results Laboratory test results identify samples that exceed applicable guidelines.
Environment must review and communicate the results to the region. If exceeded values are identified, the region will be asked to resample the stormwater with no discharges permitted in the interim. Records Stormwater ReleaseCOPY Record Retain Stormwater Release Forms and analytical results at the facility for 5 years. UNCONTROLLED
Page 2 of 2 VERSION 2 (Revised March 1, 2013) This document is controlled only when contained within an updated Controlled Copy O&MP Manual or when viewed on the Sharepoint website. Enbridge Pipelines Inc. Environmental Protection Plan North South Connection Project October 2014/10429
APPENDIX M
ENBRIDGE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY FOR MAJOR PROJECTS
Page M-1
ENBRIDGE Environmental Policy Major Projects
Major Projects is committed to the protection of the environment. Environmental protection is an integral element in the conduct of our business. Effective environmental management and performance delivers increased value to our shareholders, stakeholders, customers and employees. To achieve effective environmental management and performance Major Projects will: • Comply with all applicable regulatory requirements. Employees and contractors will follow company environmental rules and procedures, and perform work in an environmentally responsible manner at all times.
• Ensure adverse environmental effects are avoided, minimized or offset through careful planning, implementation of effective protection, remediation and reclamation measures, and monitoring of company activities. • Minimize consequences of environmental incidents through proactive planning and by ensuring prompt and effective response. • Provide appropriate training to ensure employees and contractors understand their responsibility to protect the environment. • Provide the public and government with relevant information regarding planned activities and will actively respond to their concerns. • Review its policies and procedures to ensure continual improvement and support continuous improvement through established targets and use of leading indicators.
Byron Neiles Vice President Major Projects
January 1. 2011